Div,   of  Voc.   Education 


The  Economics  of 
Manual  Training 

A  Complete  Treatise  Giving  Just  the  Information 
Needed  by  All  Interested  in  Manual  Training, 
Covering  the  Cost  of  Equipping  and  Main- 
taining Hand  Work  in  the  Elementary 
and  Secondary  Schools 


By 

LOUIS    ROUILLION,    M.    A. 

Adjunct  Professor  of  Manual  Training,  Teachers  College, 

Columbia  University,  Director  Mechanics 

Institute,  New  York  City 


SECOND    EDITION         FULLY   ILLUSTRATED 

NEW     YORK : 

THE    NORMAN    W.    HENLEY     PUBLISHING     CO. 

132    NASSAU    STREET 

1911 


.  z-dc^  i^ 


Copyright  1905 

By 
LOUIS    ROUILLION 


Copyright  1911 

By 
THE    NORMAN    W.    HENLEY    PUBLISHING    COMPANY 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 


The  William  McKinley  High  School,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

The  Economics  of 
Manual  Training. 

T     T     T 

The  impetus  given  to  the  introduction  of  hand  work 
— popularly  termed  manual  training — in  the  schools  of 
the  United  States  during  recent  years  has  been  little  short 
of  phenomenal.  No  school  system  making  any  pretension 
to  completeness  can  now  consistently  ignore  the  claims  of 
manual  training  to  being  an  integral  part  of  the  curri- 
culum. So  widespread  has  the  recognition  of  these  claims 
become  that  many  of  the  largest  school  systems  in  the 
country  have  not  only  introduced  hand  work  as  a  part  of 
the  regular  class  instruction  in  all  the  elementary  grades, 
but  extensive  and  specially  equipped  buildings  have  been 
erected  for  manual  training  in  the  secondary  schools. 
Types  of  this  class  of  school  buildings — views  and  plans 
of  some  of  which  may  be  found  in  the  latter  part  of  this 
book — are,  The  William  McKinley  (Manual  Training) 
High  School,  and  The  James  E.  Yearman  (Manual  Train- 
ing) High  School  of  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  the  Manual  Training 
High  Schools  of  Indianapolis,  The  Manual  Training 

672534 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

High  School,  Kansas  City,  Mo. ;  Mechanic  Arts  High 
School,  Boston,  Mass.,  and  the  Rindge  Manual  Training 
School,  Cambridge,  Mass.  These  few  names  might  be 
extended  into  a  long  list  if  the  names  of  similar  schools 
in  almost  every  large  city  were  added.  The  recent  open- 
ing of  the  new  manual  training  high  school  in  the  bor- 
ough of  Brooklyn,  New  York  City,  with  its  accommoda- 
tions for  2,500  students,  and  for  the  building  and  equip- 
ing  of  which  $800,000  was  expended,  is  surely  a  striking 
commentary  upon  the  position  which  manual  training  has 
attained.  And  this  position  is  emphasized  in  this  par- 
ticular case  when  the  fact  is  recalled  that  the  building  in 
the  borough  of  Brooklyn  is  but  one  of  a  series  of  such 
buildings  destined  to  be  a  part  of  the  school  equipment 
of  Greater  New  York. 

So  rapidly  has  the  acceptance  of  the  manual  training 
idea  spread  and  found  concrete  expression  that  the  supply 
of  adequately  trained  teachers  and  supervisors  of  manual 
training  has  been  far  short  of  the  demand.  There  has  also 
been  a  lack  of  available  and  reliable  data,  ready  at  hand, 
dealing  with  the  general  subject  of  the  cost  of  equiping 
and  maintaining  manual  training  in  the  various  school 
grades  and  in  the  high  school.  It  is  a  recognition  of  this 
latter  demand,  and  a  purpose  to  attempt  to  supply  the 
desired  data  that  seemingly  justifies  the  issue  of  this  book. 

It  is  proposed  herein  to  give  definite  data,  as  far  as  is 
practicable,  as  to  the  cost  of  manual  training  in  each  of 
the  grades  and  the  four  years  of  the  high  school.  An 
endeavor  will  be  made  to  make  this  information  of  a  kind 
applicable  to  varying  conditions  of  school  work.  It  will 
be  appreciated,  however,  that  manual  training  in  the 
grades  is  not  a  clearly  defined  quantity.  It  may  almost  be 
said  to  vary  directly  with  the  number  of  cities  and  towns 

8 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

wherein  manual  training  is  a  part  of  the  curriculum.  At 
present  the  practice  of  manual  training  is  happily  pro- 
gressing from  the  state  of  fixed  self-contained  courses  in 
different  media,  aiming  purely  at  proficiency  in  certain 
processes,  to  the  freer  use  of  hand  work  as  an  expression 
of  the  various  school  interests  and  needs. 

For  such  work  it  is  evidently  far  more  difficult  to 
render  an  estimate  of  expense  than  for  the  older  condi- 
tions, and  the  best  that  can  be  done  is  to  analyze  as  far  as 
possible  the  data  of  costs  upon  the  basis  of  various 
materials  and  processes  and  leave  to  the  reader  the  task  of 
making  the  necessary  deductions. 

The  lack  of  uniformity  in  manual  training 'practice, 
at  the  present  time,  is  especially  true  in  the  lowest  grades. 
In  the  later  stages  of  the  elementary  school,  and  par- 
ticularly in  the  high  school,  the  character  of  the  work 
becomes  more  and  more  uniform,  both  as  to  processes  and 
actual  undertakings. 

This  is  in  part  due  to  the  historic  development  of  the 
subject  in  our  country.  Logical  development  and  growth 
would  seem  to  demand  the  primary  introduction  of  such 
work  in  the  kindergarten  and  its  gradual  incorporation 
in  successively  higher  grades  until  the  high  school  is 
reached.  This,  however,  is  almost  the  reverse  of  the 
actual  fact.  Hand  work  did  indeed  make  an  early  appear- 
ance in  the  kindergarten,  but  its  arrival  in  the  public 
schools  was  in  the  high  school  field,  and  from  this  point 
it  has  worked  gradually  downwards  in  the  grades,  bear- 
ing generally  strong  evidences  of  the  original  influences. 

The  character  of  the  early  work  done  in  the  high 
schools,  which  has  persisted  to  the  present  time  in  only  a 
slightly  modified  form,  was  very  greatly  influenced  by  the 
recently  organized  shop  work  courses  of  certain  engineer- 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

ing  schools.  In  these  courses  a  quite  uniform  school  of 
instruction  had  been  developed,  involving  joinery,  turn- 
ing and  pattern-making  in  wood,  followed  by  forging  and 
foundry  work  and  finally  by  machine  work.  When  the 
first  manual  training  high  schools  were  organized  their 
manual  training  work  was  patterned  in  general  character 
and  even  in  detail  upon  these  courses,  and  in  the  rapid 
spread  of  such  schools  this  general  scheme  has  remained 
substantially  unchanged. 

The  more  recent  introduction  of  manual  training  into 
the  regular  high  school  has,  however,  resulted  in  modi- 
fications in  the  general  plan.  This  is  partly  traceable  to 
the  lesser  proportion  of  the  school  time  allotted  to  shop 
work,  partly  to  the  attitude  maintained  towards  the  sub- 
ject, and  sometimes  to  the  lack  of  sufficient  funds  to  com- 
pletely equip  a  full  set  of  shops.  The  plan  in  such  schools 
is  naturally  to  expand  simpler  elements  over  more  time 
and  to  omit  the  later  and  more  expensive  branches.  In 
the  elementary  school  the  practice  of  bench  work  in  wood 
quite  generally  prevails  in  the  eighth  and  seventh  grades. 
This  work  is  also  of  a  quite  definite  character,  and  its 
acceptance  as  the  best  adapted  branch  of  hand  work  for 
the  boys  of  the  two  upper  grades  of  the  grammar  school 
seems  assured.  Below  the  seventh  grade  the  variations  in 
practice  begin  to  be  marked.  In  some  schools  the  inclina- 
tion is  to  begin  bench  work  in  the  sixth  and  even  in  the 
fifth  grade.  The  trend  of  the  larger  number  of  cases 
appears,  however,  to  be  to  introduce  into  the  sixth  and 
fifth  grades  wood  work  not  requiring  benches  and  a  sepa- 
rate laboratory  equipment.  This  kind  of  work  is  very 
commonly  known  as  knife  work  or  whittling.  Work  in 
cardboard  is  often  found  in  the  next  lower  grades;  say, 
the  fourth  and  third.  This  work  is  actually  carried  on,  in 

10 


i 

I 

\ 

Brooklm*.  At«+t  \ 

5 

i 

\ 

I 

\ 
1 

I 

\ 

\ 

>c 

\ 

jj 

j 

j 

I 
1 

1 
j 

5 

1 

1 

4 

I 

i 
I 

1 

i 

\ 

I 

X 

1 

\ 

1 

3 

1 

3 

1 

i 

\ 

X 

X 

1 

X 

) 

*i 

1 

-6 
0 

^ 

c 

J 

1 

1 

<0 

1 

s 

1 

Hacfc€nsac^.Nj  \ 

i 

FIRST 
GRADE. 

Cm 

Cn 

G, 

(f. 

{„ 

Ca 

f 

p 

P 

p 

s<^ 

<j 

,9 

rr 

yr 

SECOND 

GRADE: 

u* 

o 

c» 

c» 

C* 

Ct 

P 

h> 

h> 

,0 

/» 

w 

^ 

,9 

^ 

,s 

Cf, 

GRADE. 

Cm 

Cm 

^-» 

Lm 

^/s 

Cwl 

Co 

P 

/-1 

>-> 

'J> 

u> 

& 

0 

5 

j> 

o> 

J> 

^ 

6 

p 

^> 

J 

A 

FOURTH 

GRADE 

Cf, 

Cr, 

U 

Cat 

6^ 

Cm 

A 

$ 

/r 

K 

K 

0> 

$ 

6' 

5 

5 

v5 

6 

i 

6 

J 

5 

>5 

vS 

S 

s5 

,5 

u> 

t^ 

J 

A1 

CJ> 

FIFTH 

GRADE: 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

^ 

6 

vi 

5 

6 

^ 

o> 

vi 

^ 

^ 

0> 

6 

6 

^> 

vj> 

j> 

^> 

0> 

i 

0> 

4> 

J 

.> 

J 

j 

u> 

u 

ft 

^ 

6» 

'.Jf 

£> 

U 

SIXTH 
GRADC 

A 

A 

K 

A 

A 

A 

A- 

/c 

/r 

j> 

j> 

J) 

vi 

^ 

^5 

6 

vi> 

6 

^ 

*> 

,3 

^ 

^) 

^5 

,3 

v5 

6 

3 

5 

3 

vi 

vi 

6 

j 

J 

J 

J 

•j 

j 

J 

J 

^ 

J 

Ly 

J 

J 

j 

ft 

L* 

ti> 

iw 

6r> 

Cm 

a 

U> 

(7- 

c* 

•wr 

K 

\*- 

J 

J 

^ 

^ 

A 

- 

A 

A 

7< 

j 

A- 

— 

A 

- 

— 

- 

~^- 

^ 

6 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 

^ 

5 

^ 

^ 

,jj 

^ 

5 

^ 

3 

5 

a 

a 

Ck 

O: 

Ck 

c 

(  ^ 

(^ 

t^ 

Ml 

it, 

t> 

Or 

EIGHTH 
GRADE. 

J 

J 

j 

J 

J 

^y 

J 

vy 

^y 

j 

J 

j 

^y 

J 

j 

J 

^y 

J 

•J 

j 

y 

•J 

V 

J 

j 

J 

^ 

$ 

6 

6 

vi 

^ 

s 

£j 

5 

6 

5 

6 

5' 

^' 

$ 

$ 

Lk 

a 

C'A 

Ck 

a 

5 

Ck 

Wt 

c 

c 

C 

C 

A 

it 

(.»> 

NINTH 

GRADE: 

J 

J 

2 

j 

•J 

J 

j 

vy 

J 

J 

J 

a 

Lk 

(^ 

Lft 

5 

6 

5 

5 

^ 

Lm 

c 

FIRST 
HIGH 
SCHOOL 

2 

j 

j 

j 

j 

j 

j 

J 

J 

J 

J 

J 

J 

>y 

,y 

j 

J 

j 

J 

j 

J 

J 

J 

j 

J 

J 

J 

j 

wt 

ftt 

Ht 

Ht 

A? 

ft 

irt 

Wt 

ft 

fm 

^ 

C 

c 

C 

C 

£ 

c 

5 

b 

5 

$ 

s 

<-/<: 

IK 

iff 

^ 

S 

^ 

Cfr 

i* 

0 

AT 

SECOND 
HIGH 
SCHOOL 

ty 

f-y 

^ 

*1 

t-? 

^l 

f<7 

fkf 

S 

ire 

we 

Ift 

H* 

H( 

/^ 

"0 

Ht 

t«t 

fm 

K. 

H, 

H* 

A 

Hi 

| 

tt> 

fn 

/* 

h. 

J 

J 

j 

J 

J 

J 

J 

J 

v/ 

^ 

J 

j 

J 

^ 

J 

J 

/- 

I 

h 

f 

>- 

c 

C 

C 

c 

c 

C 

c 

* 

C* 

B 

7 

! 

r 

-> 

H 

it 

b 

6 

5 

THIRD 
HIGH 
SCHOOL 

tf 

ft 

*f 

f* 

>7 

5 

Ht 

,r 

Ht 

Ht- 

J 

j 

j 

J 

J 

2 

J 

J 

J 

^ 

^ 

h{ 

f- 

h 

c 

C 

c 

•  * 

H 

O>. 

'J 

u 

& 

\ 

6 

o 

2 

FOURTH 

HIGH 
SCHOOL 

JV 

W 

/H 

Af 

frl 

M 

g 

J 

2 

fn 

c 

o> 

\ 

1 

^ 

a 

£.» 

Cm  Clay  ModelinR-^  Paper  Work.-CA  Cardboard  Work  —  If'  Weaving.— A-  Knife 
ljin   Pattern  Making. — M  jlachine  Shop  Work. — f-'g  Forging. — /•'  Found 

TABLE  /^.—MANUAL  TRAINING  SUBJECTS  GIVEN  IN  TH 


/Wo/7/c/av-,  At  J.  | 
Hlu/ork.  MJ  J 

^ 

56 

V 

I 

1 

Possoic.  M.J. 

•>, 

S 

* 

1 

") 

f 

j 

Ji 
:;l 

*-* 

I 

3i 
^ 

1 

it 

1 

j 

0 

1 

j 

0 

Is 

-'   ^ 

,   *! 

Champa^*.  ///. 
Ch,c09o.  ]  li- 

iii 

!!?{ 

ill 

Hi 

v\ 

^ 

:i 

j 

I 
"*{ 

> 

j 

S 
5 

\  J 

S 

<r- 

c~ 

c« 

(* 

*m 

Cw 

S 

"/>      <T« 

c* 

•," 

_._ 

p 

/-> 

p 

p 

5 

S 

"3 

vS 

3 

u 

ft 

A" 

A" 

C* 

i\ 

fa 

^ 

(„ 

^7 

y7^ 

\ 

1  1/» 

/* 

VT            ^» 

c*> 

p 

p 

p 

\ 

Cb 

/-1 

5 

3 

3 

ft 

>5 

rt« 

("-» 

^ 

sr 

1 

\  ^ 

,m 

r^ 

p 

/y 

f-> 

4 

P 

2 

J> 

i 

_^Z2 

^ 

AT 

A 

^  K 

A" 

(* 

^r 

t  ,/» 

A 

/f 

C 

M 

/f 

A  A 

3 

5 

.. 

^ 

>5 

3 

S 

^> 

/r 

^ 

p 

I 

/-• 

J) 

3 

j£  ^ 

(TiS 

'A"  A" 

A 

A 

/f 

S 

/I 

A 

A  /• 

5 

A 

/r  A 

A  A 

1>  .5 

^ 

^ 

0>  ^ 

6 

3 

^ 

<5  3 

6 

/ 

j 

(/* 

c 

J^" 

Ca 

i> 

,U 

/^ 

c 

C6 

S3 

A1 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A  / 

' 

ft 

A  A 

A 

$5 

5 

<rt 

5- 

5 

5  >. 

3 

i5 

3  v3 

5 

r 

y 

J 

J 

y 

J  J 

37 

^y 

/-• 

Cm 

Cm 

^> 

/ 

C 

C 

j  y 

^/ 

y 

j 

J 

J 

^y 

^y 

J  *. 

J  -J 

J  J 

J 

^/  J 

J 

k^ 

j 

A 

A 

A 

3  vi 

5 

^j 

35 

\5  5 

o> 

6<: 

(A  C 

Ck. 

(X 

Ct 

c  c 

c 

c. 

c 

/ 

"a 

Cm 

y 

j 

y 

j 

J 

J 

^ 

^y 

J  *- 

j 

J  -/ 

J  -J 

J  37 

^y  37 

J 

j 

^ 

^ 

3 

J 

5 

55 

Ck 

Ut 

etc 

Ck 

C/ 

Of 

C{ 

>» 

Wi 

5 

c  c 

£, 

c 

c 

c 

c 

I 

On 

5 

-  — 

Hf 

- 

w- 

m 

7¥ 

]rm~ 

m 

in 

HI 

/?? 

M 

fa 

pm 

X 

fa 

c 

c. 

c 

c 

c 

b 

3 

2     ~S 

^ 

^ 

s] 

/• 

f<r 

Sf  C^ 

r 

6^ 

y>^» 

/y 

-V 

f~9 

fif 

fl 

%- 

5. 

/T 

^ 

ff 

1^ 

^ 

^ 

IT 

iv-        m 

ft 

A 

[ 

^ 

^ 
* 

ti 

fit   /fit 

A 

/» 

J 

j 

^ 

y 

37 

J 

z 

J 

^ 

A 

f- 

7 

f 

f  f 

/ 

/ 

f- 

c 

c 

c 

c 

t- 

c 

C 

c  c. 

LA 

/V 

c^ 

25 

Gi 

v 

336 

^ 

5 

tr 

w 



/7» 

^ 

Jm 

/s 

J 

^/ 

^ 

j 

J 

^ 

4 

&  & 

/ 

f 

f 

* 

c 

c 

C 

CJ 

Gl 

Ci 

c*  ^ 

/W-5  5 

W 

^ 

A//J 

M  M 

J 

L 

c 

3 

ajzj  c 

H 

•1 

lc_5  Sewing.—  B  Bent  Iron  Work.— C£  Cooking.— /Joinery.—  IVt  Wood  Turning. 
C  Carving.— C/  Chipping  and  Filing.—  Ml  Millinery.—  T  Tinsmithing. 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

some  schools,  in  any  or  all  of  the  grades  from  the  second 
to  the  seventh.  Work  in  bent  iron  (often  called  Venetian 
iron  work)  is  frequently  used  in  the  fifth  and  fourth 
grades.  In  the  first  three  grades  are  found  clay  modeling, 
paper  folding,  weaving,  and  sewing,  more  or  less  corre- 
lated with  the  other  studies  of  these  grades. 

The  accompanying  Table  A  was  compiled  in  1900 
chiefly  from  data  furnished  by  the  various  schools  in 
answer  to  requests  made  to  them  by  letter.  The  table 
shows  the  manual  training  subjects  given  in  each  of  the 
grades  and  in  each  of  the  high  school  years,  in  the  schools 
enumerated. 

The  division  of  the  elementary  school  course  differs 
in  different  parts  of  the  country.  Schools  with  seven, 
eight,  and  nine-year  courses  are  represented  in  the  table. 
In  the  high  schools  both  three  and  four-year  courses  are 
represented.  The  table  is  arranged  so  as  to  show  at  a 
glance  the  prevailing  subject  taught  in  any  one  year  and 
to  afford  an  opportunity  for  comparison.  In  the  subse- 
quent consideration  of  subjects  taught  in  the  various 
grades  the  basis  assumed  is  that  of  an  eight-year  element- 
ary course  and  a  four-year  high  school  course. 

In  selecting  the  illustrations  for  the  text  an  attempt 
has  been  made  to  show  a  typical  course  in  each  of  the 
materials  used  in  manual  training  work  in  the  grades,  and 
also  types  of  existing  class  room  equipments.  In  the  con- 
sideration of  the  secondary  school  equipment  a  further 
attempt  has  been  made  to  incorporate  such  working  draw- 
ings of  special  equipment  as  may  prove  suggestive  and 
helpful. 

All  such  general  items  as  teachers'  desks,  chairs,  and 
blackboards  have  for  convenience  been  omitted  from  the 
following  schedules. 

ii 


Manual  Training  High  School,  Kansas  Cityv  Mo 
Plans  shown  on  pp.  163,  Fig.  65. 


Elementary  School. 

T    T    T 

Manual  training  in  the  first  three  grades  is  generally 
carried  on  in  the  regular  class  room,  under  the  instruction 
of  the  regular  teacher,  and  at  a  nominal  cost.  The  work 
customarily  assumes  some  phase  of  modeling  in  clay, 
construction  in  paper,  sewing,  and  weaving  with  various 
materials.  This  work  is  accomplished  in  many  instances 
at  an  expenditure  of  but  two  cents  per  pupil.  Some 
schools  expend  five  times  that  amount  and  even  more. 
Under  competent  and  economical  management  the  cost  in 
these  grades  need  be  but  slight.  This  work  at  the  present 
time  is  greatly  diversified  in  character  and  depends  largely 
upon  the  ability,  sympathy,  and  inventiveness  of  the 
teacher. 

Clay  Modeling. 

Clay  modeling  is  a  form  of  manual  training  that  may 
profitably  be  carried  on  in  any  of  the  classes  from  the 

12 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

kindergarten  through  the  high  school.  The  abundance 
and  cheapness  of  the  material  used,  its  adaptation  to  the 
muscular  limitations  of  the  child,  as  well  as  its  possibili- 
ties for  expression  of  the  subtleties  of  form  in  the  hands 
of  the  high  school  student,  the  rapidity  of  attainment  of 
results,  and  certain  of  its  physical  qualities,  make  it  a 
desirable  and  acceptable  medium  for  manual  training 
work. 

The  disadvantages  connected  with  its  use  are  gener- 
ally negligible  or  surmountable.  These  disadvantages 
may  be  summed  up  in  the  necessity  for  keeping  the  clay 
constantly  moist  during  the  entire  period  of  its  manipula- 
tion, the  difficulty  attending  its  manipulation  in  bulk, 
which  is  generally  too  laborious  for  the  class  teacher  and 
requires  the  service  of  the  janitor  or  other  assistant,  and 
the  mooted  question  of  hygiene.  On  this  last  point  Anna 
M.  Holland*  says :  "Clay,  being  an  entirely  mineral  sub- 
stance, affords  no  food  for  the  growth  of  bacilli ;  it  can 
therefore  be  used  many  times  with  reasonable  care.  I 
have  never  had  reason  to  believe  that  the  least  danger 
lurks  in  the  use  of  clay,  even  to  delicate  children." 

•  Hermione  Unwint  says  upon  the  same  subject:  "It 
has  been  charged  against  clay  modeling  that  it  is  liable 
to  spread  infectious  diseases  in  schools.  No  authentic 
case  of  such  an  occurrence  has  been  found,  and  infection 
is  far  less  likely  to  arise  from  clay  than  from  books  or 
from  contact  of  clothes.  It  must  be  insisted  on  that  the 
children  come  to  the  lesson  with  clean  hands,  and  a  child 
having  anything  the  matter  with  its  hands  should  not  be 
allowed  to  touch  the  clay;  or,  if  this  is  permitted,  the  clay 
used  should  not  be  mixed  with  the  rest,  but  thrown  away. 
If,  however,  stronger  measures  are  desired,  the  clay  may 

•Clay  Modeling  by  Miss  Anna  M.  Holland. 

|A  Manual  of  Clay  Modeling  by  Hermione  Unwin. 

13 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

be  sprinkled  with  Sanitas  disinfectant,  instead  of  water, 
and  then  well  kneaded  up,  so  that  the  Sanitas  is  thorough- 
ly incorporated  with  every  part." 

Clay. 

Pure  Clay  results  from  the  weathering  of  granite, 
a  rock  containing  felspar,  mica,  and  quartz.  The  alkalies 
are  leached  out  by  the  weathering  and  the  silicate  of 
alumin  is  hydrated  and  washed  out  from  the  less  finely 
divided  quartz. 

Clays  are  fitted  for  their  use  in  making  pottery  by 
two  main  properties : 

The  ease  with  which  they  may  be  moulded  and 

shaped  when  wet,  and 

Their   change   of   state   to   a   hard   unalterable 
condition  when  fired. 

According  to  their  relative  plasticity  and  refractori- 
ness clays  are  of  three  classes : 

Porcelain  Clay.  Approximately  pure  kaolin,  poor  in 
plasticity,  refractory,  and  burning  to  a  white  or  light 
cream  color. 

Plastic  Clay.  Less  pure  than  porcelain  clay,  more 
plastic  and  less  refractory,  burns  to  a  yellow-red  color,  and 
used  for  ordinary  earthenware  and  common  bricks. 

Fire  Clay.  Highly  refractory,  dark  in  color,  and  used 
for  furnace  linings  and  crucibles. 

Plastic  clay  is  that  made  use  of  in  school  work.  It 
may  be  purchased,  in  dry  form,  from  dealers,  or,  "worked- 
up,"  from  potteries.  If  the  models  are  to  be  fired  in  the 
school  kiln,  care  must  be  exercised  to  select  a  clay  that 
can  be  fired  at  the  relatively  low  heat  of  the  kiln.  When 
the  clay  is  purchased  dry  it  must  be  worked  up  with 
water.  This  process  entails  considerable  labor  and 

14 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

strength,  and  the  good  offices  of  the  janitor  should  be 
enlisted.  The  dry  clay,  either  as  purchased  or  from  old 
models,  may  be  tied  up  in  a  strong  cloth  and  soaked  in 
water  for  about  two  hours.  It  should  then  be  well 
kneaded  before  removing  from  the  cloth.  The  kneading 
is  continued  until  the  required  degree  of  plasticity  is 
obtained.  A  teaspoonful  of  glycerine  to  five  pounds  of 
clay  will  render  it  less  sticky  and  improve  the  exterior  fin- 
ish of  the  product. 

Substitutes  for  Clay. 

Various  substitutes  for  common  clay  for  modeling 
purposes  are  offered  by  the  trade.  They  are  presumably 
composed  of  wax  mixed  with  other  substances  and  are 
trade  secrets.  They  are  placed  upon  the  market  under 
various  names  as  Pastilina,  Composite  Clay,  Composite 
Modeling  Wax.  The  chief  advantage  over  clay  claimed 
for  the  substitutes  is  that  the  work  can  be  left  standing 
for  almost  any  length  of  time,  without  drying,  cracking, 
or  shrinking,  and  requires  no  sprinkling  with  water  or 
covering  with  damp  cloths.  The  substitutes  are  furnished 
in  two  or  three  different  colors  and  of  varying  con- 
sistencies. 

The  disadvantages  of  the  use  of  some  of  these  sub- 
stitutes are : 

The  very  much  greater  cost  as  compared  with 

clay,  and 
The  disagreeable  odor  emitted. 

Paper  pulp  has  been  used  as  a  substitute. 

The  following  quotation,  from  the  instructions  issued 
by  the  Manual  Training  Department  of  the  Elementary 
Public  Schools  of  Chicago,  may  be  of  interest  here: 
'Taper  pulp  is  a  substance  which  any  one  can  easily  make 
and  use  in  place  of  clay  *  *  *  for  modeling.  The 

15 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

material  costs  nothing  and  is  so  clean  and  pleasant  to 
work,  it  is  surprising  paper  pulp  has  not  been  more  gener- 
ally applied  in  constructive  work.  To  make  pulp  of 
papier  mache,  tear  any  waste  paper  (newspaper  or  writ- 
ing paper  will  do)  into  pieces  not  more  than  one  inch 
square.  Fill  a  bucket  with  these  bits  of  paper  and  pour 
over  it  about  a  gallon  of  hot  water  (boiling).  Let  the 
paper  soak  for  five  or  six  hours  and  then  drain  off  the 
excess  water.  If  now  the  mass  of  wet  paper  is  worked 
vigorously  with  a  stick,  churning  it  and  thus  tearing  the 
bits  of  paper  very  fine,  you  will  have,  at  the  end  of  a  few 
minutes,  an  excellent  quality  of  paper  pulp.  The  pupils 
will  enjoy  the  making  as  well  as  the  using  of  this 
material." 

Equipment. 
Storage. 

Clay  should  be  stored  in  a  zinc-lined  box,  and  a 
wooden  scoop  or  small  shovel  provided  for  getting  the 
clay  out  of  the  box. 

Storage  for  students'  work  in  process  of  construc- 
tion must  be  provided.  An  ordinary  cupboard  or  closet 
will  suffice,  or  simply  shelving.  On  account  of  the  action 
of  moisture  it  is  desirable  that  cabinets  used  for  the  stor- 
age of  clay  work  be  zinc  lined.  A  cabinet  similar  to 
that  described  below  for  the  storage  of  drafting-boards  in 
the  mechanical  drawing  room  will  be  found  convenient. 
The  slides  at  the  side  might  be  made  by  folding  the  zinc 
and  riveting. 

Modeling  Boards. 

Slates  make  excellent  modeling  boards.  The  slates 
may  be  either  roofing  slates  or  the  common  school  slate 
with  frame.  They  should  be  of  uniform  size  to  facilitate 

16 


Fig.  i.    Clay  Modeling  done  by  Children  of  4th  and  sth  Grades  in 
Montclair,  N.  J. 


Fig,  2.    Clay  Modeling  Room  at  Montclair,  N.  J. 

storage,  either  in  cabinets,  or  by  any  other  method  chosen. 
In  lieu  of  the  slate,  a  piece  of  oil  cloth,  or  even  a  piece  of 
manilla  paper  may  serve  for  the  work  in  the  lower  grades. 

Work  Tables. 

The  school  room  desk  will  serve  every  purpose  for 
17 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

grade  work.  Where  a  special  room  is  provided  a  simple 
table  is  required.  The  pattern  used  in  Montclair,  N.  J., 
is  shown  in  Fig.  2.  By  referring  to  the  illustration  it  will 
be  noticed  that  the  work  is  being  done  on  school  slates 
and  that  individual  shallow  tin  trays  are  furnished  for  the 
clay.  In  high  school  work  it  is  desirable  to  have  specially 
designed  modeling  benches. 

On  the  subject  of  equipment  for  clay  modeling,  Miss 
Holland  says:  "The  room  should  be  large  enough  for 
tables  and  chairs  to  accommodate  a  class  of  not  more  than 
twenty-five,  cases  for  unfinished  work,  and  tight  boxes  to 
hold  the  clay. 

"Wall  space  for  models  (which  may  be  of  fired  clay  or 
plaster)  and  drawings,  is  also  needed.  The  tables  may  be 
very  simple,  but  should  be  thirty  inches  long  and  at  least 
sixteen  inches  wide,  with  a  strip  at  the  back  to  prevent 
the  clay  from  falling  off.  The  back  should  have  a  vertical 
board  attached  (16x6  inches),  with  a  snap  to  hold 
drawings.  Roofing  slates  (9  x  14  or  16  inches)  are  good 
to  work  on,  and  partitioned  cases  with  glass  doors,  and  as 
little  wood  to  shrink  and  swell  as  possible,  are  best  to  keep 
the  work.  The  necessary  tools  are  rules,  compasses,  tri- 
angles, and  little  wooden  modelling  knives,  such  as  are 
sold  at  kindergarten  supply  stores.  These  must  be  shaped 
slightly  with  a  knife  and  serrated.  A  rubber  sprinkler  is 
convenient,  or  a  watering-pot,  for  wetting  the  clay.  A  set 
of  models  and  blue  prints  is  also  needed.  The  cost  of  the 
entire  outfit  need  not  exceed  three  dollars  per  pupil  for  a 
class  of  twenty-five,  and  may  be  much  less  if  several 
classes  use  the  same  room,  which  can  be  of  service  for 
other  manual  work,  like  sewing,  map-making,  etc." 
Tools. 

The  only  tool  required  is  a  simple  modeling  tool. 

18 


Economics   of  Manual  Training. 

Even  this  is  dispensed  with  in  the  earlier  work.    For  sup- 
plementing the  scrutiny  of  the  eye  and  testing  the  accur- 
acy of  the  work  a  rule  and  pair  of  calipers  may  be  pro- 
vided. 
Models. 

In  the  earlier  grade  work  natural  models  may  be  pro- 
vided, such  as  fruit,  vegetables,  shells,  leaves,  flowers,  etc. 
If  possible,  individual  models  should  be  provided,  or  one 
model  for  two  pupils.  Conventional  models  and  plaster 
casts  may  be  provided  for  the  more  advanced  work.  The 
plaster  casts  may  serve  the  additional  purpose  of  room 
decoration.  Much  of  the  work  now  done  makes  little  or 
no  use  of  models,  the  modelling  being  more  or  less  orig- 
inal on  the  part  of  the  child. 
Kiln. 

If  the  product  is  to  be  fired  a  kiln  must  be  provided. 
At  Montclair,  N.  J.,  the  students  evinced  much  interest 
in  the  building  of  a  kiln  in  the  school  yard.  Such  a  pro- 
ject is  not  always  possible  of  execution  and  it  then  be- 
comes necessary  to  provide  a  kiln  to  meet  existing  condi- 
tions. There  are  kilns  on  the  market  which  meet  school 
conditions.  One  of  the  best  of  these  is  known  as  the 
"Revelation"  kiln.  It  uses  kerosene  oil  as  a  fuel,  and  can 
be  used  for  baking  the  clay  and  for  glaze  work.  Four 
sizes  of  the  kiln,  suitable  for  school  use,  may  be  had  at 
prices  ranging  from  $50.00  to  $95.00. 
Potter's  Wheels. 

Much  of  the  work  in  manual  training  serves  the  addi- 
tional educational  purpose  of  enlarging  the  child's  com- 
prehension of  industrial  processes.  The  purpose  in  clay 
modeling  may  be  extended  by  introducing  the  potter's 
wheel.  These  wheels  are  of  two  general  forms.  One 
consists  of  a  circular  balanced  board  actuated  by  hand, 

19 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

the  other  being  propelled  by  the  feet.  A  working  drawing 
of  the  latter  type  is  chosen  in  Fig.  3.  A  special  form  of 
hand-manipulated  potter's  wheel  for  children's  use  may  be 


Fig.  3.    Form  of  Potter's  Wheel. 

had  on  the  market  for  $2.50.  This  price  includes  tin 
dishes,  knives,  wire,  and  trial  package  of  clay,  and 
the  plate  may  be  had  either  of  eight-inch  or  ten-inch 
diameter. 

Maintenance. 

Clay  costs,  in  most  large  cities,  about  one  cent  a 
pound  in  5oo-pound  lots,  and  may  be  procured  at  a  pot- 
tery "worked-up."  In  the  dry  form,  procurable  at  deal- 
ers in  potter's  supplies,  clay  costs  from  il/2  to  2  cents 
per  pound.  A  principal  item  of  expense  in  the  use  of  clay 
in  the  schools  is  the  labor  involved  in  either  reworking  the 
old  or  preparing  new  clay  for  use.  By  washing  and  re- 
using the  clay  the  total  amount  needed  per  pupil  may  not 
exceed  two  pounds.  If  the  children  are  permitted  to 
retain  their  work  the  cost  of  material  may  increase  to  per- 
haps 15  cents  per  pupil  and  upwards.  Substitutes  for 

20 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 


Fig.  4    Cardboard^Construction  in  Regular  Grade  Room,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

clay  cost  about  25  cents  per  pound.    If  a  kiln  is  used  the 
cost  of  fuel  must  be  added  to  the  expense  of  maintenance. 

Construction   in   Paper  and 
Cardboard. 

Construction  in  paper  is  a  common  form  of  manual 
training  for  the  first  three  school  years.  The  work  is 
carried  on  in  the  regular  class-room  by  the  class  teacher, 
and  requires  but  a  simple  equipment  (Fig.  4).  No  equip- 
ment is  required  at  first,  as  the  work  is  limited  to  folding. 
A  pair  of  scissors  for  each  pupil  is  all  that  is  required  for 
the  next  stage  of  the  work.  These  may  be  had  from  $1.50 
per  dozen  up.  Scissors  at  $3.00  per  dozen  are  advised, 
making  the  cost  of  equipment  for  a  class  of  thirty  pupils 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

amount  to  $7.50.  In  the  more  advanced  paper  work  an 
additional  equipment  of  pencil  and  ruler  is  generally  sup- 
plied, involving  a  further  outlay  of  90  cents — estimating 
the  pencils  at  24  cents  per  dozen  and  the  rulers  at  12  cents 
per  dozen — making  a  total  cost  of  equipment  for  a  class 
of  30  pupils  in  paper  work  at  this  stage,  $8.40. 

If  the  above  equipment  is  used  by  but  a  single  class, 
as  in  a  private  school,  the  cost  per  pupil  is  26  cents.  If, 
however,  this  same  equipment  is  used  by  two  or  more 
classes,  as  in  public  school  work,  the  cost  per  pupil  for 
equipment  is  reduced  to  a  much  smaller  figure.  This  meth- 
od of  duplicating  the  use  of  a  single  equipment  may  be 
practiced  with  advantage  on  the  score  of  economy  even  to 
the  extent  of  having  an  entire  manual  training  outfit  car- 
ried from  grade  room  to  grade  room. 

Varying  practice  in  just  such  points  as  the  above  un- 
doubtedly accounts  to  a  degree  for  the  discrepancy  in  the 
cost  of  equipment  and  maintenance  as  furnished  by  differ- 
ent schools. 

Maintenance. 

The  cost  of  supplies  for  paper  construction  is  small. 
Thin  paper,  either  plain  or  colored,  cut  to  the  required 
size,  is  generally  used  at  first,  the  work  being  limited  to 
simple  folding  into  box  forms.  Later,  heavier  papers, 
such  as  Manilla  and  cover  paper,  are  introduced. 

Papers  are  classified  by  wholesale  paper  houses 
according  to  the  weight  per  ream ;  the  commercial  ream 
being  quite  generally  500  sheets.  The  sizes  of  the  sheets 
vary.  A  quite  general  size  is  22"  x  28",  from  which 
dimensions  the  sizes  differ  a  few  inches  either  way.  The 
weights  of  papers  used  in  paper  construction  work  range 
from  30  pounds  to  80  pounds.  A  popular  paper  is  that 
known  to  the  trade  as  "cover  paper,"  and  used  commer- 


22 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

dally  for  the  cover  of  booklets,  catalogues,  etc.  It  comes 
in  a  variety  of  pleasing  shades.  Any  paper  dealer  will 
furnish  sample  books  of  these  and  other  papers,  giving 
sizes,  weights,  and  cost. 

Manilla  paper  ranges  from  less  than  one-half  cent  a 
sheet,  for  a  3O-pound  paper,  to  about  1*4  cents  a  sheet 
(22"  x  28")  for  an  8o-pound  paper. 

Cover  paper  ranges  from  one  cent  a  sheet  to  3^ 
cents  a  sheet  for  corresponding  weights  and  size. 

Bogus  paper  costs  one  cent  a  sheet  (30"  x4o"). 

White  paste,  obtainable  in  tubes,  at  five  cents  per 
tube,  or,  more  cheaply,  in  glass  jars,  is  used  in  joining 
thin  paper,  and  liquid  glue  for  thicker  papers  and  card- 
board. 

Flour  paste  may  be  substituted  for  the  paste  supplied 
by  dealers  at  a  considerable  saving  in  cost,  and  possesses 
the  additional  advantage  of  inculcating  ideas  of  economy 
and  self-dependence.  On  the  method  of  preparing  the 
paste,  Mr.  Arthur  H.  Chamberlin*  says : 

'Taste  made  from  flour  is  much  cheaper  and  is 
quite  as  good,  if  not  superior,  to  that  on  the  market.  Mix 
a  quantity  of  flour  (sifted)  with  sufficient  cold  water  to 
mold  nicely ;  see  that  no  lumps  remain.  This  may  be  done 
by  running  the  paste  through  the  hand.  Place  upon  stove 
and  pour  in  boiling  water,  stirring  at  the  same  time. 
When  the  paste  is  of  the  proper  thickness,  remove  the 
mixture  without  allowing  it  to  boil.  Add  a  few  drops  of 
oil  of  cloves  to  give  pleasant  odor.  To  prevent  the  paste 
from  spoiling,  add  one  grain  of  bichloride  of  mercury — 
mercuric  chloride  (Hg  CL).  Stir  well.  Hg  CU  is  a 
poison,  hence  care  should  be  exercised  when  stirring  in. 
When  mixed,  however,  there  is  not  sufficient  strength  for 
danger. 

Paper  and  Cardboard  work. 

23 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

"The  paste  may  be  kept  nicely  in  the  small  glass  jars 
with  screwed  tops  that  are  purchased  with  library  paste. 
Each  pupil  should  be  provided  with  a  jar,  and  the  covers 
should  be  on  when  the  paste  is  not  in  use.  The  small 
brushes  that  come  with  the  library  paste  are  cheap  and 
handy.  They  should  be  kept  in  water  when  not  in  use." 

One  or  two  boxes  should  be  provided  for  the  storage 
of  scissors,  and  also  for  rulers  and  pencils.  A  paper  cut- 
ter, costing  from  $3.00  to  $7.00,  will  be  found  serviceable 
for  cutting  papers  in  quantity. 

Returns  from  schools  aggregating  over  20,000  pupils 
give  an  approximate  cost  of  maintaining  construction 
work  in  paper  at  six  cents  per  pupil. 

Construction  in  Cardboard  is  a  common  type  of  work 
in  the  third,  fourth  and  fifth  grades,  and  is  closely  related 
in  sequence  with  the  work  in  paper.  Papers  weighing 
loo  pounds  or  over  may  be  termed  cardboard ;  i2O-pound 
cardboard  is  suitable  for  class  work.  A  form  of  white 
cardboard  is  known  as  Bristol  Board,  and  a  variously  col- 
ored cardboard  frequently  used  bears  the  trade  name  of 
Studio  Mounts.  Under  the  term  of  "construction  work  in 
cardboard"  is  here  understood  to  include  work  with  var- 
ious substitutes  for  cardboard,  such  as  Strawboard,  Bind- 
er's Board,  Jute  Board,  Manilla  Tag,  Press  Board,  Leath- 
erette, etc.  These  various  materials  are  used  in  giving  a 
somewhat  wider  scope  to  the  work,  as  in  some  form  of 
elementary  bookbinding.  The  work  generally  consists  of 
the  making  of  boxes,  miniature  furniture,  miniature 
houses,  picture  frames,  etc. 

A  somewhat  more  extensive  equipment  is  required 
than  for  the  work  in  paper.  A  suggested  equipment  for 
a  class  of  thirty  pupils  is  as  follows : 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

30  Pairs  scissors,  at  $3.00  per  doz $7-5O 

30  Compasses   3.17 

30  Rulers   43 

30  Triangles   175 

2  Punches    .80 


Total  cost  of  equipment $13.65 


Fig.  5.     Paper  and  Car  Board  Work,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

Maintenance. 

Cardboard :  120  pounds  to  500  sheets,  22x28,  90  cts.  per  100  sheets. 
Cardboard:  140  pounds  to  500  sheets,  22x28,  $1.00  per  100  sheets. 
Cover-paper :  120  pounds  22x28,  $2.64  per  100  sheets. 
Straw-board :  20x24,  $2.00  per  100  sheets. 
Press-board  (red)  :  80  pounds  to  144  sheets,  24x32,  65  cts.  per  doz. 

sheets. 

Binders'  Board,  191^2x26,  8  cts.  per  sheet. 
Manilla  Tag,  22x28,  120  lb.,  $1.50  per  100  sheets. 
Oil  Board,  from  size  No.  oo,  19^x23^,  at  $11.50  per  ream,  to  size 

28,  20x32,  at  $15.00  per  ream. 
Leatherette,  20x25,  plain,  2  cts.  per  sheet,  or  in  32  in.  rolls,  25  cts 

per  yard.     Embossed  costs  about  one-half  cent  a  sheet  more 

than  the  plain,  and  may  be  had  in  a  variety  of  colors  and 

patterns. 

25 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

Glue,  in  glass  bottles,  at  10  cts.  each  or  75  cts.  per  doz. 
Glue,  in  tubes,  at  10  cts.  each,  or  88  cts.  per  doz. 
Glue,  in  tin  cans,  from  l/4  pt.  at  $1.80  per  doz,  to  2  qts.  at  $14.00 
per  doz. 

The  cost  per  pupil  for  cardboard  work  is  but  slightly 
higher  than  for  paper  work. 

When  purchased  in  large  quantities  at  wholesale 
there  is  a  considerable  discount  from  the  prices  quoted  for 
all  materials  in  this  book.  Examples  of  the  range  of 
prices  paid  for  materials  used  in  construction  work  in 
paper  and  cardboard  in  one  of  the  largest  school  systems 
in  this  country  are  here  quoted  from  the  "General  Sup- 
plies" list  issued  by  the  Superintendent  of  School 
Supplies  : 


Board,  straw,  gx  12  in.,  50  sheets  to  package,  per  package 
Cardboard,  gray,  22  x  28  in.,  per  sheet  .....................  02 

Compasses,  without  pencils,  No.   i,  per  doz  ..............   i.oo 

Compasses,  without  pencils,  No.  2,  per  doz  ...............   1.44 

Compasses,  without  pencils,  No.  3,  per  doz  ...............  84 

Cover  paper,  assorted  colors,  20xi2l/>   in.,   TOO  sheets  to 

package,  per  package  .................................  447A 

Glue,  liquid,  LePage's,  4-oz.  cans,  per  doz  ................   1.30 

Leatherette,  yellow,  green,  terra  cotta  and  magenta,  10  x  12 

in.,  100  sheets  to  package,  per  package  .f  ..............  78 

Paper,  colored,  4x4  in.,  per  package  of  TOO  sheets  .........  06^5 

Paper,  colored,  3x9  in.,  per  package  of  100  sheets  .........  II 

Paper  colored,  5x5  in.,  per  package  of  TOO  sheets  .........  n 

Paper,  colored,  6x9  in.,  per  package  of  100  sheets  ........  21 

Bogus,  7x12  in.,  per  ream  ............................. 

Cartridge,  assorted,  14  x  18  in.,  100  sheets  to  package,  per 

package    ........................................  •  •  • 

Manilla,  gray,  7x9  in.,  per  ream 

Manilla,  gray,  8  x  iol/>  in.,  per  ream 

Manilla,  gray,  9x11^  in.,  per  ream  .......................  22 

Manilla,  gray,  19  x  24  in.,  per  ream  .......................  99 

Manilla,  yellow,  7x9  in.,  per  ream 

Manilla,  yellow,  8  x  iol/2  in.,  per  ream 

Manilla,  yellow,  9  x  11^2  in.,  per  ream 

Manilla,  yellow,  19  x  24  in.,  per  ream  .....................  98 

26 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

Note. — Basis  of  weight  for  gray  and  brown  manilla  drawing 
paper,  24  x  36,  65  Ibs.,  480  sheets  to  ream. 
Oak  tag,  7^/2  x  10  in.,  per  ream 30^2 

Note. — Basis   of    weight    for   yl/2  x  10   in.,    oak   tag   must   be 
24  x  36,  100  Ibs.,  480  sheets  to  ream. 

Oak  tag,  9  x  14  in.,  per  ream 61% 

Oak  tag,  24  x  36  in.,  per  ream 4.05 

Note. — Basis  of  weight  for  gx  14  in.  and  24x36  in.  oak  tag 
must  be  24  x  36,  120  Ibs.,  480  sheets  to  ream. 
Paper,   folding,   size  4x4  in.,  package  of   100  sheets,  per 

package    01 1/2 

Paper,    folding,    5x5    in.,    engine-colored,    assorted,    1,000 

sheets  to  package,  per  package 17^ 

Paper,  folding,  heavy,  7x7  in.,  assorted  colors,  100  sheets 

to  package,  per  package 
Paper,  ^xp  in.,  marginal  strips,  per  package  of  TOO 

Paper,  sheets,  24  x  28  in.,  assorted  colors,  per  sheet 02^5 

Paste,  Higgins'  liquid,  in  14-0%.  jars,  per  jar 28^ 

Rulers,  12  in.,  brass  edge,  per  doz 40 

Triangles,  wood,  medium,  30  x  60  degrees,  each 03^ 

Triangles,  wood,  45  degrees,  each 02^2 

Weaving. 

Weaving,  in  various  forms  typical  of  primitive  tex- 
tile and  basketry  processes,  is  being  introduced  in  many 
schools  in  the  lower  grades.  The  materials  most  used 
are  strips  .of  colored  paper,  yarn,  rags,  raffia,  grass,  and 
reeds. 


The  weaving  of  paper  mats  is  a  part  of  the  paper 
work  considered  on  pages  15-21.  A  "Bogus-Paper  Weav- 
ing Mat"  has  been  devised  by  Miss  Wilhelmina  Seeg- 
miller,  Director  of  Art  Instruction  in  the  Indianapolis 
Public  Schools,  and  may  be  had  on  the  market,  in  pink, 
yellow,  blue  and  gray,  at  $1.00  per  hundred  sheets.  The 
following  claims  are  made  for  these  mats : 

"As  compared  with  the  flimsy  and  strongly  colored 
paper  weaving  rhats  in  common  use  they  have  the  follow- 
ing advantages : 

27 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

"i.  The  material  is  so  heavy  and  the  strips  so  wide 
that  the  mats  can  be  woven  without  the  aid  of  a  needle. 

"2.  The  material  has  a  roughness  of  texture  and  a 
softness  of  tone  that  are  very  desirable. 


Fig  6.    Basketry  Class  at  Work  Chicago  Public  Schools. 


Vaughn 


"3.  It  takes  crayon,  pencil,  ink  or  water  color,  which 
permits  of  an  infinite  variety  of  designs  of  the  child's  own 
creation  being  worked  upon  the  mat  after  it  is  woven. 

"4.  The  mat  comes  in  one  piece.  The  child  first 
cuts  the  weft  from  the  warp.  The  warp  is  then  folded 
at  right  angles  and  cut  along  guide  lines  printed  on  the 
back.  The  weft  strips  are  then  cut  apart  and  the  mat  is 
ready  for  weaving. 

"5.  The  child  has  work  in  paper  cutting,  paper 
folding,  and  ruling  in  preparing  the  mat. 

"6.  In  cutting  his  own  strips  the  child  leaves  an 
''accidental"  edge  which  is  more  artistic  than  the  mechan- 
ical edge  cut  by  machinery. 

"/.     The  mat  is  large  in  size,  being  8x8  in. 
28 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

"8.  The  completed  mat  is  an  expression  of  the 
child's  individuality  and  is  substantial  enough  to  be  made 
into  many  simple  objects  such  as  baskets,  popcorn  hol- 
ders, card  cases,  etc." 

Yarn  and  Rags. 

In  weaving  with  Germantown  yarn,  carpet  warp, 
and  rags,  some  form  of  simple  loom  is  used.  In  its  simp- 
lest form  this  may  be  merely  a  rectangle  of  cardboard 
with  notches  cut  into  either  end  to  carry  the  warp  threads, 
or  it  may  be  a  small  wooden  frame  with  a  row  of  brads  at 
either  end.  The  making  of  these  looms  may  be  a  part  of 
the  school  work.  A  simple  form  of  loom,  with  a  card- 
board heddle,  may  succeed  the  use  of  the  above  primitive 
devices,  and  may  be  made  by  the  class  in  woodwork. 

There  are  a  number  of  school  looms  upon  the  market, 
for  which  various  claims  are  made. 

Faribault  Loom   $.20 

Needle 05 

Hammock  attachment    15 

Complete $.40 

Todd  Adjustable  Hand  Loom — 

White  wood,  hammock  attachment,  with  needle 35 

Hard  wood  and  metal  attachment,  No.  2,  complete 75 

Needle 05 

Large  adjustable  loom,  20  x  32 3.00 

Hooper  Loom,  with  Needle i.oo 

Large  size,  18^  x  18^2   (cherry) 5-OO 

Woolman  Loom    1.50 

Beadwork  Loom    50 

Toy  Knitter,  5  cts.  each ;  per  doz 5° 

Weaving  materials  for  loom  may  be  had  in  a  large  variety 
of  colors. 

Cotton  carpet  warp,  white,  ^-lb.  tubes 15 

Cotton  carpet  warp,  colored,  }^-lb.  tubes 18 

Round  chenille,  per  Ib 5° 

Jute,  per  Ib 25 

Germantown  wool,  per  skein 20 

29 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

Shoe  laces,  black,  per  skein 20 

Shoe  laces,  colored,  per  skein 25 

Rug  yarn,  per  Ib 60 

One  pound  of  rug  yarn  will  make  eight  rugs,  7x10  inches. 
Raffia. 

is  the  skin  or  outer  coating  of  the  leaf  of  a  palm  tree 
that  grows  in  Madagascar.  On  account  of  its  pliability 
and  resistance  to  rotting  when  moist,  it  has  been  in  use 
for  a  number  of  years  for  tying  bunches  of  asparagus  and 
as  a  gardener's  twine.  In  recent  years  it  has  found 
marked  favor  as  a  desirable  weaving  material  for  school 
use.  It  is  imported  in  braided  plaits  of  between  one  and 
three  pounds  in  weight,  the  strands  varying  in  length 
from  one  and  one-half  to  three  feet.  The  plaits  should 
be  unbraided,  soaked  in  water  for  about  fifteen  minutes, 
then  shaken  out  and  dried.  This  process  will  take  most 
of  the  twist  out  and  put  the  raffia  in  a  better  condition  for 
use.  Dealers  in  school  supplies,  and  also  many  seedmen, 
carry  raffia  in  stock.  It  is  sold  in  the  natural  state  and 
also  dyed,  either  with  aniline  or  vegetable  dyes.  By  the 
single  pound,  natural  raffia  retails  at  from  15  cts.  to  25 
cts.  per  Ib.,  and  colored  at  from  40  cts.  to  75  cts.  A 
reasonable  price  would  seem  to  be  50  cts.  for  the  colored, 
and  the  following  prices  per  Ib.  for  the  natural  raffia, 
varying  according  to  the  amount  purchased :  I  Ib.,  18 
cts.;  5  Ibs.,  15  cts.;  10  Ibs.,  13  cts.,  and  TOO  Ibs.,  12  cts. 
One  large  school  system  pays  iol/2  cts.  per  Ib.  for  natural 
raffia,  and  28^  cts.  per  Ib.  for  the  colored. 

Rattan. 

in  the  form  of  flat  strips  and  circular  reeds  of  varying 
diameters,  has  long  been  a  favorite  material  for  basket 
weaving.  The  reeds  of  commerce  are  of  certain  standard 
diameters,  and  designated  as  Nos.  oo,  i,  2,  3,  etc. 

The  following  table  of  prices  is  compiled  from  the 
prices  quoted  by  seven  different  dealers : 

30 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 


6° 

i  ££  JL 


/ « 


Fig.  7.     Basketry  Work. 


Price  per  Ib. 


*  <o 

id 

m^ 

-.•d 

IT-'® 

0^ 

c   . 

c* 

c 

c 

c 

^c 

'  C 

*  G 

•*-H    -M 

•*"•  ^j 

63 

** 

63 
** 

88 

Z* 

0  3 
** 

6  3 

•x  o 

*X 

°'s 

•7  O 

zoi 

|£ 

^>  « 

T^fc 

.00 

•  75 

•  75 

•  75 

•50 

.50 

.00 

.85 

.70 

.60 

•  55 

.50 

•50 

.00 

.70 

.65 

.60 

•  55 

•  45 

.25 

1.  00 

1.  00 

•95 

•  75 

.70 

.25 

•95 

•  75 

•  75 

.25 

•  75 

•  75 

•  75 

•  50 

•  45 

.40 

.40 

•75 

.60 

.40 

•35 

•30 

•  25 

The  last  quotation  is  for  lots  of  not  less  than  five  pounds  of 
any  one  size. 

Reeds  are  furnished  to  the  schools  of  one  of  the  east- 
ern cities  at  the  following  prices  per  Ib. :  No.  I,  39  cts. ; 
No.  2,  34  cts. ;  Nos.  3  and  4,  31  cts. 

31 


Economics    of   Manual  Trainini 


Among  other  basketry  materials  that  may  be  pur- 
chased on  the  market  are  willow,  pine  needles  (the  long 


Fig.  8.     Basketry  Materials. 


Vaughn. 


Southern  variety),  sweet  grass,  splints,  palm,  rush  and 
braided  straw. 

Prices  quoted  are  as  follows: 

Willow,  selected,  8  to  12  cts.  per  Ib. 
Pine  Needles,  green  and  brown,  55  cts.  per  Ib. 
Sweet  Grass,  $1.00  per  Ib. 
Splints,  $1.00  per  Ib. 
Palm,  35  cts.  and  50  cts.  per  Ib. 
Rush,  natural  green,  braided,  50  yds.,  35  cts  to  50  cts. 
Straw,  natural,  braided,  120  yds.,  35  cts.  to  50  cts. 
Straw,  colored,  braided,  120  yds.,  60  cts. 

Linen  Thread,  black  and  colored,   for  warp  in   Raffia  weaving, 
per  skein  of  40  yds.,  5  cts. 

Many  of  the  above  materials  may  be  gathered  in  the 
fields,  as  may  also  other  grasses,  stems,  and  leaves  that 
are  adaptable  to  basketry  uses.  Among  these  latter  may 
be  mentioned  the  bullrush,  corn  husks,  the  stem  of  the 
maiden-hair  fern,  and  the  numerous  long  grasses  common 
to  the  fields  and  along  the  shores. 

The  collecting  and  use  of  vegetable  dyes  is  admirably 

32 


Economics    of   Manual   Training. 

treated  in  George  Wharton  Jones'  book  on  "How  to  Make 
Indian  and  Other  Baskets." 

Bulletin  No.  19,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Division  of  Forestry,  on  "Osier  Culture,"  gives  detailed 
information  on  the  cost  of  willow  and  also  the  cost  of 


Fig.  9.    Cord  Work. 

making  willow  baskets.  The  bulletin  is  for  free  distribu- 
tion. The  same  department  issues  an  illustrated  book  on 
"American  Grasses,"  in  three  volumes,  that  will  be  found 
useful  by  a  seeker  for  possible  basketry  materials. 

Cord  Work. 

is  somewhat  allied  to  weaving  and  is  sometimes  intro- 
duced in  the  schools  in  the  early  grade  work.  Macrame 
cord  costs  from  25  cts.  per  pound  upwards. 

33 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

Sewing. 

Sewing  is  often  represented  in  a  number  of  the  grade 
classes  and  also  in  the  high  school.  The  earlier  work 
is  done  at  the  pupil's  desk  (Fig.  10).  Work  of  a 
more  advanced  character  may  be  carried  on  in  specially 
equipped  rooms  (Fig.  n).  The  equipment  of  a  special 
sewing  room  is  considered  on  pages  144-145. 

The  equipment  for  each  pupil  may  consist  of  a  work- 
box  containing  scissors,  thimble,  thread,  cushion  and  pins, 
needles,  measure,  and  emery,  and  costing  from  50  cts.  to 
75  cts.  per  set. 

Maintenance. 

Miss  Jessie  Patterson,  in  an  article  in  the  Outlook, 
after  describing  a  course  in  sewing,  writes  as  follows 
regarding  the  cost  of  maintenance : 

"It  is  very  difficult  to  give  an  estimate  of  the  cost 
per  child  for  a  course  in  sewing.  The  actual  cost  for 
materials  required  for  the  course  in  plain  sewing,  which 
is  given  above,  is  thirty  cents,  allowing  nothing  for  waste. 
Pratt  Institute  allows  about  twenty  cents  for  each  pupil. 
This  covers  the  course  in  hand  sewing  for  six  grades, 
twelve  lessons  in  each  grade  of  two  hours  in  length,  and 
includes  all  the  materials  used  for  the  various  exercises. 
Teachers  College,  five  grades,  ten  cents  a  year,  one  lesson 
a  week  of  one  hour  and  twenty  minutes.  The  allowance 
in  the  public  schools  of  Brooklyn  for  ten  months,  one  les- 
son of  one  hour  each  week  (in  addition  to  the  plant  of 
scissors,  emeries,  etc.),  is  twelve  to  fifteen  cents  per  child. 
New  York,  six  cents  a  year,  in  four  grades,  one  hour 
each  week.  Philadelphia,  six  cents,  where  two  lessons 
each  week,  of  forty-five  minutes  each,  are  given  in  pri- 
mary schools,  and  one  each  week  of  one  hour  in  grammar 
schools.  Washington,  fourteen  and  a  half  cents  (includ- 

34 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 


Fig.  10,    Sewing  in  Regular  Class  Room,  Washington,  D.  C. 


Fig.  ii.    Sewing  in  Specially  Equipped  Room,  Public  Schools, 
Washington,  D.  C. 


35 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

ing  implements,  etc.,  as  well  as  materials),  one  lesson  a 
week  of  one  hour  and  a  half  is  given.  Boston,  two  and 
a  half  cents  are  allowed,  and  the  course  of  study  requires 
that  in  three  classes  of  the  grammar  grades  instruction 
shall  be  given  for  two  hours  each  week.  Minneapolis, 
eleven  and  a  half  cents.  Cleveland,  five  and  a  half  cents. 
In  Boston  and  Philadelphia,  children  bring  material  from 
home." 

The  concluding  line  in  the  above  paragraph  suggests 
an  important  factor  in  the  consideration  of  the  cost  per 
pupil  for  sewing.  A  very  important  question  here,  as 
in  all  other  work,  is  whether  the  work  consists  in  copying 
a  set  of  models  or  in  the  use  of  sewing  in  natural  relations 
to  the  school  interests. 

A  detailed  statement  of  the  kind,  amount,  and  cost 
of  the  materials  actually  used  in  the  work  in  sewing,  cord 
work,  and  basketry  by  the  pupils  of  the  Horace  Mann 
School,  New  York  City,  in  the  first,  second,  third,  sixth, 
and  seventh  grades  during  the  school  year  of  1900-01  is 
here  given.  This  work  was  closely  correlated  with  other 
studies,  especially  with  nature  study,  reading  and  history. 

Burlap,  2^4  yards,  at  75  cts.  per  yard $2.07 

Java  canvas,  white,  3  yards,  at  38  cts.  per  yard 1.14 

Java  canvas,  colored,  3^  yards,  at  45  cts.  per  yard 1.46 

Unbleached  muslin,  10  yards,  at  8  cts.  per  yard 80 

White  muslin,  4  yards,  at  9^  cts.  per  yard .41 

Victoria  lawn,  4  yards,  at  20  cts.  per  yard 80 

Linen  lawn,  I  yard .90 

Heavy  lawn,  ^  yard,  at  75  cts.  per  yard 10 

Long  cloth,   12  yards,  at  12  cts.  per  yard 1.44 

Gingham,  l/z  yard,  at  12  etc.  per  yard .06 

Flannel,  l/2  yard,  at  60  cts.  per  yard 30 

Eider  flannel,  ^  yard,  at  55  cts.  per  yard 28 

Ribbon  (different  widths  and  different  colors),  i  piece,  at 

45  cts 45 

Worsted  (different  colors),  1*4  pounds,  at  $1.45  per  pound       1.82 

Cord,  10  pounds,  at  16  cts.  per  pound 1.60 

Iron  rings,  ^  gross,  at  60  cts.  per  gross 30 

36 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

Brass  rings,  ^  gross,  at  15  cts.  per  gross 08 

Raffia,  18  pounds,  at  15  cts.  per  pound 2.70 

Birch  bark  (Christmas),  20  square  feet,  at  12  cts.  per 

square  foot  2.40 

Chamois  skins  penwipers  and  moccasins,  4,  at  25  cts.  each  i.oo 

Rattan,  15  pounds,  at  35  cts.  per  pound 5.25 

Rattan,  10  pounds,  at  60  cts.  per  pound 6.00 

Bobbin,  il/2  dozen,  at  10  cts.  per  dozen .15 

Pearl  buttons,  3^  dozen,  at  12  cts.  per  dozen 42 

Lace  torchon,  3  yards,  at  10  cts.  per  yard 30 

Lace,  val.,  l/2  piece,  at  25  cts  per  piece .13 

Stockinet,  I  yard,  at  8  cts.  per  yard 08 

Darning  cotton,  £j  ball,  at  3  cts.  per  ball 02 

Diamond  dye,  6  packages,  at  10  cts.  per  package 60 

Braid  (dolls,  different  colors),  I  piece,  at  5  cts.  per  piece  .05 

Braid  (gold) ,  7  yards,  at  5  cts.  per  yard 35 

Buttons  (gold),  i  dozen,  at  15  cts.  per  dozen 15 

Cotton  thread  (approximate  amount),  I  dozen  spools,  at 

41  cts.  per  dozen .41 

Silk  thread  (approximate  amount),  l/2  dozen  spools, 54 

Needles,  sharps,  I  dozen  papers,  at  48  cts.  per  dozen 48 

Needles,  tap,  l/2  dozen  papers,  at  48  cts.  per  dozen 24 

$35-28 

The  above  materials  were  used  by  165  pupils,  mak- 
ing the  cost  per  pupil  about  twenty-five  cents. 

The  following  data  for  the  cost  of  sewing  equipment 
and  maintenance  is  furnished  by  the  experience  of  the 
Indianapolis  Public  Schools : 

Equipment   for  60  pupils $54.00 

Maintenance,  656  pupils,  I  hour  per  week  for  34  weeks     117.35 
Cost  per  pupil .18 

acuse  Public  Schools — Report  1901: 

Sewing  supplies  for  581  pupils 13741 

Cost  per  pupil   .23 

Bent  Iron  WorK. 

Bent  iron  work  is  adapted  for  the  fourth,  fifth,  sixth 
and  seventh  grades.  It  may  be  carried  on  in  the  regular 
class  room,  or  in  a  special  metal  working  room.  In  the 
former  case  a  work  bench,  such  as  supplied  for  the  wood- 

37 


Economics    of  Manual  Training. 

working  shop,  or  a  table  of  strong  construction,  may  be 
added  to  the  regular  class-room  equipment.  One  or  two 
anvil  vises  should  be  clamped  to  the  bench  or  table,  thus 


Fig.  12.     Bent  Iron  Work  in  Special  Room  with  Simple  Equipment, 
Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

affording  an  opportunity  for  the  heavier  work  in  riveting 
and  forming.  The  special  metal-working  room  is  the 
ideal  equipment,  and  may  be  used  for  all  forms  of  simple 
metal  working  in  which  tin,  sheet  copper,  brass,  lead,  and 
iron  are  the  materials  used.  The  equipment  of  such  a 
laboratory  is  given  on  pages  131-134. 

Venetian  iron  is  a  band  iron  of  widths  varying  from 
%"  to  */%'  and  1-32"  thick.  This  thickness  permits  of 
ready  bending  with  small  pliers.  A  substitute  may  be 
made  by  cutting  into  strips  No.  22  guage  sheet  iron. 

38 


Economics  ot  Manual  Training. 

Strips  when  crossing  each  other  may  be  fastened 
together  either  by  riveting  or  tying  with  fine  wire.  A 
small  nail-set  may  be  used  to  punch  rivet  holes  or  a  "uni- 
versal punch,"  cutting  a  hole  to  match  the  rivet.  Strips, 
extending  in  the  same  direction,  may  be  fastened  by  rivet- 
ing, but  a  better  method  for  class  work  is  to  employ  small 
U's  of  the  iron,  known  as  "binders."  These  binders  are 
supplied  by  dealers  in  sizes  to  correspond  with  the  vary- 
ing widths  of  strips. 

Metal  Snips  are  used  for  cutting  the  strips  into  the 
required  lengths.  No.  9  is  a  serviceable  size.  One  "Roll- 
ing-Cutter Shears"  placed  in  a  class-room  will  be  found 
valuable  for  shearing  purposes.  Each  child  should  be 
supplied  with  a  pair  of  5~in.  round-nose  pliers  and  a  pair 
of  5-in.  square-nose  pliers.  For  riveting,  one  or  more 
anvils  should  be  provided,  and  a  table  or  bench  to  clamp 
them  to.  An  8-oz.  riveting  hammer  may  be  used. 

In  the  fourth  and  fifth  grades  work  may  be  limited 
to  bending  and  fastening  with  binders,  and  will  call  for 
a  minimum  equipment. 

Equipment  for  Class  of  Thirty  Pupils. 

30  Flat-nose  pliers,  No.  5,  at  $2.04 $5.10 

30  Round-nose  pliers,  No.  5,  at  $2.04 5.10 

i  Cutting  machine    4-75 

30    Rulers    30 


Total  cost  of  equipment $i5-25 

Cost  of  Maintenance  for  Class  of  Thirty  Pupils. 
(Horace  Mann  School,  N.  Y.  City.) 

Binders,  at  10  cts.  per  TOO $2.80 

54-inch  iron  at  21  cts.  per  coil  of  50  feet 2.10 

Black  paint  at  25  cts.  per  tube .50 

30  Pencils   60 

Total  cor.t  of  maintenance $6.00 

Cost  per  pupil 20 

39 


Economics  of  Manual   Training. 

For  the  work  in  the  upper  grades  the  cost  of  vises, 
hammers  and  snips  must  be  added  to  the  above  equip- 


Fig.  13.    Bent  Iron  Work. 

ment  estimate.     The  prices  may  be  obtained  from  the 
following  price  list  of  Venetian  Iron  supplies : 

Riveting  hammer,  8  oz $  -35 

Flat-nose  pliers,  No.  5 20 

40 


Economics    of  Manual  Training. 

Round-nose  pliers,  No.  5 .20 

Metal  snips,  No.  9 90 

Clamp  vises,  from  il/2  in.  jaws,  opening  to  i$4  in.  at  30 

cts.,  to  2l/2  in.  jaws,  opening  to  2^in.,  at 1.40 

Roller-cutter  shears,   No.   n;   will  cut  No.  20  iron;   each      4.75 

Iron  in  strips,  per  coil  of  50  feet,  J/6-in .16 

Iron  in  strips,  per  coil  of  50  feet,  3-i6-in 18 

Iron  in  strips,  per  coil  of  50  feet,  ^4-in .21 

Iron  in  strips,  per  coil  of  50  feet,  J^-in 25 

Binders,  per   100 10 

Black  paint,  per  can .35 

Black  paint,  per  tube 25 

The  following  quotation  from  an  article  on  "Venetian 
Iron  Work  in  the  School*"  by  Daniel  Upton,  Supervisor 
of  Manual  Training,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  is  suggestive  of  a 
method  for  utilizing  waste  materials  in  increasing  the  pos- 
sibilities in  Venetian  iron  work: 

Allied  Materials. 

"Along  with  the  iron,  tin  may  be  used  as  parts  of 
various  projects,  and,  of  course,  glasses,  jardinieres,  and 
other  receptacles  will  be  brought  from  home  and  will 
afford  an  opportunity  for  designing  and  making  proper 
supports.  Some  of  the  most  interesting  exercises  are 
those  in  which  the  class  takes  an  object  which  has  hitherto 
been  considered  useless,  and  by  their  handiwork  create 
from  it  a  thing  of  beauty  and  usefulness.  Broken  goblets, 
baking-powder  cans  and  covers  have  been  reclaimed  from 
the  garbage  barrel  and  have  emerged  from  the  hands  of 
our  youthful  workers  as  pansy  glasses,  flower-pots,  or 
pin-trays — an  excellent  training  in  thrift.  In 

the  Buffalo  schools  this  work  is  done  in  the  seventh  grade. 
There  has  never  been  any  lagging  of  interest  in  a  class, 
and  not  one  where  the  teacher  could  not  notice  marked 
improvement  in  the  individual  work  and  in  power  for 
both  independent  planning  and  execution.  Twenty  regu- 

•Manual  Training  Magazine,  January,  1903. 

41 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

lar  grade  teachers  are  giving  lessons  to  their  classes,  and 
special  teachers  instruct  probably  as  many  more;  and 
the  writer,  from  the  experience  and  observation-  men- 
tioned, feels  abundantly  warranted  in  recommending  this 


Fig.™.    Simple  Wood  Work  with  Knife  in  Regular  Class  Room, 
Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

medium  both  on  account  of  its  educational  value  and  its 
economy." 

Knife  WorK. 

Knife  work  or  whittling  is  frequently  carried  on  in 
the  fourth  and  fifth  grades.  The  meagreness  of  the  re- 
quired equipment  recommends  it  from  the  cost  point  of 
view.  Stated  in  its  lowest  terms  the  equipment  consists 
of  a  jack  knife.  School  conditions  impose  a  few  addi- 
tions. Provision  must  be  made  to  protect  the  desk.  A 

42 


Economics  of  Manual   Training. 

slab  of  hard  wood  about  a  foot  square  may  serve  this  pur- 
pose. This  elemental  means  has  been  elaborated  into  a 
desk  cover,  which  adds  to  its  purpose  of  protecting  the 
desk  the  furnishing  of  a  receptacle  for  tools  and  instru- 
ments and  forming  a  unit  of  equipment  that  is  readily 
handled  and  stored.  Dealers  in  manual  training  equip- 
ments supply  various  types  of  such  desk  covers.  One 
such  is  shown  in  Fig  15,  and  is  so  constructed  that  it  will 
not  slip  or  mar  the  desk  when  in  use.  The  tray  is 


Fig   15.     Whittling  Tray. 

x  22  inches,  with  a  recess  of  4  x  20  inches  to  hold  the 
tools.  It  is  provided  with  a  unique  and  very  practical 
clamp  which  will  hold  a  block  up  to  nine  inches  in  width. 
This  tray  is  furnished  with  a  set  of  tools  especially  adapted 
for  elementary  knife  work,  consisting  of  a  No.  7  Sloyd 
knife,  a  pair  of  compasses,  two  triangles,  a  T  square,  a 
foot-rule,  and  a  4-inch  try-square.  The  tray,  without 
tools,  retails  at  $9.00  per  doz.,  or  90  cents  each.  The  tools 
enumerated  above  retail  at  8.50  per  dozen  sets,  or  .85 
per  set. 

43 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

A  cabinet  for  the  storage  of  trays  must  be  provided. 
In  design  it  may  be  similar  to  a  cabinet  for  the  storage 
of  drawing-boards ;  that  is,  having  its  upright  partitions 
slightly  wider  apart  than  the  narrower  width  of  the  tray 
and  having  cleats  along  which  the  tray  is  slipped  into 
place.  It  may  be  mounted  upon  casters  to  permit  of  its 
being  moved  from  room  to  room. 

The  success  of  knifework  is  largely  dependent  upon 
the  kind  and  quality  of  knife  used.  Upon  this  point  Mr. 
Frank  H.  Pierce*  has  said  a  word  worthy  of  the  consid- 
eration of  those  contemplating  the  selection  of  a  knife 
for  this  work. 

"The  knife  should  be  selected  with  great  care,  no 
matter  how  extensive  or  how  meagre  the  rest  of  the 
equipment.  In  selecting  the  knife  there  are  a  number  of 
points  to  be  considered.  The  quality  of  the  steel  should 
be  of  the  best,  and  the  blade  carefully  tempered  so  that 
it  will  hold  a  keen  cutting  edge.  If  the  temper  is  too 
hard  the  edge  will  nick  and  break,  and  if  too  soft  the 
edge  will  turn  over,  giving  a  great  deal  of  trouble  and 
doing  poor  work.  The  construction  of  the  knife  should 
be  good,  and  the  design  such  that  it  is  well  adapted  to 
the  work  to  be  done  and  to  the  capacity  of  the  user.  There 
are  a  number  of  styles  of  knife  which  are  used  for  this 
work,  the  ordinary  two-bladed  pocket-knife,  or  jack- 
knife  ;  the  round-handled  knife  with  the  fixed  blade ;  the 
sloyd-pattern  knife  with  a  flattened  handle  and  a  fixed 
blade.  Of  these  three  styles  of  knife  the  sloyd-pattern 
seems  to  be  the  best  adapted  to  schoolroom  work.  The 
pocket-knife  has  the  disadvantage  of  closing.  This  is  not 
desirable  in  a  school  knife,  as  it  makes  it  easy  to  slip  into 

•••The  Manual  Training  Knife"— Manual  Training  Magazine,  April,  1903. 

44 


Economics    of  Manual  Training. 

the  pocket.  No  temptation  should  be  offered  to  take  the 
knife  from  the  schoolroom,  either  by  accident  or  design. 
Another  objection  to  the  pocket-knife  is  that  the  blade 
has  a  thin  edge,  making  it  hard  to  keep  in  order.  The 
second  form  of  knife  has  a  wide  blade,  ground  from  the 
edge  to  the  back,  making  it  very  hard  to  whet  properly. 
The  blade  of  this  style  of  knife  is  fastened  to  the  handle 
by  being  driven  into  it.  After  a  short  time  the  blade  gets 
loose  and  pulls  out.  In  the  sloyd-pattern  knife  most  of  the 
objections  to  the  foregoing  styles  are  overcome.  This 
style  of  knife  will  not  close  up;  the  blade  has  a  thick, 
strong  back,  and  is  ground  from  the  edge  to  the  center, 
insuring  a  strong  cutting  edge ;  the  point  of  the  blade  is 
strong  and  centrally  located;  the  blade  is  fastened  to  the 
handle  by  a  tang,  which  runs  completely  through  and  is 
riveted  on  the  end,  thus  holding  it  firmly  in  place.  These 
knives  are  made  in  several  sizes,  but  the  most  suitable 
one,  for  young  workers,  is  the  size  with  a  two-and-one- 
half-inch  blade.  This  knife  is  large  enough  for  all  school 
work,  and  is  well  suited  to  the  use  of  little  hands.  A 
great  mistake  is  made  in  selecting  too  large  a  knife.  A 
large  knife  is  clumsy,  and  in  making  small  concave  cuts, 
where  the  point  must  be  used,  the  fingers  are  apt  to  close 
upon  the  edge  of  the  blade  and  get  cut. 

When  the  knife  first  comes  from  the  maker  it  is  not 
in  condition  to  do  good  whittling ;  it  has  what  may  be 
termed  a  commercial  edge ;  that  is,  the  edge  is  ground 
quite  bluff,  so  that  it  will  not  be  easily  damaged  while  in 
stock.  The  first  thing  before  using  the  knife  is  to  whet 
it  to  a  thin  keen  edge. 

A  good  oilstone  is  an  absolute  necessity.  The  India 
oilstone  of  medium  grade  will  be  found  to  give  the  best 
satisfaction  of  any  stone  on  the  market." 

45 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

In  order  to  lay  out  the  work  a  simple  set  of  drafting 
instruments  is  required,  consisting  of  two  triangles,  T 
square,  compasses,  ruler,  and  pencil.  A  try  square  is  also 
required. 


.  16.    Knife  Work. 


Individual  equipment  for  class  of  thirty  pupils : 

30  Sloyd  knives  at  $4.05  per  dozen $10.13 

30  6-inch  try  squares,  at  $1.58  per  dozen 3.95 

30  compasses,  at  $1.00  per  dozen 2.50 

30  T  squares,  at  63  cts.  per  dozen 1.58 

30  45  degree  triangles,  at  50  cts.  per  dozen 1.25 

30  30  degree,  60  degree,  triangles,  at  50  cts.  per  dozen. ...  1.25 

30  rulers  at  12  cts.  per  dozen .30 

30  pencils  at  24  cts.  per  dozen 60 

30  trays  at  $8. 10  per  dozen 20.25 


Total  cost  of  individual  equipment 
46 


$41-81 


Economics   of   Manual  Training. 

The  scope  of  the  work  may  be  enlarged  by  the  addi- 
tion of  the  following  general  equipment: 

6  brad   awls    $    ^9 

6  hammers   i .go 

6  grooving  tools    i  .50 

4  fret-saw  frames    2.60 

4  dozen  fret-sa-vv  blades    .32 

i  ^4-inch  auger  and  bit 1.25 

i  small  back-saw  .82 

12  6-inch  hand   screws    2.00 

I  India  oil  stone  and  can 90 

I  honing  strop   .25 

Total  cost  of  general  equipment $11.63 

I  cabinet,  estimated    20.00 

Total  cost  of  complete  equipment $73-44 

A  box,  suitably  partitioned,  containing  an  outfit  for 
a  class  of  twenty  in  whittling,  can  be  purchased  from 
dealers  in  manual  training  supplies.  The  outfit  contains 
twenty  each  of  the  following:  rule,  pencil,  compasses, 
sand-paper  block,  try-square,  and  knife,  and  also  a  chart 
of  models.  The  retail  price  is  $15.00.  A  chest  contain- 
ing the  following  general  tools  and  supplies  retails  at 
$7.00 :  saw,  oil  stone,  2  honing  strops,  6  auger  bit  gim- 
lets, hatchet,  oil  can,  and  2  quires  of  sand  paper. 

Maintenance. 

Basswood,  in  thin  pieces,  is  the  material  recommended 
for  this  kind  of  work.  It  does  not  split  too  easily ;  is  soft, 
and  is  uniform  in  texture.  Whitewood  (poplar  or  tulip 
tree)  may  be  used.  White  pine  may  also  be  used  to 
advantage.  The  wood  may  be  purchased  in  the  rough,  or 
cut  to  size,  from  a  mill,  or  may  be  had  of  dealers  in  kin- 
dergarten supplies,  who  furnish  the  materials  cut  to  a 
large  variety  of  sizes. 

Basswood,  l/%  ',  3-16"  or  T4"  thick,  can  be  obtained  in 
pieces  4"  x  9"  at  $1.00  per  hundred. 

47 


Economics   of   Manual  Training. 

No.  oo  sand  paper  at  20  cts.  per  quire. 
Glue,  at  25  cts.  per  can. 

The  cost  per  pupil  for  maintenance  is  about  ten  cents. 

If  designs  in  color  are  placed  upon  the  work  the  cost 
for  the  oil  colors  must  be  added  to  the  cost  of  maintenance. 
Tubes  of  ivory  black,  burnt  umber,  light  red,  prussian 
blue,  and  crown  yellow,  may  be  had  at  five  cents  per  tube. 
In  addition  to  the  colors  it  will  be  necessary  to  provide 
dishes  for  mixing  the  colors,  and  small  brushes  for  lay- 
ing them  on. 

Bench  WorK  in  Wood. 

Up  to  this  point  the  question  of  the  cost  of  equip- 
ment has  not  been  a  serious  one,  nor  one  acting  as  a  factor 
to  give  pause  to  the  introduction  of  manual  training. 
Beginning  with  the  bench  work  in  wood  and  continuing 
through  the  high  school  work,  the  cost  of  the  initial 
equipment  becomes  a  matter  of  much  moment  and  deserv- 
ing of  considerable  thought  and  study.  Specially  fitted 
rooms  have  now  become  a  necessity,  as  have  also  special 
teachers. 
In  What  Years? 

By  referring  to  Table  A — (Opp.  p.  7.)  it  will  be  seen 
that  bench  work  in  wood — tabulated  as  "J" — is  usually 
carried  on  during  the  last  two  years  of  the  elementary 
school  and  during  the  first  year  of  the  high  school.  Some 
schools  introduce  the  work  a  year  earlier,  and  it  is  also 
quite  extensively  carried  on  in  the  second  year  of  the  high 
school.  This  latter  practice  is  partially  accounted  for  by 
the  lack  of  an  equipment  for  other  manual  training  sub- 
jects usual  in  a  completely  equipped  manual  training  high 
school.  The  best  practice  would  seem  to  limit  this  sub- 
ject to  the  first  year  of  the  high  school  and  the  two  years 
immediately  preceding. 

48 


Economics   of   Manual  Training. 

Teachers. 

A  special  teacher  is  required  for  this  work  and  for 
the  various  subjects  succeeding.  The  demand  for  such 
teachers  has  been  in  excess  of  the  supply,  with  the  result 
that  in  many  instances  recourse  has  been  had  to  the  artisan 
as  well  as  to  graduates  of  the  engineering  schools  for 
teachers  of  high  school  manual  training  subjects.  The 
artisan,  though  versed  in  the  technic  of  his  trade,  is  apt 
to  have  but  a  vague  conception  of  the  requisites  of  a  teach- 
er, and  the  results  of  his  attempts  to  teach  may  possibly 
serve  as  an  argument  for  the  opponent  of  manual  train- 
ing. The  experiment  of  appointing  engineering  grad- 
uates as  teachers  of  manual  training  subjects  has  been 
happier.  He  has  "been  through  the  shops"  albeit  the 
motiv  of  his  shop  instruction  is  not  that  of  the  manual 
training  school.  But  on  account  of  the  thoroughness  and 
scope  of  his  education  he  is  capable  of  adapting  himself 
successfully  to  the  requirements  imposed  by  high  school 
conditions.  This  class  has  furnished  many  of  the  most 
successful  teachers  and  supervisors  of  manual  training. 
Another  source  of  supply  for  teachers  is  found  in  the 
graduates  of  manual  training  schools. 

But  the  source  that  may  be  looked  to  for  the  best 
trained  teachers  is  the  normal  school  or  college  having 
a  manual  training  department.  In  the  best  of  these 
teachers  are  broadly  trained  for  the  peculiarly  exacting 
demands  made  upon  them.  Nor  does  this  source  limit 
itself  to  supplying  teachers  of  shop  work.  Thorough 
and  efficient  training  is  also  given  for  teachers  in  the 
domestic  arts  and  sciences. 

In  order  that  the  problem  of  a  suitable  equipment 
for  bench  work  in  wood  may  be  comprehensively 
approached  and  intelligently  dealt  with  the  following 

49 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

scheme  of  an  analysis  of  the  factors  entering  into  the 
problem  is  suggested. 

Shop  for  Bench  Work  in  Wood. 

General  considerations : — 
In  new  building. 
In  old  building. 

Situation  with  relation  to  other  classrooms. 
Size. 
Doors. 
Lighting : — 
Natural. 
Artificial. 
Auxiliary  rooms : — 

Demonstration  room. 
Wash  room. 
Storage  room. 
Teacher's  room. 
Lay-out : — 

Bench  space : — 

Distribution  of  benches. 
Relation  to  light. 
Bench : — 

Construction. 
Equipment. 

Demonstration  space: — 
Bench. 
Seats. 

Blackboard. 

Glue  and  stain  bench:  — 
Construction. 
Equipment. 

50 


Economics   of   Manual  Training. 

Metal  working  bench :  — 
Construction. 
Equipment. 
Display  panels  for  : — 

General  tools. 

Tools  for  same. 

Specimens  of  woods,  cones,  etc. 

Exhibition  of  typical  course. 

Bulletins. 
Storage  for : — 

Lumber. 

Finished  work. 

Work  in  process  of  construction. 

Nails  and  screws. 

Blue  prints. 
Decorations. 

Before  considering  each  of  the  above  factors  in 
detail  it  may  be  well  to  define  a  general  method  of 
approach  to  the  problem  as  a  whole.  It  will  be  appreciated 
that  certain  determinate  factors  are  almost  invariably  to 
be  encountered  in  all  problems  of  this  nature;  factors 
limited  by  uncontrollable  conditions.  It  would  be  impos- 
sible to  consider  all  such  possible  factors  and  to  provide 
or  suggest  a  solution  for  each  problem  affected  by  them. 
The  best  that  may  be  done  under  the  circumstances  is  to 
lay  out  an  equipment  representative  of  the  best  practice, 
to  suggest  modifications  to  meet  various  conditions,  and 
then  permit  the  reader  to  gather  from  the  information 
given  such  data  as  may  be  applicable  to  his  special  needs. 
In  this  spirit  is  the  following  detailed  consideration  given 
of  the  above  analysis  of  our  problem. 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 


Fig.  17.     Wood  Working  Equipment  for  the  Elementary  School, 
Westbrook,  Me. 


General  Considerations. 

The  first  general  consideration  is  whether  one  is 
called  upon  to  plan  a  room  in  a  building  yet  to  be  erected 
or  to  utilize  a  room  in  an  existing  building. 

In  New  Building. 

In  the  former  case  the  architect  may  be  furnished 
with  data  relating  to  the  size  of  room,  auxiliary  rooms, 
position  of  doors,  relation  of  the  room  to  other  class 
rooms,  the  lighting  of  the  rooms,  and  the  details  of 
shelving,  cabinets,  and  all  other  equipment  furnished 
under  architect's  specifications.  Suggestions  for  this 
information  will  be  found  below. 

52 


Economics   of   Manual  Training. 

In  Old  Building. 

In  the  case  of  utilizing  a  room  in  an  existing  building 
it  becomes  necessary  to  conform  to  the  conditions  as  one 
finds  them. 
Relation  to  Other  Classrooms. 

The  situation  of  the  wood-working  room  with  rela- 
tion to  other  classrooms  is  primarily  a  question  of  the 
inter-relation  of  the  shops  as  a  whole  and  their  relation  to 
the  other  classrooms  and  laboratories.  By  one  plan  the 
shops  may  all  be  grouped  together  in  a  separate,  con- 
necting building,  or  they  may  be  confined  to  a  wing  of  the 
building.  The  determining  factors  in  this  conclusion  are 
the  concentration  of  the  use  of  power,  the  isolation  of 
noise  incident  to  shop  work,  and  the  vibration  caused  by 
the  machinery.  By  placing  all  shops  using  power  as  near 
as  possible  to  the  engine-room  not  alone  economical  equip- 
ment is  attained  but  also  some  saving  in  maintenance. 
The  floor  plans  shown  on  pages  163-165,  167-170  may 
be  found  suggestive  on  this  point. 

If  no  power  is  made  use  of  in  the  wood-working  room 
its  status  then  becomes  that  of  any  other  classroom,  and 
its  position  is  subject  to  much  the  same  considerations. 
A  common  practice  in  the  new  public  school  buildings  in 
New  York  City,  where  but  one  room  is  devoted  to  bench 
work,  is  to  place  that  room  at  the  top  of  the  building. 

Size. 

The  size  of  the  room  is  determined  by  the  number 
of  benches  to  be  installed.  Assuming  an  allotment  of  24 
benches,  a  room  3O-ft.  x  4O-ft.  will  meet  all  requirements. 

Doors. 

The  factors  determining  the  position  of  the  doors  are 
dependent  upon  the  easy  ingress  and  egress  of  the  stu- 
dents, and  the  relation  of  the  room  to  halls  and  other 
classrooms. 

53 


Economics  of   Manual  Training. 

Lighting. 

Abundant  light  is  a  prime  requisite  for  shop- work, 
therefore  a  corner  room  is  more  desirable  than  one  having 
windows  on  but  one  side.  In  a  high-studded  room,  the 
placing  of  the  windows  four  or  five  feet  from  the  floor 
will  afford  an  opportunity  for  a  maximum  wall-space  for 
display  of  panels,  etc. 

Where  it  is  necessary  to  provide  artificial  light,  drop 
lights  should  be  placed  at  the  back  left-hand  corner  of 
each  bench,  as  well  as  elsewhere  about  the  room  where 
occasion  demands. 

Auxiliary  Rooms. 
Demonstration  Room. 

It  is  customary  to  set  off  a  part  of  the  wood- working 
room  for  demonstration  purposes.  Under  "demonstra- 
tion space,"  below,  such  an  arrangement  is  considered.  A 
departure  from  this  practice  is  exemplified  in  the  new 
building  of  the  Ethical  Culture  Society  in  New  York 
City.  In  planning  the  equipment  for  bench  work  pro- 
vision for  demonstration  was  made  by  allotting  a  con- 
necting room  for  this  purpose.  The  room  is  fitted  up  much 
as  an  ordinary  classroom,  with  chairs  provided  with  arm- 
rests, teacher's  desk,  and  demonstration  bench.  A  novel 
feature  of  the  equipment  is  a  swinging  blackboard  fitted 
into  the  wall  separating  the  bench-room  from  the  demon- 
stration-room. The  working-drawings  of  the  particular 
piece  of  work  being  demonstrated,  are  drawn  upon  the 
blackboard,  and  upon  the  passing  of  the  class  into  the 
bench-room,  the  blackboard  is  swung  about  a  central 
pivot,  and  the  drawings  then  serve  as  working-drawings 
for  the  class  at  the  benches.  The  demonstration-room 
now  becomes  available  as  a  regular  classroom,  if  such  use 
is  required. 

54 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

Wash  Room. 

Provision  should  be  made  for  the  storage  of  shop- 
clothes  and  for  washing-up.  In  the  wood-working  room, 
as  an  apron  is  the  only  additional  piece  of  clothing  used — 
and  even  this  is  frequently  dispensed  with — the  apron  may 
be  put  away  in  the  locker  provided  for  unfinished  work. 


Fig.  18.    Lockers  and  Wash  Room. 

In  the  general  locker  arrangement,  however,  provision 
should  be  made  for  a  locker  for  each  student.  These 
lockers  may  be  arranged  along  the  walls  of  a  small  room 
in  the  centre  of  which  facilities  for  washing-up  may  be 
provided.  (Fig  18.)  A  series  of  individual  wash-stands, 
of  the  standard  types  furnished  on  the  market,  may  be 
installed,  or  the  typical  shop  practice  of  a  long  double 
trough  may  be  followed.  Hot  and  cold  water,  soap  and 
soap-receptacles,  roller  towels,  and  mirrors  should  be 
provided.  There  is  less  need  for  a  wash-room  in  connec- 
tion with  the  wood-working  shops  than  in  the  case  of  the 
metal-working  shops. 

55 


Economics   of   Manual  Training. 

Storage  Room. 

A  separate  room  about  15-ft.  x  i8-ft.  for  storage 
purposes  is  desirable  but  not  indispensible.  All  necessary 
materials  may  be  stored  in  the  shop.  Lumber  may  be  stood 
on  end,  the  various  sizes  and  kinds  being  separated  by 
pegs,  and  a  portion  of  the  wall  space  set  aside  for  this 
purpose.  However,  the  assigning  of  a  separate  room  is 
recommended.  The  fittings  for  such  a  room  are  simple. 
Along  one  side  of  the  room  may  be  arranged  three  rows 
of  pegs  each  peg  about  fourteen  inches  in  length,  and  the 
pegs  about  a  foot  apart.  The  first  row  should  be  placed 
eighteen  inches  from  the  floor,  the  next  three  and  one-half 
feet  from  the  floor  and  the  top  row  eight  feet.  This 
arrangement  will  permit  of  different  lengths  and  varying 
kinds  of  boards  being  stood  on  end  and  resting  between 
the  pegs,  and  also  of  the  ready  selection  of  any  required 
board.  Along  another  wall  might  be  arranged  a  nest  of 
pigeon-holes  extending  from  the  floor  to  the  ceiling, 
affording  storage  for  cut-up  material,  for  hardware,  and 
for  general  storage  purposes.  9"  x  18"  x  18"  depth  will 
be  found  a  serviceable  size  for  the  pigeon-holes.  If  power 
is  to  be  had,  a  circular  saw  may  be  placed  in  this  room  to 
cut  up  the  lumber  into  sizes  suitable  for  class  use. 

Teacher's  Room. 

A  room  about  8  ft.  x  10  ft.  may  be  assigned  for  the 
teacher's  use,  and  furnished  with  a  desk  and  a  cabinet 
for  the  filing  of  blue  prints,  magazines,  books,  etc.  One 
wall  may  be  fitted  with  pigeon-holes  as  suggested  above 
for  the  storage-room.  This  latter  provision  is  especially 
desirable  if  there  is  no  separate  storage-room. 

Lay  Out. 

Two  important  considerations  underlie  the  layout 
of  a  work-room — economy  of  space  and  such  an  inte^re- 

56 


Economics    of   Manual   Training. 

lation  of  its  component  factors  as  may  give  a  maximum 
of  efficiency  with  a  minimum  of  movement  and  friction. 
The  reason  for  economy  of  space  is  a  general  and  obvi- 
ous one.  The  reason  for  the  second  consideration  may  not 
be  quite  so  apparent.  Its  appeal  is  one  for  economy  of 
exertion  both  upon  the  part  of  the  teacher  and  upon  that 
of  the  student.  For  example,  it  would  bespeak  poor  judg- 
ment in  the  layout  of  a  room,  if  the  general  tools  were 
all  kept  in  the  storage-room,  necessitating  a  considerable 
distance  for  each  student  to  travel  every  time  he  wanted 
to  make  use  of  a  general  tool,  when  such  tools  might  be 
conveniently  placed  on  a  large  panel  situated  midway  on 
the  wall  space  nearest  the  benches. 

By  the  component  factors  is  meant  the  various 
benches — students',  demonstration,  stain,  and  metal-work- 
ing,— display  racks,  cabinets,  and  all  other  furnishings 
included  in  the  equipment  of  the  shops.  It  is  the  inter- 
relation of  these  various  factors,  that  is,  their  distribution 
with  relation  to  each  other,  as  well  as  their  relation  to  the 
windows,  doors  and  form  of  the  room,  and  also  their  con- 
struction and  cost  that  now  demands  our  attention. 

A  simple  device  that  may  be  of  aid  in  facilitating  the 
problem  of  the  best  arrangement  of  benches  in  a  room,  is 
to  make  a  scale  drawing  of  the  room — say,  on  a  scale  of 
^2-inch  to  the  foot — showing  the  position  of  all  windows, 
doors,  and  posts,  and  cutting  out  of  paper,  to  the  same 
scale,  the  space  occupied  by  each  bench  and  other  pieces 
of  furniture.  The  pieces  of  paper  may  then  be  arranged 
and  rearranged  upon  the  scale  drawing  of  the  room  until 
the  best  disposition  is  determined  upon.  Or  the  problem 
may  be  solved  mathematically  by  figuring  out  the  space 
occupied  by  each  piece  of  furniture,  aisle  space,  and  other 
factors  entering  into  the  problem,  and  making  a  lay-out 
drawing  conformable  to  the  conditions. 

57 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

Benches. 

The  benches  should  be  placed  in  the  best  lighted  por- 
tion of  the  room  and  also  so  that  the  student  faces  the 
maximum  light  when  working.  There  should  be  space 
enough  left  between  the  benches  so  that  the  student  has 
free  play  and  that  the  teacher  may  have  ready  access  to 
each  bench  while  tne  class  is  at  work.  Aisle  space  of  suf- 
ficient width  to  accommodate  students  in  habitual  lines 
of  travel  to  and  fro  from  the  benches  should  be  provided, 
and  is  dependent  upon  the  form  of  the  room.  The  mini- 
mum of  space  that  should  be  allowed  between  the  back  c  f 
one  bench  and  the  front  of  another  is  thirty  inches.  Leave 
three  feet  if  possible. 
Construction. 

There  is  quite  an  extensive  variety  of  manual  training 
benches  upon  the  market  and  an  intending  purchaser  may 
well  feel  some  indecision  in  deciding  upon  a  selection, 
and  yet  the  problem  of  a  selection  is  not  as  difficult  as 
might  appear  from  the  number  to  choose  from,  as  the  ma- 
jority, if  not  all,  of  the  benches  offered  by  the  trade  are  of 
good  construction  and  well  built  of  good  material.  The 
prices  quoted  by  the  various  dealers  are  quite  uniform  for 
similar  grades.  The  benches  offered  are  usually  con- 
structed throughout  of  selected  maple  and  the  tops  are 
always  of  this  material.  Some  makers  use  other  woods 
for  the  parts  other  than  the  tops — ash  or  a  soft  wood.  In 
one  or  two  instances  iron  or  steel  is  made  use  of  for  the 
legs. 

The  various  benches  may  be  classified  in  general  as 
follows : 

Single,  double  or  quadruple. 

With  or  without  cabinets  or  drawers. 

With  one  or  with  two  vises. 

With  wooden  or  metal  vises. 

58 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

\Yith  or  without  tool-racks. 

Adjustable  to  various  heights  or  non-adjustable. 

Draw-bolt  or  keyed  mortise  and  tenon. 

Most  dealers  do  not  list  double  or  quadruple  benches. 
The  advantages  claimed  for  them  are  economy  of  space, 
and  a  slight  saving  in  initial  cost.  The  saving  in  either 
case  is  more  than  counterbalanced  by  their  disadvantage 
as  compared  with  the  single  bench.  Therefore  the  sin- 
gle bench  is  the  only  one  here  considered. 

The  addition  of  cabinets  or  drawers  adds  materially 
to  the  cost  of  the  bench  and,  as  a  rule,  will  be  found  un- 
necessary. 

A  bench  fitted  with  two  vises  is  to  be  preferred  as 
there  are  operations  in  wood-working  when  the  end  vise 
proves  of  material  assistance.  The  additional  vise  is  not 
essential,  though  desirable,  and  should  be  dispensed  with 
only  on  the  score  of  economy  either  of  space  or  money. 
If  wooden  vises  are  employed  the  additional  cost  is  only 
two  dollars. 

Benches  are  fitted  with  either  wooden  or  iron  vises. 
Each  kind  possesses  certain  advantages.  The  wooden  vise 
is  considerably  cheaper.  The  iron  vises  are  usually  of  the 
quick  adjustment  variety,  that  is,  a  quarter  turn  of  the 
handle  to  the  left  permits  of  the  setting  of  the  jaws  at  any 
required  opening  and  a  return  quarter-turn  clamps  the 
work  in  place.  The  iron  vises  range  in  price  from  three 
to  seven  dollars.  One  or  two  forms  have  a  maple  facing 
to  protect  the  tools.  Some  of  the  end  vises  have  a  dog  that 
may  be  projected  above  the  flush  surface  of  the  vise,  and 
is  used  to  clamp  work  securely  in  place  against  one  of  a 
row  of  pegs  in  the  top  of  the  bench. 

Benches  are  built  with  or  without  a  tool  rack  extend- 
ing above  the  top  of  the  bench  at  the  back.  In  the  latter 

59 


Economics   of   Manual  Training. 

case  provision  is  sometimes  made  for  the  tools  in  a  drawer 
or  cabinet  constructed  as  a  part  of  the  bench.  The  objec- 
tion to  the  use  of  the  drawer  is  the  tendency  to  throw  the 
tools  in  a  heap,  and  also  the  littered  condition  that  a 
drawer  is  apt  to  assume.  The  tools  are  more  liable  to 
being  dulled  or  nicked  than  when  placed  on  a  rack.  The 


Fig.  19     Wood  Working  Bench.    Draw  Bolt  Construction. 

rack  has  the  disadvantage  of  shutting  off  some  of  the 
light,  especially  when  light  is  not  over-plentiful,  and  also 
of  the  preventing  of  the  free  swing  of  work  above  the 
top  of  the  bench.  It  has  the  advantage  of  having  a  place 

60 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

for  each  tool,  having  each  tool  within  reach,  and  on 
account  of  its  conspicuousness  the  teacher  is  enabled  to 
take  a  hasty  inventory  of  the  entire  equipment,  noting 
that  each  tool  is  in  its  proper  place,  in  proper  condition, 
and  that  the  equipment  is  complete.  A  good  plan  is  to 
have  the  racks  flush  with  the  surface  of  the  bench  with 
only  the  handles  of  the  tools  protruding.  (See  Fig  23.) 
One  form  of  bench  has  a  portion  of  the  top  recessed  at  the 
back  for  a  width  of  about  seven  inches.  This  affords  a 
place  for  the  tools  when  in  use  and  prevents  their  being 
shoved  off  the  bench. 

Some  benches  are  made  adjustable  to  heights  of  from 
28"  to  32,"  by  blocks  inserted  between  the  tops  and  the 
frame.  Where  such  provision  is  not  made  the  end  may 
be  attained  by  trigging  up  with  blocks  under  the  legs.  A 
small  platform  about  two  or  three  inches  in  height  is 
sometimes  made  use  of  instead  of  lowering  a  bench.  Such 
an  arrangement  is  sure  to  be  in  the  way  and  to  be  stum- 
bled over. 

Rigidity  is  a  prime  requisite  for  a  work  bench.  The 
carpenter,  in  building  a  rough  carpenter's  bench,  makes 
it  rigid  by  running  long  boards  well  down  the  front  and 
back  and  by  bracing  between  the  legs  at  the  ends  with 
crossed  pieces  of  scantling.  The  manual  training  bench 
derives  its  rigidity  from  the  use  of  heavier  material  and 
its  peculiar  construction.  All  such  benches,  that  are 
without  cabinets  or  drawers,  follow  a  general  type  form. 
There  is  a  top  and  four  legs.  The  legs  are  joined  in  pairs 
at  the  top  and  at  the  bottom  by  strips  extending  from 
front  to  rear.  These  bottom  strips  are  recessed  in  the 
centre  to  form  a  foot  at  either  end  to  rest  on  the  floor. 
The  legs  are  further  braced  in  pairs  by  two  strips  at  right 
angles  to  the  first  strips  and  placed  somewhat  below  the 

61 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

centres  of  the  legs.  It  is  in  the  method  of  fastening  these 
strips  to  the  legs  that  the  benches  are  divided  into  the  two 
classes  of  draw-bolt  construction  and  keyed  mortise  and 
tenon  construction.  Specimens  of  these  two  forms  of 
construction  are  shown  in  Figs.  19  and  20.  From  the 
upper  surfaces  of  the  strips  connecting  the  tops  of  th«? 
legs  dowels  extend,  fitting  into  holes  in  the  lower  surface 
of  the  top  of  the  bench.  This  arrangement,  together  with 
the  draw-bolt  or  keyed  mortise  and  tenon,  permits  of  the 
bench  being  knocked  down  for  shipment,  and  of  its  being 
readily  set  up  again. 

The  working  part  of  the  top  may  be  built  up  of  2.y2" 
maple  strips  glued  together.  The  lumber  should  be  thor- 
oughly seasoned,  and  all  joints  glued  where  practicable. 
A  row  of  wooden  bench-stops  is  usually  supplied. 

Air.  Clarence  J.  Smith,  in  an  article  in  the  Western 
School  Journal,  dealing  with  practical  suggestions  for 
establishing  a  manual  training  department,  cites  an 
experience  with  solid  tops  for  benches  that  is  worthy  of 
consideration : 

"Caution  :  Don't  get  long  carpenter's  benches,  for  they 
will  not  serve  the  purpose.  Don't  get  wide  boards  or 
planks  from  which  to  construct  benches.  They  will  be 
sure  to  warp.  Get  nothing  but  a  bench  with  a  glued-up 
top.  A  piece  four  or  five  inches  wide  is  wide  enough  for 
any  piece  that  goes  into  the  construction  of  the  top.  I 
know  of  some  benches  procured  from  the  local  planing- 
mill,  made  from  a  design  of  appropriate  dimensions,  but 
not  specifying  glued-up  tops.  They  were  equipped  with 
many  conveniences,  such  as  drawers  and  tool-racks,  and 
cost  $43  each,  yet  within  a  year  the  foot-wide  planks  used 
on  the  tops  had  warped  so  as  to  render  them  unfit  for 
service." 

62 


Economics  ot  Manual  Training. 

Benches  range  in  price  from  $5.00  to  $14.00,  depend- 
ing upon  size,  and  whether  fitted  with  one  or  two  vises, 
or  with  wooden  or  iron  vises.  Where  it  is  necessary  to 
exercise  the  greatest  economy  the  home-made,  simple 
carpenter's  bench  may  be  installed. 

Tool  Equipment. 

The  tool  equipment  divides  itself  into  two  groups : 
the  individual  or  bench  equipment,  comprising  tools  that 
should  be  supplied  for  each  bench,  and  the  general  equip- 
ment, comprising  tools  used  in  common.  At  this  point  we 
are  considering  only  the  bench  equipment;  the  general 
tool  equipment  is  dealt  with  below  under  the  considera- 
tion of  the  "general  tool  panel"  and  its  equipment. 

The  following  list  of  tools  for  the  equipment  of  each 
bench  has  been  compiled  after  a  careful  consideration  of 
the  requirements  and  also  of  prevailing  practice.  The 
prices  quoted  are  net  cost  per  two  dozen,  or  $6.04  for  the 
cost  of  a  single  bench  equipment. 

Rule,  2-foot,  2-fold,    $1.98 

Sloyd  knife,   blade  2^    inches,    8.10 

Marking  gauge,   Stanley's   No.  65,    4.64 

Try-square,    6    inch,    4.24 

Firmer   chisel,    ^    inch,    3.98 

"      7/8      "          6.30 

Rip  saw,  8  points,   23.76 

Back    saw,    10    points,   19.88 

Jack  plane,   Bailey's   No.   5,    3672 

Block  plane,   Stanley's   No.    16,    16.20 

Spoke-shave,   Stanley's   No.  64,    1.72 

Bench-hook,    wood, 3-6o 

"     -brush,     4.24 

Drawing  kit,   Bradley's   No.   102,    9.60 

Total    cost   for   bench   tools,    $144.96 

By  adding  the  cost  of  bench  tools,  $144.96,  to  the 
cost  of  general  tools,  $112.85,  tlie  total  cost  for  a11  the 
tools  amounts  to  $257.81.  Allowing  $10.00  for  the  cost 

63 


Economics  of  Manual   Training. 


Fig  20.    Wood  Working  Bench 
Keyed  Mortise  and  Tenon 


; 

1  — 

it* 

n 

B 

i 

u 

1 

U 

U! 

10 

f 

•^ 

l»4*i{ 

1 

r>' 

i 

-?j     1     i 

*-s'- 

1    1 

1  1 

7    I 

I 

1 

1  11 

4* 

£ 

2.'  1* 

L.  J 

1 

= 

== 

— 

•~ 

-- 

ff 

i 

— 

—  '--t  —  =g 

_.  _.,  —  ._ 

SHEUF 

i 

I 

i 

•2.0'- 


k3'J 


Fig.  21.    Glue  and  Stain  Bench, 
64 


Economics  of  Manual   Training. 

of  each  bench,  the  total  cost  for  bench -and  tool  equip- 
ment for  a  class  of  twenty-four  pupils,  as  per  above 
specifications,  amounts  to  $497.81,  or  in  round  numbers, 
$500.00. 

A  grindstone  at,  say  $9.00,  should  be  included  in  the 
list  of  necessary  tools. 

By  installing  the  cheaper  grade  of  benches  and  cur- 
tailing the  general  tool  equipment,  the  total  cost  may  be 
reduced  to  $350.00,  or  even  less. 

On  account  of  their  suggestiveness,  the  following 
sample  equipments  are  here  inserted. 

School  equipment  for  twenty-four  pupils  and  teacher, 
prepared   by    Mr.    E.    L.    Valentine,   of   Chicago.      The 
approximate  price  for  this  equipment  is  $550.00 : 
25  No.     5    Bailey     Iron     Jack      25  Emery  Oil  Stones  ^xi^x- 

Plane,  6  inch. 

25  No.  2  Bailey  Iron  Smooth-       25  No.    20    Try    Squares,    jl/2- 

ing   Plane.  inch. 

25  Whittling    Knives.  25  Erasers,  $£x4-inch. 

25  No.   61   Boxwood  Rules.  13  No.    62     Stanley     Marking 

25  10-inch  Back  Saws.  Gauges. 

25  i-inch  Socket  Firmer  Chis-      13  J^-inch        Socket        Firmer 

els.  Chisels. 

25  Bristle  Counter  Brushes.  13  Champion  Screw  Drivers, 
25  Bench  Hooks.  4-inch. 

25  %-inch    Gouges.  13  Wing   Dividers,  6-inch. 

25  Drawing     Boards,      12x18-      13  12   Bell   Faced  Claw   Ham- 
inch,  mers. 

25  T  Squares.  13  Rip  Saws  8  pts,  22-inch. 

25  45°   Triangles.  13  Cross  Cut  Saws  10  pts.,  20- 

25  Eagle    Pencil    Compasses.  inch. 

General  Equipment. 

12  Double  Benches.  3  ^2-inch   No.  8   Buck   Bros.' 
Teacher's   Bench.  Tang    Firmer    Gouges. 

Langdon   Mitre   Bo.c.  3  }4-mch    No.   8   Buck    Bros.' 
12-inch    Monkey   Wrench.  Tang    Firmer    Gouges. 

Pair   5-inch    Cutting   Pliers.       12  No.   12  Bliss  Hand  Screws. 

14-inch    Compass    Saw.  12  No.  6  Bliss  Hand  Screws. 
Drawing  Knife,  8-inch.  6  6-inch        Colt,        Eccentric 

Saw  Vise.  Clamps. 

Saw  Set.  6  12-inch       Colt,       Eccentric 
Set  3-16  inch  Steel  Figures.  Clamps. 

65 


Economics    of    Manual   Training. 


I  Set  y2-'mch  Steel  Letters. 
I  Set  Auger  Bits. 
I  Set  Dowel  Bits. 
I  Grind     Stone     with     frame 
complete. 

1  26-inch    Rip    Saw. 

2  Rose    Countersinks. 

2  Screw  Driver  Bits. 
I  Countersink. 

I  Expansive    Bit,   large,    %  to 

3-inch. 
I  10-inch   Ratchet   Brace. 

3  Plain  8-inch  Braces. 

3  Washita   Gouge    Slips. 
12  Assorted  Carvers'   Punches. 
12  Chip    Carving   Knives. 

6  Knurled      Nail      Sets — Cup 
Point. 

3  Cabinet    Scrapers. 

3  14-inch    Turning    Saws. 


6  24-inch        Colt,        Eccentric 
Clamps. 

2  48-inch        Colt,        Eccentric 

Clamps. 

3  Saw      Files,      5-inch      with 

Handle. 

i  Rat   Tail    File,    6-inch   with 

Handle. 
12  Assorted   Wood   Files. 

6  Varnish   Cups. 

6  Varnish  Brushes. 

i  Gross   No.   3   Lead   Pencils. 

3  Dozen    Carpenter    Pencils. 
12  No.    TOO  Coping   Saws. 

3  Rubber    Mallets. 

1  6-inch  T  Bevel. 

2  6-inch  T  Bevel. 

I  Automatic       Hand       Drill, 
with  8  Drills. 

3  54-inch    Socket    Chisels. 
3  Ms-inch    Socket    Chisels. 


Iron     Jack 


3  12-inch    Turning    Saws. 

The  following  individual  bench  equipment  was  sup- 
plied to  the  Bradley  Polytechnic  Institute.  Approximate 
cost,  $10.00: 

I  Q-inch  Eagle  T.  Bevel. 

I  No.  6  Sloyd  Knife. 

I  Round  Point  Nail  Set. 

I  Screw  Driver,  4-inch  Blade. 

i  ^-inch   Chisel. 

I  i-inch    Chisel. 

I  ^2-inch  Dowel  Bit. 

i  s-i6-inch   Dowel  Bit. 

I  Bench    Brush. 

I  2T^-inch  Wood  Spoke  Shave 

I  Sharpening  Outfit,  consists 
of  T  Oil  Can,  i  Oil  Stone, 
i  Waste  Cup. 


No.    5    Bailey 

Plane. 
No.  16    Bailey    Iron    Block 

Plane. 

No.  i  Bench  Rule. 
Pair  Winding  Sticks. 
10-inch  Back  Saw. 
Bit  Brace. 

7-oz.  Bell  Face  Claw  Ham- 
mer. 

I     2^-inch  Mallet. 
I     No.   64^    Stanley    Marking 

Gauge. 
I     6-inch  Try  Square. 


The  wood-working-  equipment  for  the  three  last  years 

of  the  grammar  grades  in  the  Boston  Schools  is  as  fol- 
lows : 

30  benches,  30  ^-in.  chisels, 

30  rip  saws,  30  l/2-'m.  chisels, 

15  cross-cut    saws,  30  i-in.  chisels, 

30  back  saws,  30  spoke-shaves, 


66 


Economics    of  Manual  Training. 

30  jointer  planes,  15  J4-in.  auger-bits, 

30  jack   planes,  15  <K-in.  anger-bits, 

30  smooth  planes,  15  l/2-in.   auger-bits, 

30  block   planes,  15  f£-in.   auger-bits, 

30  bit-braces,  I  automatic  borer, 

30  screw  drivers,  12  German  bits, 

30  nail  sets,  12  drill  bits, 

30  hammers,       *  15  centre  bits, 

30  half-round  files,  6  countersinks, 

30  flat  files,  i  Bailey  combination  plane, 

30  mallets,  6  mortise  gauges, 

30  rules,  i  keyhole  saw, 

30  gauges,  i  framing  square, 

30  try-squares,  6  cabinet    scrapers, 

30  bevels,  6  file  cards, 

30  compass-attachments,  i  burnisher, 

30  bench  brushes,  6  hand  screws, 

30  bench  hooks,  2  oil-stones, 

30  sloyd  knives,  I  set  carving  oil-slips, 

12  veining-tools,  i  oil  can, 

12  skew-chisels,  I  knife  file, 

24  carving  gouges,  i  hatchet, 

12  turning  saws,  30  stools. 

The  following  description  of  the  equipment  of  the 
wood-working  department  of  the  Mechanic  Arts  High 
School,  Boston,  Mass.,*  is  replete  with  suggestions.  An 
equipment  installed  at  the  present  time  would  probably 
specify  single  benches  in  place  of  the  double  ones,  and 
might  also  limit  the  number  of  benches  to  24,  experience 
having  shown  that  this  number  is  the  maximum  for  effi- 
cient instruction. 

"Two  adjoining  rooms  on  the  second  floor  are  assigned 
to  the  department  of  wood-working  with  hand  tools.  This 
department  is  equipped  to  accommodate  daily  six  classes 
of  thirty-six  pupils.  Each  room  is  furnished  with  eigh- 
teen double  benches,  57  in.  long,  45  in.  wide  on  the 
top,  and  varying  in  height  from  29  to  33  in.  On  each 
side  of  these  benches  is  a  tier  of  three  drawers,  one  of 
which  is  assigned  to  each  pupil,  for  the  set  of  cutting  tools 

*Annual  Report  of  the  committee  on  Manual  Training  1901,  Boston,  School 
Document  No.  4. 

67 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

with  which  he  is  supplied.  Here,  also,  are  kept  his  apron 
and  unfinished  work.  Upon  a  vertical  tool  board  9^/2 
in.  high  which  divides  the  top  of  the  bench  in  the  centre, 
and  upon  hooks  and  shelves  at  the  ends  of  the  bench, 
are  kept  the  following  measuring  and  miscellaneous  tools 
used  in  common  by  members  of  different  classes : 

Stanley  Rule  and  Level  Co.'s  tools  :  one  each,  T.  bevel,  10- 
in.,  No.  18;  rule,  2  ft.,  No.  18;  try-square,  6  in.,  No.  10.  A  Buck 
Brothers  screw-driver,  5  in.,  No.  69;  Bemis  &  Call  wing  dividers, 
7  in. ;  a  Spofford  bit-brace,  No.  108 ;  a  Disston  rip-saw,  22  in., 
D  8,  with  8  teeth  to  the  inch ;  a  Disston  cross-cut  saw,  22  in., 
D  8,  with  10  teeth  to  the  inch;  a  Disston  back-saw,  12  in.,  No. 
4;  a  Bliss  mallet,  No.  3;  a  Maydole  adze-eye  bell-faced  hammer, 
No.  13;  a  Washita  oil  stone,  8  by  2  by  i%  in.  in  box;  a  brass 
paragon  oil  can,  No.  o;  a  bench  hook,  12  by  8  by  %  in.;  two 
winding  sticks,  18  by  2  by  */2  in. ;  a  dust  brush. 

"The  individual  sets  kept  in  the  drawers  are : 
Bailey's  patent  adjustable  iron  tools;  one  each,  jack-plane, 
14  in.,  No.  5;  jointer-plane,  22  in.,  No.  7;  smoothing-plane,  8  in., 
No.  3;  spoke-shave,  No.  51;  Buck  Brothers  shank  firmer  chisels, 
No.' 2,  one  each,  ^4,  •>£,  i,  il/2  ins.;  a  gothic  point  knife;  genuine 
Russell  Jennings  bits,  one  each,  *4>  M»  1A,  fys,  24  in. ;  a  whisk 
broom  ;  a  Stanley  marking  gauge,  No.  65. 

"Each  pupil  is  also  supplied  with  a  tray  26^/2  in.  long, 
13^4  in.  wide,  and  i^  in-  deep,  divided  into  compart- 
ments adapted  to  receive  the  following  set  of  Buck  Broth- 
ers London  style  carving  tools : 

Chisels,  one  each,  I  in.,  No.  i ;  l/2  in.  No.  I ;  ^  in.  No.  2 ; 
gouges,  one  each,  fyfa  in.,  No.  3;  3-16  in.,  No.  4;  3-32  in.,  No.  5; 
5-16  in.,  No.  5;  7-16  in.,  No.  5;  $/$  in.,  No.  5;  jj  in.,  No.  6;  3-16 
in.,  No.  7;  5-16  in.,  No.  7;  1-32  in.,  No.  n;  Y§  in,,  No.  n;  5-16 
in.,  No.  ii ;  parting  tool,  %  in.,  No.  39. 

"These  trays  are  stored  in  cases  at  one  end  of  each 
room.  Two  Brown  and  Sharpe  grindstone  troughs,  fitted 
with  stones  and  truing  devices,  are  installed  in  one  of 
these  rooms.  Water  is  brought  in  brass  pipes  to  all  of 
the  grindstones  in  the  various  departments,  and  the 
troughs  are  connected  with  a  system  of  drain  pipes  which 
lead  to  a  sand  catch-basin  in  the  basement. 

63 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

"The  tool-room,  which  contains  a  variety  of  minor 
supplies,  together  with  a  large  collection  of  miscellaneous 
tools  for  occasional  use,  is  located  between  the  two  wood- 
working rooms,  and  is  conveniently  entered  from  either 
of  them.  Many  of  the  shelves  in  this  room  are  divided 
by  narrow  strips  of  wood  in  such  a  way  that  each  tool 
has  its  appropriate  compartment,  and  it  is  an  invariable 
rule  that  every  article  must  be  kept  in  its  proper  place. 
Each  pupil  is  supplied  with  three  brass  checks  bearing 
his  shop  number,  one  of  which  will  be  received  by  the 
person  in  charge  of  the  tool-room  in  exchange  for  any 
desired  tool.  The  check  is  placed  in  the  compartment 
from  which  the  tool  is  taken,  where  it  remains  until  it  is 
redeemed  by  the  return  of  the  tool.  The  following  are 
the  principal  tools  in  this  tool-room : 

Bailey's  patent  adjustable  iron  planes:  4  beading,  No.  50; 
2  dado,  fillester,  plow,  etc.,  No.  46 ;  I  tonguing  and  grooving,  No. 
48;  i  tonguing  and  grooving,  No.  49;  24  rabbet,  I  in.,  No.  192; 
i  beading,  rabbet,  and  slitting,  No.  45;  i  bull-nose  rabbet,  No. 
75 ;  2  circular,  No.  13.  Buck  Brothers'  tools ;  shank  firmer  chisels, 
No.  2,  6  each,  %  in.,  3-16  in.,  5-16  in.,  y2  in.,  §^  in.,  ^  in.,  %  in., 
T  l/s  in.,  i/4  m-;  J2  each,  rose  counter  sinks,  No.  83,  snail  counter 
sinks,  No.  84;  6  cabinet  makers'  burnishers,  5  in.,  No.  91;  18 
square-point  nail  sets,  assorted ;  18  round-poin-t  nail  sets,  as- 
sorted. One  new  Langdon  mitre  box,  No.  2;  i  Stanley  adjustable 
spirit  level,  30  in.;  2  adjustable  ball  and  socket  saw  clamps;  i 
rachet  bit  brace ;  6  Stanley  rule  trammel  points,  No.  99 ;  2  Morrill 
saw  sets,  No.  i ;  2  Stubs  flat  nose  pliers ;  steel  figures  and  letters 
for  wood,  i  set  %  in. ;  for  metal,  I  set  l/4  in.  and  i  set  ^  in. ;  72 
chalk  lines,  reels,  and  awls ;  24  brad  awls,  assorted  sizes ;  2  Clark 
patent  expansive  bits;  3  Sargent  steel  squares,  24  in.,  No.  300. 
Files :  36  flat  bastard,  10  in. ;  30  half  round  bastard,  10  in. ;  12 
half  round  smooth,  10  in.;  6  pillar,  7  in.  by  l/2  in.,  No.  6;  12 
three  square,  7  in.,  assorted ;  6  Nicholson  file  brushes.  Stanley 
Rule  and  Level  Co.'s  tools:  2  try-squares,  T2-in.,  No.  10;  2  mitre 
squares,  12  in.,  No.  16;  12  Bemis  &  Call  wing  calipers,  6  in.;  12 
best  French  cabinet  scrapers,  square,  5  in.  by  3  in. ;  12  best  French 
Cabinet  scrapers,  curved,  5^  in.  by  2^2  in. ;  i  Coes  monkey  wrench, 
12  in. ;  60  Miller's  Falls  turning  saws  and  frames,  18  in. ;  genuine 
Russell  Jennings  bits,  12  I  in.,  one  each,  5-16  in.,  7-16  in.,  9-16  in., 
11-16  in.,  13-16  in.,  15-16  in. ;  German  nail  bits,  12  each,  ^  in.,  5-32 
in.,  3-16  in. ;  6  Stearns  patent  dowel  pointers ;  2  Disston  rip-saws, 

69 


Economics  of   Manual  Training. 

26  in.,  D  8,  6  teeth  to  the  inch;  2  Disston  cross-cut  saws,  26  in., 
D  8,  7  teeth  to  the  inch.  R.  Bliss  &  Co.'s  tools :  18  cabinet  makers' 
clamps,  No.  74;  60  hand  screws,  No.  n;  60  hand  screws,  No.  4. 
Buck  Brothers'  London  style  carving  tools,  four  of  each :  front 
bent  chisels,  No.  21,  1-16  in.;  No.  21,  3-16  in.;  No.  21  y2  in.; 
No.  22,  y%  in. ;  No.  22,  5-16  in. ;  No.  22,  ^  in. ;  No.  23,  y%  in. ;  No. 
23,  5-16  in.;  No.  23,  ft  in.;  front  bent  gouges,  No.  27,  $£  in.;  No. 
32,  I/L  in. ;  back  bent  gouges,  No.  35,  Y^  in. ;  No.  38,  %  in. ;  parting 
tools,  No.  43,  J4  m-J  gouges,  No.  3,  i  in.;  No.  5,  I  in.;  No.  n, 
5/8  in. 

"Opening  out  of  one  of  the  wood-working  rooms  is  a 
small  room  for  the  preparation  of  stock  for  models  and 
for  special  saw  work.  Here  are  installed  a  Colburn  dou- 
ble-arbor bench  saw,  and  a  Dover  band  saw  for  the  use 
of  the  instructors  and  especially  skilful  pupils  only,  and 
a  Mosely  jig-saw  which  all  the  pupils  are  taught  to 
use.  The  location  of  these  saws  in  a  separate  room  per- 
mits their  use  without  disturbance  to  class  exercises.  An 
adjoining  room  is  furnished  with  convenient  tables  and 
other  fixtures  for  the  final  work  upon  all  models  or  pro- 
jects which  require  shellac  or  other  painter's  finish." 

While  it  is  desirable  that  all  work  be  done  under  the 
best  conditions  and  with  an  ample  and  adequate  equip- 
ment, the  lack  of  sufficient  funds  to  install  an  up-to-date 
equipment  need  not  deter  the  earnest  teacher  from  making 
a  start  in  introducing  bench  work.  As  a  possible  encour- 
agement to  such  a  teacher  the  following  quotation  from 
the  twenty-first  annual  report  of  the  School  District  No. 
3,  Sterling,  Illinois,  is  here  inserted  as  showing  what  can 
be  done  under  somewhat  adverse  conditions,  backed  by 
determination  and  initiative: 

"The  tables  which  had  done  duty  in  the  science  room 
of  the  old  Sterling  High  School  made  excellent  work 
benches. 

"Throughout  the  year  the  seventh  and  eighth  grades 
of  both  schools  have  had  regular  instruction,  one  hour 

70 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

per  week.  Forty  boys  and  thirty-four  girls  have  taken 
the  course.  The  initial  expense  in  setting  these  pupils  to 
work,  including  eight  dozen  sloyd  knives,  four  dozen  try- 
squares,  four  dozen  coping  saws,  one  rip-saw,  two  mitre- 
boxes  and  whitewood  lumber  was  $46.78.  The  addition- 
al expense  to  carry  the  work  through  the  year  was  about 
$38.00,  making  the  total  expense  about  $84.78. 

"In  May  of  this  year,  the  girls  of  the  two  schools 
gave  a  'Girls'  Program'  as  a  sequel  to  the  'Boys'  Pro- 
gram,' which  netted  $28.45,  and  this  was  followed  by  a 
'Primary  Program/  which  netted  $26.50,  both  of  which 
amounts  were  turned  over  to  the  treasurer  of  the  fund. 
We  have  thus  raised  for  manual  training  purposes  by 
public  exercises  $103.14,  of  which  $84.78  has  been  ex- 
pended. This  expense  does  not  include  $15.00  which  the 
Board  has  paid  for  one  dozen  vises,  nor  the  lumber  for  a 
dozen  work  benches. 

"Of  this  material  which  the  Board  purchased 
for  work  benches,  the  boys  of  Lincoln  School  have  made, 
out  of  school  hours,  five  benches,  and  enough  material  is 
on  hand  for  seven  more  benches.  The  boys  made  these 
benches  entirely  themselves  and  they  would  be  pleased  to 
have  the  Board  test  the  'plumbness'  and  'squareness'  with 
which  they  stand  in  the  world  and  their  fitness  to  meet 
a  young  workman's  needs. 

"I  very  much  regret  that  at  the  present  writing  I 
have  not  access  to  all  the  bills  above  mentioned,  but  I  am 
safe  in  saying  that  the  total  expense  of  conducting  our 
first  year's  work  in  manual  training  was  less  than  $110.00, 
and  the  greater  portion  of  this  amount  is  in  tools  and 
benches,  and  thus  available  for  future  work." 

One  other  report  from  the  field  of  an  actual  exper- 
ience in  the  question  of  cost  and  maintenance  may  prove 

71 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

helpful.  The  following  quotation  is  from  the  thirty- 
fourth  annual  report  of  the  Public  Schools  of  Columbus, 
Ga.: 

"The  original  equipment  of  twelve  benches  with  the  neces- 
sary tools  was  $166.00.  This  included  for  each  bench,  I  jack 
plane,  I  smooth  plane,  I  block  plane,  I  i-inch  chisel,  i  2-foot  rule, 
I  sty  square,  I  marking  gauge,  i  back  saw.  Also  for 
general  use  i  rip  and  i  cross-cut  saw,  brace  and  bit,  screw- 
drivers, nail  sets,  etc.,  6  hammers,  6  ^-inch  chisels.  During 
this  year  additional  tools  to  the  amount  of  $30.00  have  been  pur- 
chased. These  include  rip  and  cross-cut  saws,  2  of  each;  6  skew 
chisels,  6  mallets,  6  bench  brushes,  30  pencil  compasses,  a  rachet 
brace,  building  square,  two  turning  saws,  12  ^-inch  chisels,  12 
54-inch  chisels,  6  files,  2  gouges,  I  grindstone.  The  supplies  for 
consumption,  including  lumber,  hardware,  sandpaper,  glue,  etc., 
have  cost  about  $140.00,  which  for  140  boys,  the  average  number, 
amounts  to  $1.00  a  pupil." 

Demonstration  Space. 

It  is  customary,  in  a  well-equipped  shop,  to  reserve  a 
portion  of  the  room  for  demonstration  purposes.  If  the 
available  space  will  not  permit  of  this  reservation  it  may 
be  dispensed  with.  The  equipment  consists  of  seats  or 
benches  for  the  number  of  pupils  in  the  class,  a  work 
bench  and  complement  of  tools  for  the  teacher,  and  a 
blackboard.  Simple  wooden  benches,  with  backs,  will 
suffice  for  the  seating  of  the  class.  They  should  be 
arranged  on  a  raised  platform  of  two  or  three  tiers  to 
afford  each  pupil  an  unobstructed  view  of  the  demonstra- 
tion work. 

The  entire  demonstration  outfit,  exclusive  of  the 
teacher's  wrork  bench  and  tools,  can  be  supplied  at  from 
$40  to  $80. 

The  demonstration  theatre  in  one  of  the  shops  at  the 
Mechanic  Arts  High  School  in  Boston,  is  shown  in  Fig 

38. 

Glue  and  Stain  Bench. 

At  the  left  in  Fig  23  is  shown  a  glue  and  stain  bench. 
A  working  drawing  of  a  somewhat  similar  bench  is 

72 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

shown  in  Fig  21.  It  contains  lockers  for  the  storage  of 
materials.  The  lockers  may  be  dispensed  with,  in  which 
case  the  materials  in  use  may  be  placed  on  the  shelf  and 
the  stock  that  is  kept  on  hand  can  be  stored  in  the  storage 
room.  The  equipment  consists  of  a  glue  pot  and  means 
for  heating  it.  An  ordinary  gas  stove,  at  25  cents,  will 
serve  for  heating  purposes.  Where  gas  is  not  available 
a  kerosene  glue  heater  may  be  substituted,  costing  for  a 
one-pint  pot,  $1.00  or  for  one-quart  pot,  $1.50.  A  one- 
quart  porcelain  enameled  glue  pot  retails  for  53  cents. 
A  two-quart  steam  glue  heater,  fitted  with  pipe  for  steam, 
overflow  pipe,  brass  bib-cock  for  drawing  water  from 
tank,  and  stand  can  be  had  for  $7.00.  There  is  not  suffi- 
cient use  for  glue  in  ordinary  school  work  to  justify  the 

ANVIL 


9    O"  

j 

', 

-22-- 

n  —  H  p  —  i 

1        «        f 

1  1  c=*'~f  

1 

h 

F: 

| 

o~o| 

*~      * 

1        *=*        1 

I     1 

1*3' 

2i 

| 

- 

1 

r<« 

4; 

~ 

• 



< 

Fig  22.     Metal  Working  Bench. 

installation  of  the  steam  glue  heater.  Besides  the  clamps 
listed  in  the  general  tool  list  a  number  of  large  cabinet 
clamps  should  be  provided  if  large  projects  are  a  part  of 
the  course.  A  glue  and  stain  bench  may  cost  about 
$35.00. 

Metal  Working  Bench. 

There  is  more  or  less  simple  metal-work  introduced 
in  connection  with  the  constructive  wood-work.  A  strong 
bench  equipped  with  a  machinist's  vise  will  meet  the 
requirement.  The  form  of  vise  -having  an  anvil  cast  with 
it  will  be  found  serviceable.  The  bench  can  be  installed 
for  $15.00.  A  metal-working  bench,  with  tools,  is  shown 

73 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

to  the  left  of  the  general  tool  panel  in  Fig.  23.    A  work 
ing  drawing  of  such  a  bench  is  shown  in  Fig.  22. 

Display  Panels. 

The  wall  space  about  the  room  may  advantageously 
serve  for  panels  for  the  display  of  specimen  woods,  cones 
and  leaves,  a  typical  course  in  bench-work,  and  for  gen- 
eral tools. 

General  Tools. 

A  compactly  arranged  panel  of  general  tools  may  be 
conveniently  placed  with  relation  to  the  work  benches. 
Such  a  panel  is  illustrated  in  Fig  23. 

The  attempt  has  been  made  to  arrange  the  following 
list  of  general  tools  in  the  order  of  their  importance  and 
desirability,  so  that,  when  necessary,  curtailment  may  be 
made  with  least  danger  of  impairing  the  efficiency  of  the 
equipment : 

12  cross-cut  saws,    10  points,    $  10.59 

12  hammers,     4.46 

12  bit  braces,  6"  or  /"   sweep,    9.51 

12  auger   bits,    ^",    i.< 

12      " 

6      " 

6      " 

6      " 

3  centre 

6  drill 

3  "  7-32",     65 

6  countersinks,    l/>",    .57 

12  screwdrivers,     2.43 

4  brad  awls,   i",    13 

8  iy4",    25 

12  carver's  skew  chisels,  l/2",  3.15 

12       "        veining   tools,    1-32" 3.87 

8  turning  saws,  14"  x  l/$",  6.88 

24   compasses    (with    pencil    attached),    2.98 

12  hand  screws,  or  iron  clamps,   3.60 

12  Firmer  chisels,   l/i" ,   2.42 

6      "        gouges,    7/s",    i-66 

6      "  "        i",     1.96 

4  1/4",   (inside  bevel),   1.27 

74 


*",     1-85 

W,    2.16 

I",   2.82 

4",  52 

.52 


Economics    of  Manual    Training. 


4  10"  iron  bevels,   1.91 

4  oil-stones,  2"  x  8"  mounted,    2.85 

4  brass  oil-cans,  No.  i,   .65 

2  Washita  oil-stone  slips,    .28- 

i  set  of  carving  tool  slips,   61 

smooth  planes,  Bailey's  No.  4,   15.88 

25 


6  cabinet  scrapers    (one  end  round), 

2  mortise  gauges,  rosewood,  Stanley's  No.  77, 

8 

I 

i 


sets   of  winding  sticks, 


rabbet    plane, 
10"    try-square, 


2  burnishers,     

2  key-hole  saws,  iron  handle,  

6  wing  dividers,  No.  5 

12  nail-sets  (hollow  points),  knurled, 


78 

•79 
•34 
.61 

.21 

75 
.90 


Fig.   23- 


View  in  Wood  Working  Shop,  showing  General  Tool  Panel, 
Metal  Working  Bench  and  Stain  Bench. 


12  hand  bastard  files,  octagon  handles,  2.08 

6      "  "       half-round,     1.30 

3  file    cards,    .46 

8  mallets 56 


75 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

1  pair  cutting  pliers,    .61 

2  cabinet  clamps,  Bliss'  No.  73,   1.23 

8  Firmer  chisels,  3-16  inch,    1.22 

2  joiner  planes,  Bailey's  No.  7,   4.47 

expansion   bit,    .72 

mitre-box,  Langdon's   No.    18,    6.30 

hatchet,     58 

7-inch    drawshave,    .47 

pair  calipers,  6-inch  wing, 26 

matching-plane,     1.53 

plow,   Stanley's   No.  45 4.86 

In  addition : 

grindstone,    complete,    12.65 

glue-pot    outfit,    4.00 


Total  cost  of  full  general  tool  outfit,    $129.50 

There  are  two  or  three  large  general  tools  that  form  a 
group  by  themselves  in  that  each  of  them  may  be  driven 
by  power.  The  first  of  these  is  the  grindstone.  The 
stones  are  supplied  in  numerous  diameters,  and  of  varying 
widths  of  face.  A  stone  for  school  purposes  should  be  at 
least  1 8  inches  in  diameter  and  have  a  face  of  2^/4  inches 
in  width.  A  stone  of  this  size,  mounted  on  a  hardwood 
frame,  with  treadle  and  handle  sells  for  about  $5.00.  A 
30  x  4  inch  stone,  mounted  on  an  iron  frame,  with  adjust- 
able tool  rest,  truing  attachment,  water  pot,  and  pulley  for 
power,  lists  at  $24.00.  The  same  combination  without 
truing  attachment,  but  arranged  for  hand  and  foot  power, 
is  quoted  at  $20.00. 

A  hand  and  foot  power  circular  saw,  with  7-inch 
saw — both  rip  and  cross-cut — weighing  complete  about 
330  Ibs.,  and  suitable  for  most  purposes  for  which  a  cir- 
cular saw  is  required  in  a  school-shop,  may  be  had  for 
$60.00.  A  first  class  power  saw  suited  to  meet  all  shop 
requirements  costs  about  $175.00. 

A  foot-power  band  saw,  capable  of  cutting  a  4O-inch 
circle,  having  a  table  22  x  22  inches,  and  weighing  350 

76 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

Ibs.,  costs  $65.     A  similar  power  saw  costs  about  the 
same. 

A  power  planer  is  a  desirable  but  not  a  strictly  nec- 
essary addition  to  the  equipment. 

Specimen  Woods. 

A  desirable  adjunct  to  a  wood- working  room  is  a  dis- 
play of  the  woods  in  general  use  in  constructive  work. 
Such  a  display  is  distinctly  educational,  and  also  has  an 


Fig.  24.    A  Panel  of  the  Cones  of  the  Evergreens. 

appropriate  decorative  value.  Various  methods  of  prepar- 
ing the  specimens  suggest  themselves.  The  woods  may  be 
cut  into  small  slabs  of  about  4"  x  10"  x  y2".  One  half  may 
be  varnished  to  show  the  relative  effect  of  the  natural  and 
finished  wood.  A  small  eyelet  in  the  top  will  permit  of 
hanging  the  specimen  in  place,  and  of  its  ready  inspection. 
If  the  panel  is  covered  with  some  dark  material,  as  green 
baize,  the  woods  will  be  thrown  in  relief.  Long  panels, 

77 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

holding  single  rows  of  specimens,  may  be  effectively  dis- 
tributed on  otherwise  unutilized  wall  spaces. 

Specimen  Cones,  Etc. 

The  same  motives  prompting  the  display  of  speci- 
men woods  would  suggest  a  display  of  the  cones  of  the 
various  evergreens,  their  needles,  etc.,  and  also  of  pressed 
leaves  of  the  hard  woods.  Fig.  24  shows  a  panel  arranged 
to  illustrate  the  softwood  series  of  cones. 
Typical  Course. 

A  part  of  the  upper  wall  space  might  be  used  for  a 
display-panel  of  a  typical  class  course.     Such  a  display 
would  be  found  of  use  in  giving  a  visitor  an  insight  into 
the  kind  of  work  pursued  by  the  class. 
Bulletin. 

A  plain  panel  of  soft  wood,  or  of  cork-mat,  placed 
near  the  entrance  door,  may  serve  as  a  bulletin  board. 
Storage. 

Lumber  should  be  stored,   if  possible  in  a  separate 
room,  as  suggested  above  under  the  caption  "storage- 
room." 
Finished  Work. 

Finished  work,  which  it  is  desired  to    keep    at    the 
school,  may  also  be  stored  in  the  pigeon-holes  provided 
in  the  regular  storage-room,  or  in  similar  pigeon-holes 
in  the  teacher's  room. 
Work  in  Process  of  Construction. 

For  the  storage  of  partly  finished  work,  each  student 
should  be  supplied  with  a  separate  pigeon-hole  in  a  cab- 
inet. The  size  of  these  pigeon-holes  is  largely  determined 
by  the  size  of  the  work  constructed.  This  does  not  apply 
to  large  special  pieces  as  a  chair  or  desk,  which  must  be 
stored  as  best  they  may  be  in  any  available  space.  The 
number  of  pigeon-holes  to  be  provided  is  dependent  upon 
the  number  of  classes  using  the  room  during  any  one 

78 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

school  term  and  the  number  of  pupils  in  each  class.  In 
Fig.  25  is  shown  a  drawing  of  a  cabinet  designed  to 
accommodate  three  classes  of  24  pupils  each.  It  will  be 


til 

±11 

•    '      ,"  "  = 

II          II  1  ,        II 

•  1 

••+••- 

I 

-f 

4* 
• 

*, 

0> 

1 

i 

9 

1 

,f 

! 

& 

•f 

1 

Ot 

•  13"  . 

.  .>.... 

Fig.  25.    Lockers  for  Wood  Working  Room. 

noticed  that  the  pigeon-holes  are  arranged  in  groups  of 
six,  each  group  having  a  separate  lid.  The  dimensions 
given  for  the  pigeon-holes  have  been  found  to  meet  the 
requirements. 

Nails  and  Screws. 

To   accommodate   the   numerous   sizes   of   nails   and 
screws  required  a  separate  cabinet  of  small  drawers  may 
be  provided. 
Blue  Prints. 

If  blue-prints  are  used,  a  cabinet  composed  of  pigeon- 
holes, each  hole  being  a  trifle  higher  and  deeper  than  the 
size  of  the  blue-print  and  wide  enough  to  hold  all  the 
prints  of  one  kind,  will  be  found  convenient.  Or  a  sim- 
ilar provision  might  be  made  by  having  the  prints  lie  flat. 
Some  of  the  large  pigeon-holes  in  the  storage-room  or 
the  teacher's  room  might  be  subdivided  to  meet  the 
requirement. 

79 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

The  blue-print  may  well  be  dispensed  with  altogether, 
and  in  lieu,  the  student  may  work  from  his  own  drawing, 
or  from  the  blackboard  drawing  made  by  the  teacher  as 
a  part  of  his  demonstration. 

Decorations. 

Before  leaving  the  question  of  the  furnishing  of  the 
room  it  may  not  be  out  of  place  to  add  a  suggestion  or 
two  regarding  the  further  decoration  of  the  room,  and 
for  devices  to  add  to  the  broader  appreciation  of  the  work. 
The  panels  of  specimen  woods,  cones,  etc.,  form  a  dis- 
tinctively decorative  feature  which  may  be  further 
enhanced  by  photographs  of  lumbering  industries,  for- 
est scenes  and  allied  subjects.  A  set  of  prints  of  the  prin- 
cipal lumber-furnishing  trees,  with  enlarged  detailed 
views  of  their  leaves  and  bark,  is  a  well-known  publica- 
tion. These  prints,  framed,  are  an  effective  addition  to 
the  room.  A  table,  with  a  book  and  magazine  rack,  sup- 
plied with  a  few  books  on  wood-working  and  some  papers 
or  magazines  containing  working-drawings  of  simple 
objects,  is  also  suggested  as  a  device  to  broaden  the  inter- 
est of  the  pupil  in  his  shop-work.  There  are  a  few  books 
on  wood-working  that  make  a  direct  appeal  to  boy  nature 
and  also  one  or  two  periodicals  that  emphasize  construc- 
tive wood-work  for  boys  in  a  way  that  is  very  real  to  the 
boy.  The  wise  teacher  knows  the  value  of  the  use  of 
these  adjuncts  to  his  work ;  knows  the  influence  of  sympa- 
thetic mutual  interest  in  the  wider  outlook  upon  the  work 
at  hand.  Therefore  a  suggestion  of  an  equipment  that 
may  aid  in  bringing  a  pupil  more  closely  in  touch  with 
the  significance  and  bearing  of  his  work  may  be  germane. 

Touching  upon  this  question  of  room  decoration,  Mr. 
Albert  H.  Leake,  Inspector  of  Technical  Education, 
Ontario,  says  :* 

"Manual  Training  In  Canada"— Manual  Training  Magazine,  April,  1904. 

80 


Economics    of   Manual  Training 

"In  the  vast  majority  of  cases  the  centres  are  almost 
ideal  in  character,  and  in  one  or  two  instances  where 
rather  unsuitable  rooms  were  the  only  ones  available,  no 
expense  was  spared  to  make  them  efficient.  In  many 
places  outside  of  Canada  but  little  attention  is  paid  to  the 
general  appearance  of  the  manual-training  room,  and  the 
typical  room  has  been  as  unlovely  and  barn-like  a  place  as 
it  could  be  made.  Here  we  have  proceeded  on  somewhat 
different  lines.  We  believe,  and  believe  strongly,  that  the 
influence  of  the  place  in  which  a  boy  works  leaves  its  im- 
press on  both  the  character  of  the  boy  and  the  quality  of 
his  work,  and  in  conformity  with  this  idea  we  have 
sought  to  make  our  rooms  bright  and  attractive,  devoting 
special  attention  to  their  decoration,  though  everything 
that  has  not  a  direct  bearing  on  the  work  has  been  rigidly 
excluded.  Specimens  of  timber,  sections  of  trees,  ex- 
amples of  work,  and  photographs  have  been  liberally  sup- 
plied. The  actual  course  of  models  being  taken  is  dis- 
played by  means  of  large  drawings  around  the  room. 
These  are  very  effectively  and  economically  prepared 
with  white  chalk  on  ordinary  wall-paper.  Every  kind  of 
tool  in  use  has  been  taken  apart,  and  the  separated  parts 
mounted  and  properly  named.  It  is  surprising  what  an 
effect  illustrations  of  this  kind  have  in  stimulating  a 
healthy  curiosity  in  the  minds  of  the  boys." 
Maintenance. 

The  cost  of  maintenance  is  largely  dependent  upon 
the  cost  of  lumber.  There  are  other  items,  as  hardware 
and  the  replacing  of  worn  out  or  broken  tools,  but  the 
chief  item  is  that  of  stock.  The  kind  of  stock  used, 
as  well  as  its  cost,  varies  greatly  in  different  sec- 
tions of  the  country,  and  as  the  reader  may 
readily  obtain  the  price  of  lumber  in  the  local  market, 

81 


Economics    of  Manual  Training. 

any  attempt  to  quote  prices  here  for  different  localities 
would  be  of  but  secondary  help.  In  the  vicinity  of  New 
York  white  pine  and  white  wood  are  most  frequently  used. 
Gum-wood,  bass-wood  and  cypress  are  also  used  to  less 
extent.  It  is  desirable  that  all  lumber  used  should  be  of 
good  quality  and  free  from  knots.  The  lumber  should  be 
planed  at  the  mill,  and  also  cut-up  into  sizes  for  class  use 
if  there  is  no  provision  at  the  school  for  doing  the  work. 

A  considerable  item  in  the  cost  of  maintenance  of  all 
shop  work  is  the  depreciation  of  tools,  benches,  and  other 
fixtures  through  loss  and  wear. 

A  study  of  one  equipment  over  a  perio*d  of  ten  years 
and  another  over  six  years  would  seem  to  indicate  that 
10  per  cent,  is  a  conservative  estimate  of  this  factor.  In 
many  cases  the  loss  would  undoubtedly  fall  below  this 
proportion. 

In  an  endeavor  to  ascertain  the  cost  per  pupil  for 
materials  used  in  the  bench  work,  the  following  table  has 
been  compiled.  It  will  be  noticed  that  there  exists  a 
very  wide  range  in  the  costs  given:  from  21  cents  in  Los 
Angeles  to  $2.35  in  Chicago.  The  work  is  that  of  the 
seventh  and  eighth  grades : 

No.  of   Cost  per 
Pupils.     Pupil. 

Cleveland.  O,   900          .25 

Toledo.   O. 1095          .68 

Springfield,    111 225         1.40 

Chicago,    111 4231         2.35 

Minneapolis,    Minn 1 108          .40 

Carthage,    Mo 60          .25 

Los  Angeles,  Cal 2005          .21 

Columbus,   Ga 200          .30 

Hampton  N.  &  A.  Inst 24          .33 

Homestead,    Pa 120          .40 

Baltimore    Polytechnic   Institute    279          .41 

Carlstadt,  N.  J 35        i.oo 

Montclair,    N.    J 80          .30 

Newark,  N.  J 975          -33 

Red    Bank,    N.    J 90          .25 

Concord,    Mass i.oo 

82 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

Berkeley  School,   N.   Y 31  1.35 

Milton,   Mass 85  .45 

Natick,    Mass 60  i.oo 

Lewiston,   Me 138  .70 

Average  cost  per  pupil,  $0.67. 

The  following  detailed  list  of  work-shop  supplies  will 
be  found  valuable  as  a  reference  list.  The  items  and 
prices  are  selected  from  a  school  supply  list.  The  prices 
quoted  are  wholesale  and  can  be  obtained  only  when  large 
orders  are  given.  This  accounts  for  the  discrepancy 
between  these  prices  and  the  prices  given  for  similar 
items  above.  The  above  prices  are  retail  for  small  quan- 
tities and  are  always  subject  to  discount  for  large  orders : 
Awls,  Scratch  Awl,  2.y2  in.,  forged  blade,  maplewood  han- 
dle, each  03^4 

Benches,  as  per  Specifications  and  Drawings,  each   30.90 

Bits,  Cast  Steel,  Bright,  Center. 

3-16   in.,    each    .04 

l/4    in.,   each    05 

$4   in.,    each    05 

V-2   in.,   each 06 

•Hj    in.,    each 07 

Bits,  expansive  (Small),  boring  from  %  in.  to  i$4  m->  each        .51 

Sits,  Gimlet,  2-32  in.,  4-32  in.,  6-32  in.,  8-32  in.,  each .05 

Bits,   Screwdriver,   each    05 

4-16   in.,   each    09^- 

6-16  in.,  each ioy2 

8-16  in.,  each 
10-16  in.,  each 
Blades,  for  Fret  Saws,  No.  3,  per  doz 

Blades,  for  Hack  Saws,  No.  8,  per  doz 34 

Boxes.  Mitre,  for  molding,  2,l/2  to  4  inches,  each  I.IA 

Braces,  6  in.   sweep,  ball-bearing,  each    33 

Brushes,  Varnish,  \y2  in.  flat,  each 04^ 

Butts,  Brass,  i   in.,  mfddle,  per  doz 06 

Chisels,  5^2  in.  from  bolster  to  point,  best  quality,  handled 
with  applewood  handles  and  sharpened: 

i   in.,  each 21^ 

y*.  in.,  each I7l/z 

l/4  in.,  each 13^ 

Cloth,  Emery,  Nos.  oo  to  il/2,  per  ream   7.22 

Countersinks,   rose  countersink,  case   steel,   y2   in.,   each.. 
Dividers,  winged,  6  in.,  heavy  polished  cast-steel  joint  and 

set    screw,    each 

Dowels,  Wood,  ^  in->  per  TOO  feet 
Dowels,  Wood,   ^   in.,  per   100  feet 

8.3 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

Dowels,  Wood,  l/2  in.,  per  100  feet 

Emery,  Nos.  40  to  150,  in  10  Ib.  cans  (can  included),  per 

can 55 

Files,  Flat,  bastard,   10  in.,  each    io^4 

Files,  Flat,  second  cut,  10  in.,  each   \2l/2 

Files,  Half-round,  bastard,  10  in.,  each 14 

Files,  Half-round,  second  cut,  10  in.,  each   i5T/2 

Files,  Round,  bastard,  10  in.,  each   o8^4 

Files,  3-square  taper,  smooth,  6  in.,  each 05 

Files,  for  Saw-filing  Vises,   i2l/2  in.  jaws,  each 05 

Gauges,  Bit,  gauges  for  bits  up  to  I  in.,  each   .15 

Gauges,   Boxwood,  plaited   head,   brass   thumbscrews   and 

shoe,    each    .18 

Glue,  Liquid,  Fish,  in  gallon  quantities  (can  included),  per 

gal. 1.19 

Gouges,  5^2  in.  from  bolster  to  point,  best  quality,  handled 

with  apple  wood  handles,  and  sharpened: 

$4  in.,  each   24 

y2  in.,  each   21 

J^in.,    each    i8?4 

Grinder,  Chisel,  each  54^2 

Hammers,   Claw,   each    35 

Hammers,  Peen,  each 30 

Hammers,  Tack,  Claw,  each io*4 

Handles,   Chisel,  for  tanged  chisels,  assorted,  applewood, 

brass  tube  ferrule,  per  doz    igl/2 

Hatchets,  4  in.,  each 22 

Hooks  and  Eyes,  Brass,  34  in,  per  doz   05^4 

Knives,   Sloyd,  3  in.  blade,  extra  quality,  each    17^ 

Letters,  Steel,  ^  in,  set  of  27,  per  set 1.16 

Levels,  24  in.,  cherry,  arch  top  plates,  2  side  views,  polished, 

each     30^4 

Locks,   per   doz 1.43 

Mallets,    Round,    each    .14 

Nails,  Cut,  4d.,  per  100  Ibs 2.75 

Nails,  Cut,  6d.,  per  100  Ibs 2.65 

Nails,  Cut,  8d.,  per  100  Ibs 2.55 

Nails,  Cut,  iod.,  per  TOO  Ibs , 2.50 

Nails,  Wire  brads,  y2  in.,  No.  18,  per  Ib 07^ 

Nails,  Wire  brads,  24  in.,  No.  18,  per  Ib 06 

Nails,  Wire  brads,  I  in.,  No.  17,  per  Ib 05 

Nails,  Wire  brads,  i*4  i"->  No.  16,  per  Ib 04 

Nails,  Wire,  1^4  in.,  No.  12,  per  Ib 03^ 

Nails,  Wire,  \y\  in.,  No.  13,  per  Ib 03^ 

Nails,  Finishing,  il/2  in.,  per  Ib 04 

Numbers,  Steel,  *4  in.,  set  of  9,  per  set 39 

Oil,  Boiled,  in  I  gallon  cans  (including  can),  per  gal 62 

Oil,  Hard,  in  I  gallon  cans  (including  can),  per  gal 1.18 

84 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

Oil,   Sperm,  best  quality,   i   gallon  cans    (including  can), 

per    gal 85 

Oilers,  Brass,   i  pt,  each 

Paper,  Sand,  Nos.  oo  to  3,  per  ream 1.55 

Paint  (ground),  per  Ib.  can: 

Black 13 

Raw  Umber    10 

Burnt  Umber  10 

Burnt   Sienna    1 1 

Dutch  Pink  15 

Chrome  Green   10 

Cobalt  Blue 30 

Planes,   Block,  6  in.,  iron,  nickel-plated,  nickel  joint,   ifa 

in.,  each   61 

Cutters  for  above  plane,  each ogl/2 

Planes,  Combination,  No.  45,  adjustable,  machine,  heading, 

plow  and  sliding  plane,  each 4.52 

Planes,  Fore,  iron,  adjustable,  18  in.,  2^  in.,  each 1.58 

Cutters  for  above  plane,  each 12^/2 

Planes,  Jack,  wood,  15  in.,  2  in.,  each 81 

Cutters  for  above  plane,  each 14 

Planes,  Smoothing,  iron,  8  in.,  adjustable,  1^4  in->  each.  .. .   1.06 

Cutters  for  above  plane   each 13 

Plates,  Facing,  iron  planed,  12x12x^4  in.,  each 3.95 

Plyers,  4^/2  in.,  flat  nose,  black,  best  quality,  each 06^2 

Plyers,  combination  cutting  and  gas,  polished,  each 54 

Plyers,    round    nose,    each 06^2 

Punch,  solid,  1-16  in.,  each 04 

Punch,  spring,  each 16^2 

Rasps,  Half-round,  medium  cut,  10  in.,  each 21 

Rasps,  Half-round,  fine  cut,  10  in.,  each 27 

Rulers,  Boxwood,  2  ft.,  4  fold,  arch  joint,  bound,  8th  and 

i6ths,  each 12 

Rulers,  Steel,  24  in.,  graduated,  each 26 

Saws,  Back,  10  in.,  for  wood,  cast  steel,  blue  back,  apple- 
wood  handle,  polished  edges,  3  brass  screws,  each 60 

Saws,    Cross    cut,    first    quality,    cast    steel    blades,    beech 
handle,  polished  handle,  4  screws,  9  points,   18  inch., 

each   , 61 

Saws,  Fret,  each 44 

Saws,  Hack,  Star  No.  o,  each 59 

Saws,  Nest  of,  Pruning,  Compass,  Keyhole,  beech  handle, 

polished  edges,  per  set 48 

Saws,  Rip,  20  in.,  8  points,  first  quality,  rubbed,  cast  steel 

blade,   beech   handle,   polished    edges,   4   screws,    each     .71 

Saws,  Sharpening,  Back,  each 12 

Saws,  Sharpening,  Cross  Cut,  each 23 

Saws,  Sharpening,  Rip,  each 23 

Scraper,  steel,  3x5  in.,  each 

85 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

Screw  Drivers,  4-in.  round  blade,  ebonized  handle,  each.  . . . 

Screw  Drivers,  lo-in.  blade,  each 29 

Screw  Drivers,  2^-in.  blade,  each 09 

Screws,  Hand,  lo-in.  oiled  maple,  each 23*4 

Screws,  14-in.  oiled  maple,  each 32^2 

Screws,  Wood,  flat  head,  brass,  J^-in.,  No.  3,  per  gross 13 

Screws,  Round  Head,  brass,  /2-in.,  No.  2,  per  gross i6l/2 

Screws,  Flat  Head,  Bright: 

y2  in.,  No.  3,  per  gross 

Y4  in.,  No.  5,  per  gross 

y^  in.,  No.  7,  per  gross 

i  in.,  No.  6,  per  gross io 

i  in.,  No.  8,  per  gross 1 1 

1 1/4  in.,  No.  7,  per  gross 

il/4  in.,  No.  io,  per  gross 14 

il/2  in.,  No.  8,  per  gross 14 

il/2  in.,  No.  io,  per  gross 15 

1  ?4  in.,  No.  io,  per  gross 17 

\y\,  in.,  No.  n,  per  gross 18 

2  in.,  No.  9,  per  gross 

2  in.,  No.  n,  per  gross 20 

Screw,  Round  Head,  Blued : 

y2  in.,  No.  3,  per  gross 09 

3/4  in.,  No.  5,  per  gross 

34  in.,  No.  7,  per  gross nl/2 

i  in.,  No.  6,  per  gross 12 

1  in.,  No.  8,  per  gross 13^ 

'  in.    No.  7,  per  gross 14 

No.  io,  per  gross 16^/2 

No.  8,  per  gross i6l/2 

No.  io,  per  gross 18 

No.  io,  per  gross 20^2 

No.  1 1,  per  gross 22 

2  in.,  No.  9,  per  gross 21  ]/4 

2  in.,  No.  n,  per  gross 24 

Sets,  Nail,  l/s  in->  square,  polished,  round  point,  each 05 

Sets,  Saw,  for  hand  saws,  each 26 

Squares,    Try,    6-in.,    nickel-plated,    iron    stock,    graduated 

steel  blade,  square  inside  and  outside,  each 

Squares,    Try,    15-in.,    rosewood,    brass-faced,    graduated, 

tempered  steel  blade,  each 331A 

Spoke  Shave,  6-in.  blade,  each 10% 

Stones,  Grind,  24-in.,  iron  frame,  with  treadle,  steel  arbor, 
babbit  metal  journals,  tool  rest,  trough  and  drip  can, 

each   11.85 

Stones,  Grind,  Sundries: 

Arbors,  complete,   each 4.00 

Bucket,  Pan  and  Shield,  each 70 

Treadle,  each   1.26 

86 


\Y4  in. 

ll/2  in. 

il/2  in. 

i?4  in. 

iV4  in. 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

Stones,   Oil,   Red  Washita,   unmounted,  8x2x1^   in.,   each 
Stones,  Oil,  Red  Washita  slips,  4x2  in.,  round  edges,  each     .09 
Tools,  Carving,  set  of  six  assorted,  with  oil  and  slipstone, 
and  one  carver's  marker,  handled  with  round  handles, 

per   set    2.16 

Tray,  Whittling,  to  be  furnished  with  steel  try  square,  3  in. 

boxwood  gauge,  5  in.  sloyd  knife,  best  quality,  each..  .   1.20 

Veneering,  Black  Walnut,  per  sq.  foot 04 

Veneering,  Mahogany,  per  sq.  foot 04 

Veneering,  Maple,  per  sq.  foot 03 

Veneering,  White  Holly,  per  sq.  foot 06 

Vises,  3  in.  jaws,  each 1.39 

Vises,  Saw-filing,  i2l/2  in.  jaws,  eac.i 1.54 

Wax,  Bees,  per  Ib 27 

Wax,  hard,  finish,  per  Ib 23 

Wood: 

7/s  in.  Clear  Ash,   10  in.  wide,   dressed  both  sides,  in 

3  ft.  lengths,  per  crate  of  25  pieces 7.50 

J/s  in-  Bass  Wood,  clear,  dressed  both  sides,  in  blanks, 

4x9  in.,  per  hundred i.io 

3-16    in.    Bass    Wood,    clear,    dressed    both    sides,    in 

blanks,  4x9  in.,  per  hundred 1.15 

l/4  in.  Bass  Wood,  clear,  dressed  both  sides,  in  blanks, 

4x9  in.,  per  hundred T.2O 

$/%  in.  Bass  Wood,  dressed  both  sides,  in  3  ft.  lengths, 

per  crate  of  25  pieces 5.50 

5-16    in.    thick,    6    in.    wide,    6   ft.    long,    Bass    Wood, 

per  foot .04 

y%  in.  Gum  Wood,  dressed  both  sides,  in  3  ft.  lengths, 

per  crate  of  25  piece's 5.75 

i%   in.    square  Clear  White   Pine  Joist,   dressed   four 

sides,  in  3  ft.  lengths,  per  crate  of  25  pieces 4.25 

i^   in.   square   Clear  White   Pine  Joist,   dressed  four 

sides,  in  board  lengths,  per  ft 04/4 

3  in.   square  Clear  White  Pine  Joist,   rough,   in  3   ft. 

lengths,  per  crate  of  25  pieces 8.50 

3  in.  square  Clear  White  Pine  Joist,  in  board  lengths, 

dressed,  per  ft 09 

^8  in.   Clear  White  Pine,  dressed  both  sides,  in  3  ft. 

lenerths,  per  crate  of  25  pieces 6.50 

Yz  in.  Clear  White  Pine,  dressed  both  sides,  in  board 

lengths,  per  ft 07 

y%  in.   Clear  White   Pine,    10  to   12  in.   wide,   dressed 

both  sides,  in  board  lengths,  per  sq.  ft 
%   in.   Clear  White   Pine,   as  above,   in  3   ft.  lengths, 

per  crate  of  25  pieces 8.25 

87 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

i/%  in.  square  White  Pine   Strips,  dressed  four  sides, 

board  lengths,  per  lineal  ft  ........................  02 

1%  in.  square  Clear  White  Wood  Joist,  dressed  four 

sides,  in  3  ft.  lengths,  per  crate  of  25  pieces  ......  4.00 

1%  in.  square  Clear  White  Wood  Joist,  dressed  four 

sides,  in  board  lengths,  per  ft  ....................  04 

Yz  in.  White  Wood,  dressed  both  sides,  in  3  ft.  lengths, 

per  crate  of  25  pieces  ...........................   5.00 

fys  ir»-  White  Wood,  dressed  both  sides,  in  board 

lengths,  per  sq.  ft  ................................  06 

^  in.  White  Wood,  as  above,  in  3  ft.  lengths,  per 

crate  of  25  pieces  ...............................  5.50 

l/2  in.  square  White  Wood  Strips,  dressed  four  sides, 

board  lengths,  per  lineal  ft 


The  specifications  for  the  workshop  benches  of  the 
New  York  City  schools  are  as  follows  : 

"The  following  conditions  apply  to  all  the  materials 
and  work  of  every  kind  hereinafter  named  and  described. 
All  work  to  be  in  accordance  with  the  specifications  and 
plans. 

The  Contractor  to  furnish  all  materials  and  perform 
all  work  necessary  for  the  proper  completion  of  the  con- 
tract ;  all  material  to  be  of  the  best  quality  and  the  work 
performed  in  a  first-class  manner,  and  completed  within 
45  working  days  after  date  of  order. 

All  the  furniture  hereinafter  named  is  to  be  furnished 
and  delivered  in  the  workshop,  fitted  and  secured  in  place 
as  directed  —  and  MUST  be  so  constructed  that  it  can  be 
shipped  in  sections  if  necessary  for  convenience  in  hand- 
ling and  delivering  in  place  in  the  building. 

All  Butts  must  be  ball-tipped,  polished  cast  brass,  of 
specified  sizes. 

All  Locks  must  be  cylinder  locks,  of  "Yale"  01  other 
approved  make,  and  of  suitable  size  —  all  locks  to  have  two 
keys. 

Work  Benches'.     The  framework,  doors  and  tops  to 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

be  of  clear  and  thoroughly  seasoned  maple — the  tops  to 
be  2^4  inches  thick,  made  of  strips  about  i%  inches 
thick,  glued  together.  Doors  to  be  numbered  from  i  to 
30  with  black  painted  figures  one  inch  in  height ;  doors 
hung  on  I  %  x  2  inch  butts  and  secured  by  approved  locks ; 


Fig.  26.    Wood  Carving  Bench. 

every  key  to  have  a  separate  brass  tag  attached  by  metal 
ring ;  tag  to  be  stamped  with  a  number  corresponding  to 
that  of  the  door  which  the  attached  key  locks. 

Each  bench  to  be  fitted  with  two  iron  bench  hooks  and 
two  "quick"  action  wood-worker's  vises  of  iron,  to  be  of 

89 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

approved  make,  with  lo-inch  jaws,  to  open  12  inches;  face 
of  jaws  to  be  planed  smooth  and  faced  with  i-inch  maple. 
/  The  facing  on  the  fast  jaw  must,  when  faced,  be  flush 
with  edge  of  bench  top. 

All  necessary  bolts  and  straps  to  be  furnished,  as 
shown  on  detail.  Exposed  woodwork  of  benches  (except 
the  tops)  to  be  varnished  two  coats.  Tops  to  be  one 
coat  of  linseed  oil." 

An  inventory  of  all  tools  and  apparatus  should  be 
made  by  the  teacher  at  the  close  of  the  school  year.  Blanks 
for  the  purpose  may  be  supplied  by  the  school  authorities. 
Deficiencies  in  the  equipment  should  be  made  up  so  that 
at  the  opening  of  the  school  term  a  full  and  complete 
working  equipment  is  on  hand.  For  this  purpose,  and 
also  for  the  supplying  of  incidental  needs,  a  form  of 
requisition  blank  should  be  provided.  The  blank  should 
contain  a  printed  list  of  all  tools  and  supplies  in  use,  with 
blank  spaces  reserved  in  which  to  enter  the  number  of 
each  item  required. 

Wood  Carving. 

If  desired,  wood  carving  may  be  conducted  in  the 
wood-working  shop  by  adding  to  the  tool  equipment 
twenty-four  sets  of  carving  tools  listed  at  $3.25  per  set. 
If  a  separate  room  is  provided  for  wood  carving  regular 
carving  benches,  which  range  from  three  to  five  inches 
higher  than  the  joinery  bench,  should  be  installed.  Fig. 
26  represents  a  type  of  carving  bench  that  lists  at  $8.00. 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 


Wade  Park  Manual  Training  Center,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 


Manual  Training   Centres. 

T    T    V 

An  efficient  and  economical  provision  for  manual 
training  equipment  in  the  upper  grammar  grades  is  the 
establishment  of  manual  training  centres.  These  centres 
may  consist  of  either  one  or  two  rooms  in  a  school  build- 
ing or  a  separate  building  erected  solely  for  manual  train- 
ing. The  centre  accommodates  the  pupils  of  a  district 
comprised  within  a  certain  radius.  In  such  an  arrange- 
ment the  manual  training  work  is  usually  placed  either 
during  the  first  or  last  period  of  the  school  session,  there- 
by causing  a  minimum  loss  of  time  in  going  and  coming 
between  the  regular  school  and  the  manual  training  shop. 
For  example,  a  pupil  enrolled  for  the  first  morning  period 
would  report  for  manual  training  at  nine  o'clock,  the 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

same  as  at  his  regular  class  room.  He  then  loses  only 
the  time  required  to  make  the  journey  back  to  his  regular 
school  after  he  has  had  his  work  in  manual  training. 
Again,  the  boy  having  manual  training  during  the  last 
morning  period  goes  direct  to  his  home,  thereby  losing 
only  the  time  required  to  reach  the  manual  training 
school. 

A  type  of  centre  installed  in  a  special  building  is  found 


DDDDO 
D  D  D  D  D 

WOODWORKING 

D  0  D  D  D  0 

ROOM 

D  D  D  D  D 
0  D  D  D  D 


D 

COOK  1  NO 
ROOM 

Fig.  27.    Wade  Park  Manual  Training  Centre  , Cleveland,  Ohio. 

in  the  Wade  Park  Manual  Training  School,  of  Cleveland, 
Ohio,  a  view  of  which  is  shown  on  page  91,  and  plan  in 
Fig.  27. 

The   cost   of   the   building   and   equipment    is   given 
below : 

Building,  including  mason  and  cut-stone  work,  car- 
penter work,  painting,  glazing,  plumbing,  gas-fitting, 
sewers,  heating,  and  ventilating,  galvanized  iron 
work,  tin  and  slate  roofing,  blackboards,  and  all  extra 
work  on  buildings $4,548.00 


Economics    of  Manual  Training. 

27  benches 135.00 

Tools 120.03 

52  stools 23.83 

7  cooking  school  tables 65.00 

Case  for  dishes 8.25 

5  cases  for  caps  and  aprons 130.00 

Dishes 47-39 

Gas  and  coal  ranges 44-75 

Toweling,  etc p  98 

Office  desk 875 

6  chairs 6.00 

2  teacher's  tables   9.00 

Sundries,  estimated  at 30.00 

$5,185.08 

The  building  is  equipped  to  accommodate  from  600  to 
700  boys  and  girls,  under  the  direction  of  two  teachers. 
The  pupils  are  divided  into  thirty  classes,  fifteen  classes 
in  wood  work  and  fifteen  in  cooking.  Each  class  works 
one  period  of  one  and  one-half  hours  each  week. 

The  cost  of  supplies,  wood,  drawing-paper,  cooking 
materials,  etc.,  averages  about  twenty-five  cents  per  pupil 
per  week. 

Another  admirable  type  of  the  Manual  Training 
centre  is  afforded  by  Evanston,  111.  (Figs.  28-30.)  The 
following  reference  to  the  inception  of  the  school  and 
description  of  its  equipment  is  taken  from  the  prospectus 
of  the  school. 

"The  Schools  of  Manual  Training  and  Domestic 
Science  in  Evatnston  are  the  outgrowth  of  an  offer  on  the 
part  of  two  public  spirited  citizens  to  co-operate  with  the 
Board  of  Education  in  establishing  such  schools  and  pay- 
ing the  salaries  of  the  instructors.  As  a  result  of  this 
co-operation  an  attractive  building  was  erected  near  the 
centre  of  the  district  for  the  exclusive  use  of  these  depart- 
ments. No  effort  has  been  spared  to  make  the  housing, 
equipment,  and  instruction  the  best  that  modern  standards 
can  produce  from  artistic,  sanitary,  and  scientific  stand- 
points. 

93 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

"The  equipment  of  the  kitchen  laboratory  is  very 
complete  in  every  detail.  A  great  deal  of  time  and 
thought  has  been  expended  upon  this  department  with 
the  result  that  it  represents  both  beauty  and  utility  in  a 
high  degree  without  suggesting  an  unwise  or  extrava- 
gant expenditure  of  money.  All  things  considered  it  is 
probably  the  best  equipped  school  of  its  kind  in  the 
country. 

'The  room  is  large  and  sunny,  being  provided  on  three 
sides  with  fourteen  large  windows,  and  with  a  floor  space 
30  by  50  feet.  The  artistic  effect  of  the  room  has  been 
enhanced  by  a  color  scheme  of  blue,  white,  cream,  and 
mahogany,  to  suggest  the  style  of  an  old  Dutch  kitchen. 
The  walls  are  covered  to  the  top  of  the  doors  with  blue 
buckram  so  finished  as  to  be  easily  cleaned.  At  the  height 
of  the  doors  a  shelf  extends  around  the  room.  The  walls 
above  the  shelf,  and  the  ceiling  are  a  deep  cream  color. 
The  windows  are  curtained  with  cream  colored  shades, 
and  sash  curtains  of  Russian  crash  in  natural  color  edged 
with  blue  fringed  gimp.  The  door  and  window  frames 
and  the  shelf  are  painted  i  /ory  white,  while  the  doors  and 
base-boards  are  mahogany  color.  On  the  shelf  extending 
around  the  room  is  an  interesting  collection  of  vases, 
plates,  jars,  etc.,  representing  the  wares  of  different 
nations.  This  collection  will  be  added  to  from  time  to 
time.  Three  large  cupboards  with  leaded  glass  doors  in 
Dutch  style  are  built  across  the  corners  and  on  one  side 
of  the  room,  and  contain  china  in  blue  and  white,  and  a 
food  museum. 

"The  furniture  of  the  room  includes  twelve  mahog- 
any chairs,  a  mahogany  tea  table  for  use  when  guests  are 
entertained ;  a  hooded  gas  range,  large  white  tile  icebox, 
teacher's  demonstration  table,  fitted  with  deep  drawers 

94 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

where  chemicals  and  chemical  apparatus  are  kept,  a  teach- 
er's chair  and  supply  table.  The  sinks  are  three  in  num- 
ber, all  white  porcelain;  nickel  trimmed.  The  laboratory 
table  is  in  the  form  of  a  hollow  square  with  complete 


Fig.  28.     Manual  Training  Center,  Evanston,  111. 

equipment  for  24  pupils.  The  front  half  of  the  tops  of 
the  tables  is  fine  matched  maple  and  the  back  half  is  of 
white  vitrified  tile,  which  affords  a  protection  from  the 
individual  gas  stoves  and  ovens.  Each  pupil  has  a  drawer 
containing  a  complete  equipment,  also  a  drawer  for  food 
supplies,  a  bread  board,  cutting  board,  and  seat,  all  fitting 
into  the  table.  The  legs  of  the  table  are  nickel,  and  a 
nickel  band  two  inches  in  width  is  carried  all  around  the 
table  as  a  support  to  the  tile  fittings  and  a  finish  to  the 
edges  of  the  tables.  The  floor  is  covered  with  linoleum 
of  artistic  design,  carrying  out  the  color  scheme  of  the 
room. 

"The   latest   and  most   approved   system  of  heating, 
lighting,  ventilating,  and  plumbing  has  been  installed.  The 

95 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 


store  rooms,  toilet  rooms,  etc.,  are  complete  and  in  har- 
mony with  the  general  equipment.  In  addition  to  the 
above  the  room  is  furnished  with  sets  of  meat  charts,  food 
charts,  and  a  blackboard. 

"The  following  is  a  complete  list  of  the  working  equip- 
ment : 

Tin,  Granite  and  Iron  Ware. 

I  Fifty  Ib.  Columbia  flour  bin       I  Berlin  Kettle,  3  qts. 
24  Pine  granite  double  boilers 


12  Japanned  tin  pepper  boxes 

12  Salt  boxes 

12  Flour  boxes,  half-pint 

12  Sugar  boxes,  half-pint 
i  Spice  boxes,  set  of  6 
3  Four  qt.  blue  enamel  bowls 

3  Tin  collanders 

12  Half-pint  granite  coffee  pots 
48  Measuring    cups,    half    pt., 
3ds,  4^15^ 

4  Henis  fruit  presses 
8  Wire  frying  baskets 

i  Garbage  pail  and  cover 

8  Iron  cake  griddles 
12  Iron  dish  cloths 

3  Blue  enamel   Berlin  kettles, 
24  Half-pint  granite  sauce  pans 

8  Two-qt.  granite  sauce  pans 

3  Quart  pans 

6  One-qt.  blue  enamel  pitchers 

3  Small  tin  scoops 
24  Small  wire  strainers 


I  Tin  quart  measure 

1  Large  Russia  ware  pan 

24  Fourth     Ib.     Russian    ware 

bread  pans 

24  Small  tin  pans  for  molding 
24  Small  baking  pans 
24  Small  pie  pans 
24  Small  deep  pudding  pans 
12  Six-inch  pie  pans 

2  Six-qt.  pans 
24  Utensil  pans 

12  Granite  dishpans 
12  Rinsing  dishpans 
24  Granite  qt.  pans 
24  Small  steel  frying  pans 

1  Tin  gem  pan 

2  Iron  gem  pans 

1  Soup  strainer 

12  Blue  enamel  soap  dishes 

2  Large  tin  steamers 
i  Waffle  iron 

i  Six-qt.  tea  kettle 


Small  Utensils,  Cutlery,  Etc. 


12  1^4  in-  biscuit  cutters 
12  Ditto  cooky  cutters 

i  Corkscrew 

i  Can  opener 
T2  Surprise  eggbeaters 
12  Dover  eggbeaters 

i  Meat  fork 
24  Rogers    Bros,    dinner   forks 

i   Small  tin  funnel 

6  Graters 

i  Large   sharp  knife 

i  Tee  pick 

6  Mincing  knives 


24  Rogers    Bros,    silver    plate 

knives 
24  Paring  knives 

I  Wire  potato  masher 
24  Sultana  tablespoons 
24  Sultana  teaspoons 
24  Bone  salt  spoons 

i  Large  granite  spoon 
24  Small  wooden  spoons 
24  Silver  plated  teaspoons 
24  Eight-in.  spatulas 

I  Steel  for  sharpening  knives 


96 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 


Fig.  29.     Cooking  Laboratory  Manual  Training  Center,  Evanston,  111. 


Fig.  30.    Wood  Working  Manual  Training  Center,  Evanston,  111. 
97 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 


Wooden  Ware,  Etc. 


i  Teacher's  chair 

i  Mop 

6  Wooden  chopping  bowls 

12  Small    scrubbing    brushes 

12  Vegetable  brushes 

i  Stove  brush 

1  Long  handled  dust  brush 
3  Short  handled  dust  brushes 

2  Radiator  brushes 
i  Coffee  mill 

3  Wooden  mallets 

i  Four-lb.  tea  scales 


i  Refrigerator  brush 
12  Sugar  buckets 
12  Butter  pots 

i  Wooden  bench 
24  Asbestos  mats 
12  Toy  rolling  pins 

i  Large  rolling  pin 

I   Six-qt.  pail 

i  Clothes  rack 


i  Kitchen 
i  Ice  box 
12  Ovens 


table 


Crockery 


24  Six-in.  plates 
6  Eight-in.  plates 
i  Platter 
I  Cake  plate 
4  Cream  pitchers 

24  Soup  plates 

28  Sauce  plates 

36  Tumblars 

26  Individual  teapots 


Glass,  Etc. 

6  Two-qt.  glass  jars 

3  Bean  jars 

6  Glass  lemon  squeezers 
28  One-pt.  earthen  bowls 
28  One-qt.  ditto 

8  Half-pt.  bowls 
30  Small  Coffee  cups 
12  Earthen  cups 


Miscellaneous. 

6  Dish  mops 
24  Piercing  needles 
24  Fryingpan  covers 
Toweling  in  quantity 


4  Diet  charts 
4  Meat  charts 

Pratt  Institute  Food  Museum 

1  Silver  tray 

2  Aluminum  trays 

CKemical  Apparatus. 

Bunsen  burner,  test  tubes,  test  tube  rack,  special  thermometer, 
tube  holder,  rubber  tubing,  tube  brush,  test  pan. 

Wood-Working  Shop. 

"The  equipment  for  the  wood-working  shop  includes 
tools  sufficient  to  give  thorough  instruction  to  classes  of 
24  pupils  each  in  general  tench  work,  wood  carving, 
wood  turning,  and  finishing. 

"There  are  in  all  216  private  lockers  each  containing 
a  set  of  firmer  chisels,  and  a  plane  blade  and  cap,  thus 
providing  each  pupil  with  individual  edge  tools.  The 
shop  is  equipped  with  12  double  benches  each  provided 
with  two  sets  of  general  tools  such  as  saws,  hammers, 

98 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

squares,  gauges,  plane  stocks,  measuring  scales,  etc.,  and 
complete  sets  of  carving  tools. 

"In  the  general  shop  equipment  ample  provision  has 
been  made  in  auger  bits,  assorted  twist  drills,  expansive 
bits  and  braces,  draw  knives,  spoke  shaves,  scrapers, 
rasps,  hand  and  cabinet  clamps. 

"The  shop  is  also  provided  with  a  3<D-inch  band  saw, 
a  complete  lo-inch  circular  sawing  machine,  a  3O-inch 
grindstone,  a  4  x  8-inch  trimmer,  and  12  n  x  26-inch 
speed  lathes." 


99 


Mechanic  Arts  High  School,  Boston,  Mass. 
Plans  on  pp.  165. 


The  High  School. 

T    T    T 

Joinery  Shop. 

The  first-year  class  in  the  high  school  requires  much 
the  same  equipment  as  that  provided  for  the  upper  grades 
and  usually  does  the  same  general  line  of  work,  though 
more  advanced  in  character.  The  cost  per  pupil  for  main- 
tenance, as  shown  by  a  number  of  returns,  is  about  $1.00. 

Wood  Turning  and  Pattern  Ma  King. 

This  subject  is  generally  introduced   in  the  second 

100 


Economics    of   Manual 

year  of  the  high  school  course.  In  addition  to  the  join- 
ery equipment,  lathes  and  lathe  tools  are  required.  We 
are  here  confronted  with  a  large  item  of  expense  not 
heretofore  met  with ;  that  of  power.  This  may  be  furn- 
ished either  by  an  engine  on  the  premises  supplying  power 
direct  or  through  a  dynamo  and  moters,  or  it  may  be 
furnished  through  motors  driven  from  an  outside  supply 
of  current.  Shafting,  pulleys,  couplings,  hangers,  of 
which  more  or  less  are  required  according  to  conditions, 
may  be  calculated  at  fifty  per  cent,  less  than  list  prices  as 
given  in  the  catalogue  of  a  reliable  dealer. 

In  schools  having  only  a  bench  equipment,  and 
without  power,  one  or  more  foot-power  lathes  are  some- 
times introduced  for  limited  use. 

The  work  in  wood  turning  and  pattern-making  may 
be  carried  on  in  the  joinery-room  by  the  addition  of  the 
required  lathes  and  appurtenances,  but  where  conditions 
admit  a  separate  room  should  be  provided.  This  will 
necessitate  a  duplication  of  the  bench  equipment.  As  the 
bench  equipment  has  been  considered  in  detail  above, 
only  the  extra  equipment  necessary  for  wood-turning  is 
here  dealt  with. 

A  special  form  of  combination  bench,  used  in  Bos- 
ton and  at  the  State  Industrial  School,  at  Rochester,  N. 
Y.,  is  shown  in  Figs.  38-39.  The  mounting  of  the  bench 
lathe  is  clearly  shown  in  the  illustration.  Directly  back 
of  the  lathe  is  the  bench  proper.  This  bench  is  described 
somewhat  more  in  detail  on  page  109. 

The  principal  parts  of  a  wood-turning  lathe  are  the 
bed,  head-stock,  tail-stock,  and  tool  rest. 

The  Lathe  Bed — the  largest  part — is  cast  in  one  piece, 
varying  in  length,  for  school  purposes,  from  three  to 
four  feet.  The  top  is  finished  in  two  V's,  extending  the 


Economics,  of   Manual  Training. 

length  of  the  bed,  upon  which  the  head-stock  is  perman- 
ently fastened,  and  upon  which  the  tail-stock  travels  and  is 
clamped  in  any  desired  position.  The  V's  either  extend 
above  the  surface  of  the  bed,  or  are  grooved  into  the  sur- 
face. Between  the  V's  is  an  open  space  to  facilitate  the 
clamping  of  the  tail-stock  and  tool-rest  in  position. 

Legs.  The  bed  is  supported  by  two  pair  of  legs 
fastened  to  the  bottom  at  either  end.  These  legs  are 
either  long,  reaching  to  the  floor,  or  quite  short,  to 
permit  of  the  lathe  being  placed  upon  a  bench.  In  the 
latter  case  the  lathe  is  termed  a  bench-lathe.  Lathes 
with  long  legs  are  shown  in  Figs.  30-32,  and  bench- 
lathes  are  shown  in  Figs.  33,  38  and  39.  When  reach- 
ing to  the  floor  the  legs  should  have  a  wide  spread  to 
insure  stability  and  firmness. 

Head-Stock.  The  head-stock  is  fastened  to  the  ex- 
treme left  hand  end  of  the  top  of  the  bed.  Its  purpose  is 
to  give  the  required  revolution  to  the  work,  at  varying 
speeds.  These  varying  speeds  are  secured  by  the  aid  of 
the  cone-pulley,  which  is  merely  a  collection  of  pulleys, 
from  three  to  four  in  number,  of  varying  diameters.  The 
cone  pulley  is  made  fast  to  a  spindle  which  is  usually  sup- 
ported at  either  end  by  two  bearings,  but  there  is  a  form 
of  an  overhung  cone-pulley  having  but  one  bearing.  The 
head-end  of  the  spindle  is  threaded  to  receive  a  face-plate 
and  has  also  a  tapered  hollow  to  clutch  a  "centre."  A 
large  and  a  small  face-plate  are  usually  a  part  of  the 
equipment  that  is  furnished  with  each  lathe. 

Tail-Stock.  The  tail-stock  is  placed  on  the  right 
hand  end  of  the  bed  and  has  also  a  tapered  hollow  to  clutch 
a  "centre"  in  perfect  alignment  with  the  "centre"  of  the 
head-stock.  It  is  between  these  two  centres  that  the  wood 


102 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

to  be  turned  swings,  and  a  lathe  is  known  as  a  "lo-in, 
swing"  or  "n-in.  swing"  according  to  the  maximum  di- 
ameter of  the  work  that  will  swing  freely  between  the  line 
of  the  centres  and  the  bed  of  the  lathe.  The  bottom  of  the 
tail-stock  is  provided  with  two  V's  to  fit  the  V's  of  the  bed, 


Fig.  31.     Wood  Turning  Equipment,  Pratt  Institute,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

and  to  permit  of  its  being  shifted  to  the  right  or  to  the 
left  to  accommodate  varying  lengths  of  wood.  The  max- 
imum lengths — or  "distances  between  centres" — varies 
from  1 6"  for  a  3-ft.  bed  to  30"  for  a  4-ft.  bed.  The  tail- 
stock  is  secured  in  any  desired  position  by  a  clamping 
device  of  one  form  or  another,  and  operated  either  at  the 
side  or  at  the  bottom.  At  the  right-hand  end  of  the  tail- 
stock  is  a  hand-wheel  to  control  a  limited  variation  of  the 

103 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

distance  between  centres.     A  lever   feed   is   also   some- 
times used  for  this  purpose. 

Tool  Rest.  The  tool-rest  proper  is  a  T  shaped  piece 
for  resting  the  turning  tool  upon.  It  is  supported  by  a 
carriage,  designed  to  permit  of  its  being  swung  about 
into  a  variety  of  positions,  and  has  also  a  clamping 
device  for  securing  it  in  position.  Like  the  tail-stock 
it  is  provided  on  its  under  side  with  V's,  and  for  the 
same  purpose.  Two  or  three  tool-rests  of  varying 
lengths  are  usually  supplied  with  each  lathe. 

Counter  Shaft.  Part  of  the  regular  equipment  for 
each  lathe  should  include  the  counter  shaft.  A  somewhat 
common  form  has  a  wide  central  bearing  that  is  fastened 
to  the  ceiling  block.  The  spindle,  carried  by  this  bear- 
ing, has  at  one  end  a  cone-pulley  corresponding  to  that 
of  the  lathe  and  hung  in  reverse  order,  and  at  the  other 
end  a  fast  and  a  loose  pulley,  belted  to  the  main  shafting. 
These  pulleys  are  commonly  mounted  on  a  shaft  which 
has  bearings  at  either  end. 

The  belt  is  shifted  from  one  to  the  other  of  the 
pulleys  by  a  belt-shifter,  the  handle  of  which  extends 
down  within  easy  reach  of  the  operator.  The  belts  from 
the  main  shaft  may  be  \y±'  in  width,  and  the  belt  from 
the  counter  shaft  to  the  lathe  iJ/£".  For  wood-turning 
the  counter-shaft  should  be-  run  at  about  500  revolutions 
per  minute  which  will  permit  of  a  maximum  speed  at  the 
rate  of  2,000  revolutions  per  minute. 

Fig.  32  shows  a  lathe  that  has  been  specially 
designed  for  manual  training  schools,  to  meet  the  demand 
for  a  lathe  at  a  moderate  price.  It  lists  at  $35.  Much 
is  claimed  by  the  manufacturers  for  the  unique  arrange- 
ment of  the  shafting  which  does  away  with  overhead 
counter-shafting,  permits  of  installation  in  a  building 

104 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

of  light  construction,  and  also  greatly  reduces  the  cost 
of  installation. 


Fig.  32.     Wood  Turning  Equipment  Without  Overhead  Shafting. 

Each  lathe  should  be  provided  at  the  back  with  a 
shelf  and  tool  rack.  A  lathe  having  the  following  general 
specifications  is  well  adapted  to  school  conditions:  10" 
swing  over  bed,  length  of  bed  3^2  feet,  distance  between 
centres  24  inches,  weight  with  long  legs  250  Ibs.,  weight 
with  short  legs  200  Ibs.,  floor  space  over  all  3  feet  10 
in.  x  26  inches.  Such  a  lathe,  complete  with  counter- 
shaft sells  at  about  $45.00  Some  lathe  manufacturers 
make  a  lathe  especially  for  school  use  and  will  gladly 
furnish  information  upon  request. 

A  full  set  of  working  drawings  of  a  wood-working 
bench  lathe  is  shown  in  Figs.  33-37.  These  drawings 
may  serve  for  a  machine-shop  project.  This  particular 
lathe  has  served  such  a  purpose  in  one  of  the  large  man- 
ual training  schools  where  a  number  of  these  lathes  are 
in  use. 

A  foot-power  lathe  costs  about  $25.00.  A  lightly 
constructed  foot-power  lathe,  with  scroll  saw  and  circular 
saw  attachment,  retails  for  $13.00. 

105 


Economics    of  Manual  Training. 


L-2-1 


Fig.  33.    Bench  Lathe— Assembly. 


Fig.  34.    Bench  Lathe— Head  Stock. 
106 


Economics   of    Manual  Training. 


L-2-3 


Fig.  35.     Bench  Lathe— Tool  Rest. 


.  Stud  Ooft-/3.  Stuq  Bolt  fJut-14-.     CI<""P 


_  irz=r.:=rg^gJ'^,=|-.? -r      *'"—':?• 

,'+.f'XM'Krf>n  "— "'  "" 


Oeto.li  of  Ta,l  St\x.l 
i-tr  9e  C4W. 

L-2-4 


Fig.  36.     Bench  Lathe— Tail  Stock. 
107 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 


O-ZO-Sf 

L-2-5 


Fig.  37.     Bench  Lathe  Bed. 

Individual  Tools. 

A  comprehensive  tool  equipment  for  each  lathe  is  as 
follows : 

Turning  gouges,  l/2  in.  and  24  in $  -54 

Flat  turning  chisels,  5-16  in.  and  ^4  in 60 

Round-nose  chisels,  5-16  in.  and  ^  in 47 

Square  chisels,  l/4  in.  and  I  in 42 

Parting  tool,  3-16  in 37 

Paring  gouges,  l/2  in.  and  I  in 94 

Washita,  oil-stone 49 

Washita,   slip    stone 03 

Pair  6-in.   calipers 61 

Oil  can  20 

Dust  brush   23 

Rule  10 

Total  cost  of  tools  for  each  lathe.  : $5-QO 

General  Tools. 

Power  driven  circular-saw  $175.00 

Power  driven  band-saw    65.00 

Power  driven  grindstone    25.00 

108 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

Power  driven  planer    100.00 

Universal  mitering  machine,  8  in.  stroke 32.00 

The  two  last  named  tools  are  desirable  but  not  nec- 
essary. 

According  to  the  above  specifications  the  total  cost 
of  the  addition  to  the  joinery  equipment,  exclusive  of 
power  plant,  would  be  $1,847.00,  divided  as  follows: 

24  Lathes,  at  $45 $1,080.00 

24  Sets  of  tools,  at  $5 120.00 

General  tools  397.00 

Pulleys,  shafting,  hangers,  belting,  etc.   (estimated) 250.00 

On  pages  67-70  is  quoted  a  detailed  description  of 
a  joinery  equipment.  A  further  quotation  from  the  same 
source,  descriptive  of  the  wood-turning  and  pattern-mak- 
ing shop,  is  here  inserted  because  of  its  suggestions. 

"In  the  wood-turning  and  pattern-making  room 
(Figs.  38-39)  there  are  thirty-six  benches.  On  one  side 
of  the  bench  is  a  Putnam  n-in.  speed  lathe,  the  other  side 
is  used  for  work  with  hand  tools.  As  in  the  other  wood- 
working rooms,  these  benches  are  fitted  with  9-in.  Wy- 
man  &  Gordon  quick-action  vises. 

"Beneath  the  lathe  is  a  tier  of  three  drawers,  each 
containing  a  set  of  turning  tools.  On  the  opposite  side, 
under  the  work  bench,  is  a  tier  of  four  drawers.  The  top 
drawer  in  this  tier  is  devoted  to  the  measuring  and  mis- 
cellaneous tools  used  in  common  by  members  of  different 
classes,  while  each  of  the  three  others  contains  an  indi- 
vidual set  of  cutting  tools. 

"Individual  turning  tools : 

Buck  Brothers  tools:  gouges,  No.  20,  one  each,  J4,  /^>  $& 
iJ4  in.;  chisels,  No.  19,  one  each,  l/4,  l/2,  fa  ilA  in.;  No.  103,  M 
in. ;  No.  104,  y2  in. ;  parting  tool,  No.  18,  y%. ;  a  Washita  gouge 
slip. 

"Individual  joinery  tools: 
109 


Economics   of    Manual  Training. 

Bailey's  patent  adjustable  iron  tools;  one  each,  fore-plane,  18 
in.,  No.  6;  smoothing  plane,  8  in.,  No.  3;  spoke-shave,  No.  51. 
Buck  Brothers  shank  firmer  chisels,  No.  2,  one  each,  %,  fy&,  I, 
il/2  in.;  a  gothic  point  knife;  a  Stanley  marking  gauge,  No.  65;  a 
whisk  broom. 

"Tools  used  in  common : 

Bemis  &  Call  Co.'s  tools ;  wing  dividers,  7  in. ;  wing  calipers, 
6  in. ;  patent  inside  calipers,  6  in.  Genuine  Russell  Jennings  bits, 
one  each,  ^4,  fy$,  ^,  fy$,  y^  in.  Stanley  Rule  and  Level  Co.'s  tools : 
try  square,  6  in.,  No.  10;  rule,  2  ft,  No.  18;  T  bevel,  10  in.,  No. 
18.  A  Maydole  adze-eye  bell-faced  hammer,  No.  13 ;  a  Bliss  mal- 
let, No.  3;  a  Buck  Brothers  screw-driver,  5  in.,  No.  69;  a  Spof- 
ford  bit  brace,  No.  108;  a  Disston  rip-saw,  22  in.,  D  8,  with  8 
teeth  to  the  inch ;  a  Disston  cross-cut  saw,  22  in.,  D  8,  with  10 
teeth  to  the  inch;  a  Disston  back-saw,  12  in.,  No.  4;  a  bench 
hook,  12x8x1  in.;  two  winding  sticks,  i8x2x^  in.;  a  Washita  oil 
stone,  8x2xi*/6  in.,  in  box;  a  brass  paragon  oil  can,  No.  o;  a 
Chase  patent  brass  oiler,  No.  2 ;  a  dust  brush. 

"Conveniently  located  in  the  centre  of  the  room  are 
two  grindstones  and  a  Putnam  pattern-maker's  lathe  hav- 
ing an  8-ft.  bed  and,  with  open  slide,  capable  of  doing 
work  36  in.  in  diameter.  This  lathe  is  fitted  with  the 
most  approved  devices  for  doing  all  kinds  of  work,  and 
is  designed  to  be  used  only  by  the  instructor  and  by  pupils 
who  develop  special  skill  and  demonstrate  their  ability  to 
do  a  higher  order  of  work.  Near  at  hand  is  a  small  tool- 
room which  contains  a  large  variety  of  minor  supplies, 
and  all  miscellaneous  tools  likely  to  be  needed.  The  loft 
above  this  room  furnishes  adequate  storage  for  a  year's 
supply  of  lumber. 

"In  one  corner  of  each  of  the  three  wood-working 
rooms  is  an  amphitheatre  in  which  the  entire  class  may 
be  seated  so  that  each  member  can  see  plainly  the  work 
done  by  the  instructor  at  the  demonstration  bench.  The 
space  behind  the  amphitheatre  has  been  utilized  to  pro- 
vide a  convenient  place  for  sinks  and  mirrors.  A  copper 
tank  containing  four  glue  pots  heated  by  steam  is  installed 
in  each  wood-working  room.  Large  cases  are  provided 

no 


Fig  38    Demonstration  Theatre,  Mechanic  Arts  High  School,  Boston,  Mass. 


Fig.  39.    Wood  Turning  and  Pattern  Making  Shop.  Mechanic  Arts 
High  School,  Boston,  Mass. 

Ill 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 


for  the  convenient  storage  of  prepared  stock  and  finished 
work. 

"The  frames  of  drawing  tables  and  work  benches, 
and  all  exposed  parts  of  tables,  benches,  and  cases,  are 
ash ;  the  sides  of  drawers,  interior  of  cases,  and  tops  of 
drawing  tables  are  white  pine;  the  tops  of  work 
benches  are  of  narrow  strips  of  maple  glued  together 
to  prevent  warping.  All  drawers  and  compartments 
of  cases  are  fitted  with  locks,  no  two  of  which  have  the 
same  combination,  but  all  are  operated  by  a  master  key. 
The  tables  and  benches  have  been  constructed  in  the  most 
thorough  and  substantial  manner,  and  no  pains  have  been 
spared  to  make  every  part  of  the  equipment  illustrate 
excellence  of  design  and  workmanship." 

The  following  equipment  is  used  by  the  Lewis  Insti- 
tute, Chicago,  the  approximate  cost  of  which  is  $9.00  for 
the  individual  set  and  $10.00  for  the  general  tools. 

Individual  Equipment  at  Each  Bench. 

No.  32  24-in.  paring  chisel 
J4~in.  turning  gouge 
24-in.  turning  gouge 
J4-in.  turning  chisel 
24-in.  turning  chisel 
No.  14  India  slip  stone 
*M?-in.  parting  tool 
5-in.  inside  spring  caliper 
5-in.  outside  spring  caliper 

at  Each  Bench. 
l/2-\n.  auger  bit 
24-in.  auger  bit 
Cup  point  knurled  nail  set 
Whittling  knife 
No.  18  8-in.  T  bevel 
No.     12    8-in.     Stanley     try 

square 

8-in.  wing  divider 
5-in.  screw  driver 
No.  12  claw  hammer 
Bench  brush 


L  No.  5  Bailey  iron  jack  plane 
I  No.    4    Bailey    iron    smooth 

plane 
i  No.    gl/2    Bailey    iron    block 

plane 
I  No.     62      Stanley     marking 

gauge 

I  No.  32  /4-in.  paring  chisel 
i  No.  32  l/2-in.  paring  chisel 

Bench  Equipment 
No.  8  2O-in.  crosscut  saw 
No.  8  2O-in.  rip  saw 
No.  8  lo-in.  back  saw 
y%-'\n.  mortise  chisel 
No.  2  hickory  mallet 
Wood  bench  hook 
No.  29  India  oil  stone 
No.  12  steel  oil  can 
Plain  N.  P.  brace 
^4-in.  auger  bit 
^-in.  auger  bit 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

Lathe  tool  equipment  used  at  the  Armour  Institute 
of  Technology,  Chicago: 

Each  wood  turning  lathe  has  a  case  of  six  drawers,  one  large 
drawer  containing  the  general  tools  and  five  small  individual 
drawers,  each  of  which  contains  the  tools  used  only  by  the  student 
having  the  key  to  that  drawer.  Each  of  the  individual  drawers 
contains  the  following  tools : 

I  24-in.  turning  gouge  I  ^-in.  turning  chisel 

I  2^-in.  turning  gouge  I  ^-in.  turning  chisel 

i  J4-in.  turning  gouge  I  ^-in.  turning  chisel 

I  1%-in.  turning  chisel 

In  the  sixth  or  large  drawer  of  each  lathe  are  the  following 

tools  for  general  use  of  the  five  students  using  that  lathe : 

6-in.  outside  wing  caliper  I  Skew  point  scraping  tool 

4-in.  plain  outside  caliper  i  Spear  point  scraping  tool 

4-in.  plain  inside  caliper  I  l/2-in.    round    point    scraping 
6-in.  wing  divider  tool 

Scratch  awl  i  %-in.    round    point    scraping 
6-in.  T  bevel  tool 

4^-in.  adjustable  try  square  i  6-in.  screw  driver 

No.  51  Stanley  rule  I  6x2  Washita  oil  stone 

24-in.  scraping  tool  i  4l/2  x  2*4  x  f£    Washita   slip 
^-in.  scraping  tool  stone 

^-in.  scraping  tool  i  Oil  can 
each    right    and    left    special 

Maintenance. 

The  cost  for  maintenance  of  a  wood-turning  and 
pattern-making  course  is  somewhat  higher  than  for  join- 
ery work.  Returns  from  eleven  schools  give  an  average 
of  $1.62  per  pupil.  To  this  must  be  added  an  allowance 
for  loss  and  depreciation  of  equipment,  which  may  be 
estimated  at  10  per  cent,  of  the  cost  of  equipment  per 
annum. 

Foundry. 

Foundry  work  sometimes  occupies  part  of  either  the 
second  or  third  year  of  the  high  school  course.  It  is  sup- 
plementary to  the  work  in  pattern-making.  It  requires  a 
special  room,  situated  preferably  in  the  basement,  that  an 

113 


Economics  of  Manual   Training. 

earthen  or  cement  floor  may  be  secured.  Essential  to  an 
equipment  is  a  furnace  for  melting  the  metal,  ladles  for 
pouring,  a  set  of  various  small  tools,  a  number  of  mould- 
ing flasks,  moulding-troughs  and  a  core  oven.  With  a 
relatively  inexpensive  equipment  of  this  kind  castings 
may  be  made  in  white  metal  or  lead.  Where  practicable 


Fig.  40.    Foundry  Equipment,  Pratt  Institute,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

a  brass  furnace  may  be  added  to  this  equipment  thus 
allowing  for  castings  in  brass  or  bronze.  Scrap  iron  is 
also  successfully  melted  in  crucibles  in  the  brass  furnace, 
but,  of  course,  upon  a  small  scale. 

A  more  complete  equipment,  capable  furnishing 
castings  in  iron  would  require  a  cupola,  with  its  acces- 
sories; an  expensive  and  generally  impracticable  installa- 
tion. 

114 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

In  Fig.  41  is  shown  a  moulding  trough  that  lists  on 
the  market  at  $20.00.  It  is  thoroughly  built  of  pine 
throughout,  and  has  drawers,  etc.,  for  containing  all  nec- 
essary tools.  It  is  4  feet  long,  27  inches  wide,  and  4  feet 
high. 

The  equipment  shown  in  Fig.  40  is  a  very  complete 
one.  The  cupola  and  core-oven  are  to  the  left  and  are  not 


Fig.  41.    Foundry  Moulding  Trough. 

shown   in  the  illustration.     It  will  be  noticed  that  the 
moulding-troughs  are  built  in  groups  of  four. 

Equipment  for  Class  of  Twenty-four  Students. 

White  metal  furnace  and  blower $  58.00 

Core  oven   50.00 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

24  sand   troughs 360.00 

24  small  flasks 15.00 

Ladles,   skimmers,   etc 10.00 

Sand  bins  and  shelves 30.00 

24  student  sets,  consisting  of :  Rawhide  mallet,  4-in. 
trowel,  ^2-in.  Yankee  slicker,  ^2-in.  double-end  slicker, 
parting  sand  duster,  draw  spike,  brass  gate  cutter,  swab- 
pot  and  swab,  i6-in.  mesh  sieve,  pair  of  rammers,  soft 
brush,  2-ft.  straight  edge,  short-handled  fire  shovel,  and 
7-in.  bellows  for  each  two  students,  at  $9  per  set 216.00 

Total  cost  of  equipment $739.00 

Double  crucible  furnace 100.00 

Cupola  500.00 

Maintenance. 

If  white  metal  or  lead  is  used  these  materials  can  be 
remelted  and  reused.  Molding  and  core  sand  must  be 
provided,  but  can  be  reused,  thus  making  the  cost  per 
pupil  dependent  upon  the  amount  of  waste  and  the  cost  of 
running  the  fire  for  the  furnace.  When  lead  or  white 
metal  is  used  and  remelted  this  cost  may  come  to  perhaps 
20  cents  per  pupil.  If  a  cupola  is  used  the  expense  per 
pupil,  exclusive  of  depreciation,  may  reach  as  high  as 
$1.20. 

Forge  Shop. 

By  referring  to  the  table  (opp.  p.  7)  it  will  be 
noticed  that  forge  work  is  usually  carried  on  during  the 
second  year  of  the  high  school,  and  in  some  instances  it 
is  made  a  third  year  subject.  A  large  room  in  the  base- 
ment is  customarily  provided  for  this  work.  The  equip- 
ment is  the  most  expensive  of  any  of  the  shops  thus  far 
considered  and  the  cost  of  maintenance  is  also  the  high- 
est. A  minimum  equipment  would  consist  of  forges 
blown  by  hand-power,  anvils,  and  the  necessary  tools.  An 
up-to-date  equipment  calls  for  pressure  and  exhaust  pip- 
ing, preferably  laid  under  the  floor,  pressure  and  exhaust 

116 


Economics   of   Manual  Training. 

blowers,  forges,  anvils,  and  tools,  to  which  may  be  added 
one  or  more  power  tools,  as  hammer,  shears,  drill  press 
and  drop  press.  These  power  tools  are,  however,  more 
in  accord  with  the  purpose  of  the  engineering  school  shop 
than  with  that  of  the  high  school  shop. 


Fig.  42.    Forge  Shop,  Overhead  Exhaust  Piping,  Pratt  Institute, 
Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

The  piping  is  a  variable  item,  depending  upon  the 
situation  of  the  forges  in  relation  to  the  fans.  The  latest 
practice  calls  for  down-draft  forges  with  the  pressure  and 
exhaust  piping  laid  below  the  floor.  The  underground 
tile  piping  possesses  the  advantages  over  the  system  of 
overhead  piping  that  it  does  not  obstruct  space  and  light, 
is  indestructible,  and  entails  no  further  expense  after 
initial  installation. 

117 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

Fig.  42  illustrates  a  forge-shop  equipped  with  over- 
head piping,  and  Fig.  43  a  more  recently  equipped  forge- 
shop  having  underground  tile  exhaust  and  pres- 
sure ducts. 

Locker  and  lavatory  facilities  should  be  provided. 
(Fig.  18). 


Fig.  43.    Forge  Shop  Piping,  All  Underground,  Stout  M.  T.  School, 
Menomonie,  Wis. 

A  practical  equipment  for  twenty-four  students  is  as 
follows : 

24  forges,  down  draft $960.00 

24  anvils   216.00 

6  blacksmith  vises  27.00 

24  tool  stands 24.00 

24  sets  of  tools  (as  follows)  :  i^-pound  hammer,  hot 
chisel,  one  each ;  fain,  and  fain,  top  and  bottom  swages 
fain,  top  and  bottom  fuller,  poker,  %-in.  top  and  bottom 

118 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

fuller  for  each  eight  students,  pair  of  pick-up  tongs,  pair 
each  J4-in.,  -H$-in.,  ^2-in.,  -H$-in.  and  24-in.,  tool  tongs, 
fire  shovel,  rake,  12-in.  steel  square,  pair  of  6-in.  calipers, 
pair  of  6-in.  dividers  for  each  six  students,  centre  punch, 
54-in.  and  ^-in.  punch,  3^-in.  and  f^-in.  bolt-heading 
tool,  set  hammer  for  each  three  students,  flatter  for 
each  three  students,  sledge  for  each  four  students,  and 

cold  chisel  for  each  eight  students,  at  $11.00  per  set 264.00 

Pressure    and    exhaust    fans,    with    shafting,    etc.     (esti- 
mated)       300.00 

Piping,  etc.    (estimated) 150.00 

Hand  drill   20.00 

Bench  vise  5.00 

Swage  block    5.00 

Bar  shear 25.00 


Total  cost  for  equipment $1,996.00 

The  following  estimate  for  a  forge  equipment  for 
twenty-four  students  is  given  by  a  manufacturer : 

The  forge  shop  to  include  24  down  draft  forges  (especially 
adapted  for  Manual  Training  School  work),  same  being  sup- 
plied with  the  necsssary  blast  and  exhaust  connections ; 

One  blower  of  proper  size  to  supply  blast; 

One  steel  plate  exhauster  to  exhaust  the  smoke  from  the 
forges ; 

The  necessary  black  steel  blast  and  exhaust  piping; 

The  underground  tile  ducts ; 

The  freight,  cartage,  belting,  counter-shaft  and  erection  of  all 
the  above  apparatus. 

The  approximate  price  for  all  the  above  would  be 
about  $1,950.00.  Note  that  anvils,  vises,  tongs,  and  other 
necessary  tools  required  for  blacksmith  work,  are  not 
included. 

The  following  description  of  the  forge  shop  of  the 
Mechanic  Arts  High  School,  of  Boston,  and  its  equip- 
ment will  be  found  of  help  to  those  considering  a  similar 
equipment. 

"The  forge-shop  is  a  one-story  brick  structure,  93 
ft.  long  and  41  ft.  wide,  which  occupies  the  entire  space 
between  the  two  wings  at  the  rear  of  the  main  building. 
It  is  lighted  both  by  windows  in  the  wall  and  by  a  large 

119 


Economics   of   Manual  Training. 

monitor  with  sky-light.  Its  relation  to  the  main  building 
is  such  that  the  noise  incident  to  the  work  causes  no  dis- 
turbance in  the  class  rooms.  It  is  equipped  with  B.  F. 
Sturtevant  Company's  new  down  draft  forges,  and  all 
necessary  appliances  for  the  instruction  of  three  classes 
daily,  each  containing  thirty-six  pupils.  The  equipment 
of  each  forge  is  as  follows : 

A  set  of  blacksmith's  tongs  (groove  jn  jaw)  for  holding  iron 
%,  TA>  ZA>  l/2,  %  inches;  tool  tongs  for  ^-in.  square  iron;  square 
groove  tongs  for  iron,  ^2-in.  by  %-in. ;  bolt  tongs,  ^2-in. ;  a  poker 
for  forge,  2-ft. ;  a  dipper,  3^2-in.  diameter,  3^-in.  deep,  handle 
i5-in. ;  a  rake  for  forge,  2-ft.;  a  coal  hod;  a  forge  shovel. 

Upon  a  post  conveniently  located  with  reference  to  each  of 
these  forges  is  an  Eagle  anvil  weighing  130  Ibs.,  near  which  is 
placed  a  tool  bench  supplied  with  the  following  tools : 

A  cross  peen  hand  hammer,  2}4  Ibs. ;  a  top  and  bottom  swage, 
l/2-in. ;  a  hot  chisel  from  i^-in.  steel;  a  flatter,  2-in.  face;  a  set 
hammer,  i^-in.  face;  a  hardy,  ty-'m.  shank;  a  heading  tool,  9-16- 
in. ;  a  center  punch,  ^  in.  by  5  in. ;  top  and  bottom  fullers^-in. ; 
a  steel  square,  12-in.,  graduated  to  i-i6-in.  outside,  i-32-in.  inside; 
Bemis  &  Call  outside  wing  calipers,  6-in. ;  punches,  one  each, 
J4-in.  H-in. ;  copper  plate,  2^/2.  in.  by  2^2  in.  by  «H*-in.  I  a  dust 
brush. 

"Each  of  these  tool  benches,  14  by  21  in.  in  plan,  and 
27  in.  high,  contains  three  drawers,  one  of  which  is 
assigned  to  each  boy  for  the  storage  of  the  models  which 
he  has  completed,  or  on  which  he  is  engaged.  Each  of 
these  individual  drawers  is  furnished  with  a  1^2  lb.  ball 
peen  hand  hammer.  Fourteen  blacksmith's  vises  and  one 
combination  pipe  vise  are  attached  to  benches  firmly 
secured  to  the  brick  floor  in  convenient  locations.  Stock 
cut  in  pieces  of  the  length  required  for  the  various  exer- 
cises is  stored  in  compartments  in  these  benches.  Fans  of 
ample  size  produce  blast  for  the  forges,  and  carry  away 
the  foul  air  and  products  of  combustion. 

"In  one  corner  of  the  room  is  a  raised  platform  on 
which  thirty-six  arm  chairs  are  placed  for  the  use  of 


Economics    of   Manual   Training. 

pupils  during  the  demonstration  lessons.  The  instruc- 
tor's forge,  located  in  front  of  this  platform,  is  supplied 
with  a  Root  hand  blower  for  use  when  the  engine  is  not 
running.  Near  this  platform  are  two  cases,  one  designed 
for  the  storage  of  blue-prints  and  miscellaneous  supplies, 
and  the  other  for  prepared  stock.  The  upper  portion  of 
the  stock  case  is  provided  with  glass  doors,  and  is  adapted 
to  receive  a  series  of  models,  made  by  the  instructor, 
designed  to  show  both  the  finished  product  and  the  impor- 
tant steps  to  be  considered  in  making  the  model.  A  75-lb. 
Laird  and  Sweeney  power  hammer,  a  New  Doty  Manu- 
facturing Company's  No.  7  A  power  shear,  a  Goddard 
No.  3  drill  press,  an  automatic  drop  press  (Mossberg  & 
Granville  Company's  pattern)  built  by  pupils  in  1899- 
1900,  an  emery  grinder,  a  bolt  heading  machine,  and 
numerous  miscellaneous  tools  complete  the  equipment." 

Maintenance. 

The  cost  of  Cumberland  coal,  Norway  iron,  tool 
steel,  and  sheet  iron,  used  in  typical  courses,  appears  from 
a  number  of  returns  to  be  in  the  neighborhood  of  $2.00 
per  pupil.  To  this  must  be  added  the  usual  allowance  for 
depreciation  of  equipment. 

The  tool  equipment  should  be  kept  up  by  the  instruc- 
tor and  students  at  the  sole  cost  of  raw  materials. 

Machine    Shop. 

The  most  advanced  work  in  manual  training  is  that 
of  the  machine  shop,  often  given  in  the  last  year  of  the 
high  school  course.  The  equipment  is  the  most  expen- 
sive used  in  the  manual  training  school.  Power,  either 
electric  or  steam,  must  be  provided.  The  course  generally 

121 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

consists  of  bench-work  in  chipping  and  filing,  and  of 
machine  work.  The  equipment  for  each  will  be  consid- 
ered separately. 

Equipment  for  Chipping  and  Filing. 

Vise $7.00 

3-i6-in.  square  file,  6-in .08 

Flat  bastard  file,   12-in 17 

Hand  second-cut  file,  12-in .22 

Hand  second-cut,  3-in .11 

Smooth  file,  7-in 10 

Half-round  bastard  file,  lo-in .15 

Half-round  second-cut  file,  5-111 09 

Pillar  file,  6-in .09 

Taper  saw  file,  6-in .06 

i-lb.   hammer    45 

File  card    08 

4-in.    spring   dividers .31 

3-in.  steel  scale 32 

4-in.  steel  square 2.00 

Center  punch    1 1 

Scriber 12 

Cold  chisel    09 

Cape  chisel 15 

Round-nose  chisel  .11 

Pair  of  copper  vise  jaws 75 


Total  for  individual  equipment $  12.56 

Benches,  with  drawers,  for  24  pupils   (estimated) 186.00 

24  individual  equipments 301.44 


Total  equipment  for  bench  work $500.00 

Equipment  for  Machine  Work. 
The  equipment  for  machine  shop  work  varies  greatly 
in  different  schools.  There  is  little  question  but  that  a 
very  large  amount  of  money  has  been  unnecessarily 
expended  for  such  equipments  in  manual  training  schools 
mainly  from  the  fact  that  some  traditional  precedent  has 
been  followed  and  much  larger  and  more  expensive  tools 
installed  than  are  needed  or  indeed  adapted  to  the  natural 
possibilities  of  this  work.  The  following  tools  represent 

122 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

something  like  the  fundamental  necessities  for  such  an 
equipment.  The  prices  quoted  are  those  prevailing  at  the 
present  writing  and  are  subject  to  fluctuation. 

6  engine  lathes,  lo-in.  swing,  4-ft.  bed,  friction  counter- 
shaft, rise  and  fall  rest,  at  $i  18.00 $708.00 

3  6-in.    Sweetland   combination   chucks    (with   reversible 

jaws),  at  $13.00 39.00 

i6-in.  by  i6-in.  by  3-ft.  planer,  with  Newell  vise 533-00 

12-in.    drill    press,    with    capacity    to    drill    i^-in.    hole, 

automatic   feed    1 18.00 

lo-in.  by  4-ft.   speed   lathe 45-OO 

Grindstone  and  trough,  with  turning  device $25.00  to  85.00 


$1,528.00 


Fig.  44.    Machine  Shop,  High  School,  Hartford,  Ct. 

Such  an  equipment  would  provide  a  separate  tool  for 
eight  or  even  nine  workers.  It  is  possible  to  give  the 
instruction  upon  these  tools  in  conjunction  with  the  less 

123 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

expensive  bench  work  by  placing  a  portion  of  the  class  at 
the  tools  while  the  others  are  working  at  the  bench,  and 
rotating  until  all  have  had  both  tool  and  bench  experi- 
ence. Such  an  arrangement,  however,  gives  but  limited 
opportunity  for  the  machine  tool  instruction  and  a  larger 
number  of  such  tools  is  desirable  if  the  classes  are  of  the 
usual  size.  The  above  set  of  tools,  with  the  exception  of 
the  grind-stone,  may  be  multiplied  to  the  extent  of  pro- 
viding individual  tools  for  the  class,  or  some  of  the  fol- 
lowing tools,  which  are  arranged  perhaps  in  the  order 
of  desirability,  may  be  added. 
14-in.  engine  lathe,  6-ft.  bed,  friction  countershaft,  taper 

attachment    $310.00 

12-in.  combination  chuck,  reversible  jaws 22.00 

No.  2  B.  &  S.  universal  milling  machine 675.00 

No.  I  sensitive  drill  press 70.00 

No.  2  B.  &  S.  tool  grinder,  with  cutter  grinding  attach- 
ment    175.00 

Shaper   270.00 

$1,522.00 
Lathe  Tools  for  Each  Student. 

Diamond  point  tool $  .48 

Round  nose  tool 48 

Side  tool   48 

Parting  tool 48 

Thread  tool    48 

Centre  punch    n 

Pair  of  4-in.  spring  calipers ,31 

Pair  of  4-in.  inside  calipers .27 

6-in.  steel  scale 60 

Center  gauge   20 

Lathe  dog,  H,  94,  i,  and  i*/2 1.52 

$5-41 

In  addition  to  the  above  items,  machine  shop  equip- 
ments comprise  numerous  small  tools,  almost  too  many 
to  consider  in  detail,  and  varying  in  quantity  and  kind. 
The  following  is  a  quite  complete  working  list  for  a 
class  of  24: 

124 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

Morse  twist  drills:  i  set  Nos.  i  to  60;  I  set  1-16  in.  to  Y* 
in.;  i  each,  17-32  in.,  9-16  in.,  19-32  in.,  5^  in.,  21-32  in. 
11-16  in.,  23-32  in.,  %  m->  and  25-32  in.;  2  each,  1-16  in. 
5-16  in.,  23-64  in.,  and  13-32  in. ;  Nos.  i,  17,  20,  36  and 
46;  6  each,  5-32  in.  and  J4  m->  Nos.  6,  16,  24,  25,  29,  31, 
33  and  43;  12  each,  l/&  in.,  3-16  in.,  and  ^  in.;  24  of  3-32 

in.,  and  12  3-32  in.  center  drills $26.74 

Reamers:  Chucking,  %  in.  to  i  in.  by  i6ths. ;  centre, 
2%  in. ;  hand  reamers,  %  in.  to  i  in.  by  i6ths. ;  Morse 
taper,  Nos.  i  and  2;  Morse  taper  roughing,  2  each  of 

Nos.  i  and  2 $45-79 

Mandrels,  %  in.  to  I  in 8.27 

2  drill  gauges 3.25 

3  scratch  gauges,  5  in.,  grad 2.25 

Inside  lock-joint,  6-in.  calipers 1.05 

Outside  lock-joint  8-in.  calipers 1.34 

2  universal  bevels,  3  in 2.56 

Depth  gauge,  4-in .64 

Double  square,  with  bevel  blade,  4  in 1.41 

Level,    12    in 1.50 

2  hack-saw  frames,  8-in 1.54 

3  surface  gauges,  8-in 4.50 

5  No.   19  micrometer  calipers,  with  friction  attachment, 

at  $4.70   23.50 

No.  30  micrometer  caliper,  with  friction  attachment 7.25 

Vernier  caliper,  6  inches,  eng 12.75 

12-in.  bevelled  steel  straight  edge 1.70 

i2-in.  steel  rule,  No.  i,  grad 1.07 

12-in.  steel  rule,  No.  4,  grad 1.07 

12-in.  hardened  steel  try-square 8.50 

4-in.  key  seat  rule 2,13 

Test  indicator   12.75 

Surface  plate,  14  in.  by  18  in 26.70 

2-6-in.  exterior  and  interior  cyl.  gauge 4.00 

2  ball  peen  hammers,  12  ounces 1.08 

2  ball  peen  hammers,  6  ounces 2.16 

2  small  riveting  hammers .60 

Steel  figures,  1-16  in.,  3-32  in.,  and  */i  in 1.80 

Steel  alphabet,  3-32  in 1.80 

Soldering  set  1.90 

5o-in.    tape    2.85 

6  knurl  handles 1.50 

1  dozen  assorted  knurls 5.40 

Goodell  breast  drill,  No.  6 2.60 

Goodell  hand  drill  No.  5 2.25 

Goes'  wrenches,  one  6  in. ;  three  8  in.  and  12  in 1.77 

4  rawhide  mallets,  No.  2 1.88 

Babbit  hammer  1.25 

2  steel  screw  clamps,  No.  6 4.45 

125 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

2  clamp  dogs,  No.  i,  6  of  No.  2,  and  2  of  No.  3 8.18 

Hand  taps,  i  set  J4  in.  to  y$  in 10.16 

Machine  screw  taps,  one  14x24,  three  each  3x48,   10x32, 

and  12x24,  and  two  each  6x32,  8x32,  10x24,  and  14x20  3.40 
Machine  screw   dies,  one  each  3x48,    10x32,    12x24  and 
14x36;    and   two    each   4x36,    6x32,   8x32,    10x24,    and 

14x20    2.80 

Round  die  set,  No.  gB 9.00 

Adj.  round  dies,  No.  2,  ^  in.  to  ^  in 4.00 

Nichols'  tap  wrenches,  Nos.  oo,  o,  i,  and  2 4.75 


Total  for  small  tools $276.84 

Equipment  for  bench   work $500.00 

Equipment  of  individual  machine  tools  for  class  of  24 

$4,000  to  $5,000.00 

Pulleys,  belting,  and  shafting   (estimated) 450.00 

Equipment  of  lathe  tools 129.84 

Equipment  of  other  tools ' 276.84 

Total  equipment  for  class  of  24 $6,356.68 

The  following  detailed  statement*  of  the  machine  shop 
equipment  of  the  Mechanic  Arts  High  School,  Boston, 
Mass.,  is  of  particular  value  in  that  it  gives  a  very  com- 
plete account  of  an  existing  equipment  that  has  met  the 
conditions  imposed  upon  it  by  years  of  actual  use.  The 
equipment  is  quite  elaborate,  but  the  reader  may  eliminate 
from  the  list  such  of  the  equipment  as  his  particular  con- 
ditions may  permit. 

"This  shop,  like  the  forge  shop,  is  equipped  for  classes 
of  twenty-four  pupils.  The  benches,  20  in.  wide  and 
from  32  to  36  in.  high,  which  extend  along  three  sides 
of  this  room,  are  divided  into  twenty-four  sections,  each 
provided  with  a  vise  and  a  tier  of  four  drawers.  One  of 
the  three  lower  drawers  is  assigned  to  each  pupil,  but  the 
top  drawer  is  reserved  for  the  tools  used  in  common  by 
members  of  different  classes.  In  his  individual  drawer 


•Boston  School  Document,  No.  4,  1901. 

126 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

the  boy  stores  the  work  upon  which  he  is  engaged, 
together  with  about  a  dozen  files  and  a  set  of  chisels  and 
lathe  tools.  At  the  beginning  of  a  lesson  each  pupil 
obtains  from  the  tool-room  a  tray  adapted  to  fit  a  com- 
partment either  in  the  upper  drawer  at  his  bench  or  on  the 
tool-board  of  his  lathe. 

"This  tray  contains  the  following  tools : 
A  Brown  &  Sharp  hardened  steel  try-square,  3  in. ;  a  Brown 
&  Sharpe  tempered  steel  rule,  6  in.,  No.  7  graduation;  a  Brown 
&  Sharpe  tempered  centre  gauge;  Starrett  outside  lock-joint  cali- 
pers, 6  in.;  Starrett  inside  lock-joint  calipers,  4  in.;  Fay  spring 
dividers,  3  in. ;  a  file  card ;  an  Arkansas  oil  stone,  2  in.  by  I  in. 
by  5-16  in. ;  a  centre  punch ;  a  prick  punch ;  a  scratch  awl ;  a  cen- 
tre chisel ;  a  tin  box  for  chalk ;  a  key  to  the  upper  drawer  at  the 
bench. 

"Upon  the  bench  or  in  the  upper  drawer  are  kept : 
A  Spiers  ball  peen  hammer,  154  lb- ;  a  pair  of  brass  vise 
jaws;  hard  wood  blocks  for  use  in  chipping;  a  bench  plate,  8  in. 
by  6  in.  by  I  in. ;  a  parallel  4  in.  by  2  in.  by  I  in. ;  a  parallel  4  in. 
by  il/2  in.  by  34  in. ;  a  Draper  steel  oiler,  No.  13;  and  a  bench 
brush.  The  vises  are  of  several  varieties  as  follows :  13  Lewis,  4 
in.,  No.  39;  i  Lewis,  4  in.,  No.  10,  with  swivel  jaw  and  base;  7 
Standard,  4  in.,  No.  91 ;  2  Mechanics,  4  in. ;  I  Miller's  Falls,  4  in. 

"This  shop  is  equipped  with  the  following  machine 
tools : 

Three  14-in.  engine  lathes,  5-ft.  beds,  each  having  a  com- 
pound rest  and  one  a  taper  attachment,  built  by  the  Fitchburg 
Machine  Works ;  one  14-in.  engine  lathe,  5-ft.  bed,  with  compound 
rest,  taper  attachment,  and  wire  chucks,  built  by  the  Hendey  Ma- 
chine Co. ;  one  14-in.  engine  lathe,  6-ft.  bed,  with  compound  rest, 
built  by  Prentice  Bros. ;  sixteen  12-in.  engine  lathes,  5-ft.  beds, 
with  elevating  rests,  built  by  the  F.  E.  Reed  Co. ;  two  12-in.  engine 
lathes,  5-ft.  beds,  with  plain  rests  and  taper  attachments,  built  by 
F.  E.  Reed  Co. ;  one  2O-in.  planer,  built  by  Fitchburg  Machine 
Works,  supplied  with  a  lo-in.  Skinner  vise  with  square  base;  one 
17-in.  planer  built  by  Whitcomb  Mfg.  Co.,  supplied  with  8-in. 
Skinner  vise  with  square  base;  one  14-in.  illar  shaper,  built  by 
the  Pratt  &  Whitney  Co. ;  one  No.  2  universal  milling-machine, 
built  by  the  Brown  &  Sharpe  Mfg.  Co.,  supplied  with  a  Whiton 
milling-machine  index  chuck ;  one  universal  hand  lathe,  built  by 
the  Brown  &  Sharpe  Mfg.  Co.,  supplied  with  shell  chucks  l/&  in., 
3-16  in. ;  y^  in.,  5-16  in.,  and  ^  in. ;  a  Whiton  geared  scroll  chuck, 
2V2  in.,  and  an  Almond  drill  chuck,  No.  2 ;  four  lo-in.  hand  lathes, 

127 


Economics   of   Manual  Training. 

3  with  3^-ft.  beds,  i  with  4- ft.  bed,  built  by  the  Putnam  Machine 
Co. ;  four  p-in.  hand  lathes  3^2-ft.  beds,  one  of  which  has  a  foot 
power  attachment  (F.  E.  Reed  Co.'s  pattern),  built  by  pupils  in 
1897-8;  one  Walker  universal  tool  and  cutter  grinder,  complete 
with  attachments,  built  by  the  Norton  Emery  Wheel  Co. ;  one 
2O-in.  standard  upright  drill,  built  by  Prentice  Brothers,  fitted 
with  Pratt  drill  chuck,  No.  2  and  Presto  drill  chuck  with 
Morse  taper  collects;  one  upright  drill,  built  by  Sigourney 
Tool  Co.,  fitted  with  Almond  drill  chuck,  No.  2 ;  one  lo-in.  sensi- 
tive drill,  with  centering  attachment  (Dwight  Slate  Machine  Co.'s 
pattern),  built  by  pupils  in  1899-1900,  fitted  with  Almond  drill 
chuck,  No.  2 ;  two  grindstone  troughs,  built  by  Brown  &  Sharpe 
Mfg.  Co.,  each  fitted  with  a  39-in.  stone  and  truing  device;  one 
Challenge  wet  and  dry  grinder,  No.  C,  built  by  Appleton  Mfg. 
Co. ;  one  Greenerd  arbor  press,  No.  3 ;  one  Q  &  C  shop  saw,  No.  2. 
The  following  chucks  are  fitted  to  the  engine  lathes :  i 
Westcott  scroll  combination,  10  in.,  three  jaws;  2  Standard  inde- 
pendent, 10  in.,  four  jaws;  i  National  independent,  9  in.,  four 
jaws;  2  Whiton  independent,  jy2  in.,  four  jaws;  10  Skinner  inde- 
pendent, 6  in.,  four  jaws;  7  National  independent,  6  in.,  four  jaws; 
i  National  combination,  6  in.,  three  jaws;  3  Union  combination, 
6  in.,  three  jaws;  i  Whiton  geared  scroll  combination,  6  in.,  three 
jaws;  i  Whiton  extra  heavy  geared  scroll,  5  in.,  three  jaws;  i 
Whiton  geared  scroll,  4  in.,  three  jaws ;  i  Pratt,  No.  i ;  i  Reid,  No 
i.  The  following  chucks  are  fitted  to  the  hand  lathes:  i  Whiton 
geared  scroll  combination,  4  in. ;  7  Whiton  geared  scroll,  3  in. ; 

1  Whiton  geared  drill;  i  Almond,  No.  2;  i  Hartford,  No.  i;  i 
Little  Giant,  No.  o ;  2  Reid,  No.  o.    Each  engine  lathe  is  furnished 
with  a  tool  board  of  special  design,  adapted  to  receive  the  tool- 
tray,  and  to  provide  a  convenient  place  for  cutting  and  miscellan- 
eous tools. 

"Upon  pegs  in  a  vertical  board  fastened  under  the  bed 
of  each  lathe  are  kept  the  face  plates,  change  gears,  back 
rest,  chuck  drill  rest,  and  a  set  of  dogs,  l/2,  24  *>  I//2>  and 

2  in.     There  is  no  available  space  for  an  amphitheatre 
similar  to  those  in  the  woodworking  department.     Dur- 
ing the  demonstration  lessons  pupils  occupy  tablet  arm 
chairs  grouped  about  the  instructor's  bench,   which   is 
placed  in  front  of  a  large  blackboard  in  the  rear  of  the 
room.     Near  at  hand  is  the  tool-room,  furnished  with 
shelves  and  cases  for  the  numerous  tools  required  for  the 
various  kinds  of  work.    One  of  these  cases,  which  stands 
near  the  door,  contains  the  small  tools  likely  to  be  needed 

128 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

frequently,  and  the  tool-trays  previously  mentioned.  An 
attendant  delivers  these  trays  to  the  pupils  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  lesson,  and  is  always  ready  to  furnish  any 
desired  tool  in  exchange  for  a  pupil's  check. 

"The  universal  tool  and  cutter  grinder  and  the  power 
nack-saw  are  located  in  this  room. 

"The  principal  small  tools  are  enumerated  in  the  fol- 
lowing list : 

Morse  twist  drills:  i  set,  Nos.  i  to  60;  i  set,  1-16  to  ^  in.; 
i  set  A  to  Z ;  i  each,  33-64, 17-32,  35-64, 9-16,  19-32,  39-64,  s/8,  21-32, 
43-64,  11-16,  23-32,  47-64,  %,  25-32,  51-64,  55-64,  59-64  in.;  2  each, 
1-16,  5-16,  21-64,  23-64,  25-64,  13-32,  29-64  in. ;  Nos.  i,  17,  20,  36, 
46;  6  each,  5-32,  %,  17-64,  in,;  Nos.  6.  16,  24,  25,  29,  31,  33,  43; 
12  each,  ys,  3-16,  y%  in. ;  24  3-32  in. 

Morse  straight-way  drills,  1-16,  to  y2  in. ;  Slocomb  combina- 
tion centre  drills:  13  each,  1-16,  3-32,  l/s  in.  Pratt  &  Whitney 
center  reamers:  2%  in.,  6%  in.  Drill  gauges:  i  each,  Nos.  i 
to  60,  1-16  to  */2  in.,  A  to  Z.  Brown  &  Sharpe  pocket  screw  and 
wire  gauge.  Wells  Bros,  centre  drill  chucks :  i  1-16,  8  3-32, 
2^  in. 

Carpenter  hand  taps,  i  set,  ^4  to  24  in-  Machine  screw  taps : 
i,  14  x  36 ;  3  each,  3  x  48,  10  x  32,  12  x  24 ;  12  each,  4  x  36,  6  x  32, 
8  x  32,  10  x  24,  14  x  20.  Machine  screw  dies :  i  each,  3  x  48, 
10  x  32,  12  x  24,  14  x  36 ;  8  each,  4  x  36,  6  x  32,  8  x  32,  10  x  24, 
14  x  20.  Carpenter  round  die  set,  No.  9  B;  Carpenter  adjustable 
round  dies,  No.  2,  l/4  to  ]/2  in.  Two  Morse  screw  plates,  A,  with 
dies,  J4  to  y-z  in.  Tap  wrenches:  Nichols  Nos.  oo,  o,  i,  2;  Morse 
B;  6  Pratt  &  Whitney,  J-6;  2  Wells  Bros.  No.  i.  One  Wells 
Bros,  lathe  die  holder,  DD.  Carpenter  pipe  taps  and  dies,  l/%  to 
24  in.  Barnes  pipe  cutter,  No.  i. 

Reamers:  Pratt  &  Whitney  hand,  l/$  to  i  1-16  in.;  Betts 
adjustable  hand,  l/2  to  %  in.;  Cleveland  Twist  Drill  Co.'s  fluted 
chucking,  %  to  i  in.;  Morse  taper,  Nos.  i,  2;  Morse  taper  rough- 
ing, 2  each,  Nos.  i,  2;  Pratt  &  Whitney  taper  pin,  Nos.  o  to  6. 
Mandrels:  Pratt  &  Whitney,  ^  to  i  in.;  Morse,  3  each  11-16,  24> 
13-16  in. 

Starrett's  tools:  3  scratch  gauges,  5  in.;  hermaphrodite  cali- 
pers, 3  4-in.,  i  6-in. ;  inside  lock-joint  calipers,  6  in. ;  outside  lock- 
joint  calipers,  8  in. ;  6  universal  bevels ;  depth  gauges,  4  in. ;  com- 
bination set,  9  in. ;  patent  double  square  with  bevel  blade,  4  in. ; 
level,  12  in. ;  4  hack-saw  frames,  Nos.  2,  8  in. ;  surface  gauges,  2 
No.  i,  i  No.  2;  high  speed  indicator,  No.  104;  lathe  test  indicator 
No.  65. 

Brown  &  Sharpe  Mfg.  Co.'s  tools:  micrometer  calipers 
with  friction  attachment,  9  No.  19,  i  No.  20,  2  No.  30;  vernier  cal- 

I2Q 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

iper,  6  in.  Eng.  and  met. ;  2  beveled  steel  straight  edges,  12  in. ; 
standard  steel  rules,  12  in.,  i  No.  I  grad.,  I  No.  4  grad. ;  hardened 
steel  try-square,  6  in. ;  key  seat  rule,  4  in. ;  test  indicator ;  mer- 
cury plumb  bob,  3^2  oz. ;  surface  plates,  8 — 4^2  x  6  ins.,  i — 6  x  12 
in. ;  standard  external  and  internal  cylindrical  gauges,  ^  in. ;  2 
gas  heaters ;  standard  screw  thread  gauges,  No.  285. 

Pratt  &  Whitney  caliper  gages,  %  to  7/s  in. ;  2  Speirs  ball 
peen  hammers,  12  oz.,  4  6  oz. ;  2  small  riveting  hammers ;  steel 
figures,  1-16,  3-32,  ^  in. ;  steel  alphabet,  2-32  in. ;  steel  stamps, 
M.  A.  H.  S.,  i  each  1-16,  3-32,  ^  in.;  soldering  set  40-ft.  tape;  6 
knurl  handles  with  assorted  knurls ;  Pratt  &  Whitney  knurling 
tool;  Goodell  breast  drill,  No.  6;  Miller's  Falls  hand  drill,  No. 
5 ;  pipe  wrench,  18  in. ;  Goes  wrenches,  on  each,  6  in.,  12  in. ;  4 
rawhide  mallets,  No.  2 ;  Babbit  hammer,  No.  2 ;  2  steel  screw 
clamps,  6  in. ;  2  Billings  &  Spencer  steel  C  clamps,  No.  3 ;  2  De- 
count  heavy  steel  clamps,  No.  2 ;  2  Besley  parallel  clamps,  4  in. ; 
Almond  turret  head,  No.  i ;  Pratt  and  Whitney  hollow  mills,  i 
each,  l/4  5-16,  y&  in. ;  Vanderbeek  handy  vises,  2 — 2%  in.,  i — 324 
in.,  1—6  in. ;  Billings  &  Spencer  clamp  dogs,  18  60.  i,  4  No.  2,  2 
No.  3 ;  Smith  friction  drill  C,  with  socket  'wrenches ;  Wai  worth 
brass  pipe  wrench,  %  m-  to  T  m- 

"The  stock-room  is  furnished  with  shelves,  compart- 
ments, and  racks  adapted  to  provide  convenient  storage 
for  the  many  varieties  of  supplies,  castings,  and  prepared 
metal  stock  that  are  needed  by  the  classes.  No  pains  have 
been  spared  to  provide  a  convenient  place  for  all  of  the 
numerous  articles  used  in  every  department  of  the  school, 
and  it  is  an  invariable  rule  that  every  article  must  be  kept 
in  its  proper  place.  It  is  deemed  as  important  to  estab- 
lish orderly  habits  as  to  teach  mechanical  principles." 

The  question  of  teacher's  room,  and  locker  and  wash 
room  (Fig.  18)  is  to  be  considered  in  connection  with  the 
machine  shop.  A  cabinet,  placed  in  the  teacher's  room,  or 
in  a  separate  stock  room,  should  be  provided  for  the  stor- 
age of  the  numerous  small  tools  and  parts,  and  also  for 
stock. 

The  installation  of  a  good  type  of  time-recording 
clock  will  serve  the  double  purpose  of  keeping  an  accurate 
account  of  the  student's  class  attendance,  and  also  acquaint 
him  with  a  phase  of  modern  shop  superintendence. 

130 


Economics    of  Manual  Training. 

Maintenance. 

The  average  cost  per  pupil  for  material,  based  upon 
returns  from  several  typical  schools,  is  $2.00  to  $4.50. 

To  this  must  be  added  the  proportionate  part  of  a  10 
per  cent,  equipment  depreciation  dependent  on  the  number 
using  the  shop. 

Sheet  Metal  Shop. 

Sheet  metal  working  is  sometimes  introduced  in  the 
first  years  of  the  high  school  course.  In  some  of  its  forms 
it  is  well  adapted  to  the  seventh  and  eighth  grades. 

The  work  generally  consists  in  the  making  of  bowls, 
trays,  vases,  boxes,  sconces,  lamp-shades,  and  lanterns 
in  sheet  copper,  brass  or  iron.  Some  embossing,  chasing, 
engraving,  and  enameling  is  frequently  added. 

If  a  separate  room  is  equipped  for  sheet  metal  work, 
it  may  be  furnished  with  heavy  benches  similar  to  the 
chipping  and  filing  benches  of  the  machine  shop  (Fig. 
45).  A  panel  of  tools  for  sheet  metal  work  is  shown  in 
Fig.  46.  The  tool  equipment  for  a  class  of  twenty-four 
students  is  as  follows : 

24  parallel  bench  vises  at  $9.00 $216.00 

12  pitch  blocks  (cast  iron,  about  20  Ibs.)  at  $1.00 12.00 

12  leather  pads,  to  hold  pitch  blocks,  at  75  cts 9.00 

24  forming  hammers  at  75  cts 18.00 

12  planishing  hammers  at  56  cts 6.72 

6  chasing  hammers  at  80  cts 4.80 

12  grooving  tools   at   13   cts 1.56 

20  chasing  tools,  of  varying  sizes,  at  25  cts. 5.00 

6  pairs  of  metal  nippers  at  $1.22 7.32 

6  hard  wood  mallets,  at  60  cts 3.60 

I  blow  pipe  and  bellows,  No.  9 5.25 

i  blow  pipe  stand 5.00 

i   12   gal.    acid   jar 72 

16  short  vise  anvils  at  10  cts 1.60 

16  long  vise  anvils  at  15  cts 2.40 

6  vise  stakes  at  40  cts 2.40 

4  face  plates,  4  x  4  x  i"  at  30  cts 1.20 


Economics   of   Manual   Training. 

6  pairs  round  nose  pliers  at  20  cts 1.20 

6  pairs  flat  nose  pliers  at  20  cts 1.20 

6  scrapers   at    18   cts 1.08 

2  scrapers  at  10  cts 20 

6  6-in.  flat  files  at  5  cts 30 

i  hand  drill,  with  assorted  drills 1.50 

i  enameling    furnace 27.00 


Total  cost  of  tool  equipment $335-05 


Fig.  45     Sheet  Metal  Working  Room,  Teachers  College,  New  York. 

With  the  above  equipment  annealing,  embossing, 
chasing,  engraving,  and  enameling  can  be  done,  as  well  as 
the  beating-up  of  bowls,  etc. 

Mr.  Frank  G.  Sanford*  gives  the  following  equip- 
ment for  a  class  of  twenty  boys,  with  which  he  did  suc- 
cessful work  with  seventh  grade  boys  in  the  Oak  Park, 
111.,  public  schools: 

•"Hammered  Metal",  The  School  Arts  Book. 

132 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

Individual  Equipment. 

A  bench,  or  at  least  a  vise,  is  the  first  requisite ;  then  a  block 
of  hard  wood  (oak,  hickory,  iron  wood,  12"  x  3"  x  3")  ;  a  small 
block  of  steel  or  iron  for  riveting  (very  often  these  may  be 
obtained  from  the  scraps  of  some  foundry  at  a  very  small  cost. 
They  should  have  at  least  one  flat  surface  and  one  right  angle  and 
ought  to  be  l/2  inch  or  not  more  than  1/4  inch  thick)  ;  a  block  of 
soft  wood,  pine  or  cypress,  free  from  knots,  9"  x  12"  x  2" ;  a  pair 
of  trimmer's  shears,  No.  6,  cost  30  cts. ;  a  small  brad-set  used  as  a 
rivet  punch,  10  cts. ;  a  half  round  file,  medium,  15  cts. ;  a  hard 
wood  mallet,  25  cts.  (this  must  be  ground  off  on  one  end  to 
present  a  rounded  or  hemi-spherical  shape)  ;  a  ball  pein  hammer, 


•llll 


Fig.  46.     Panel  of  Sheet  Metal  Working  Tools. 

40  cts. ;  a  pair  of  flat  pliers,  20  cts. ;  a  pair  of  round  nose  pliers, 
20  cts. ;  and  a  small  screw  driver,  15  cts. 

General  Equipment. 

Four  pair  metal  shears,  large,  cost  of  each,  50  cts. ;  10  rat- 
tail  files,  10  cts  each ;  5  wood  rasps,  medium,  15  cts.  each ;  fa  inch 
steel  round  head  screws ;  wire  brads,  2od,  lod,  6d ;  12  sheets  fine 

133 


Economics    of  Manual  Training. 

emery  paper ;  5  small  rivet  sets,  20  cts.  each ;  some  scraps  of  soft 
wood ;  a  roll  of  soft  sheet  brass,  gauge  23,  12  inches  wide,  costing 
at  wholesale  18  to  20  cts.  per  Ib ,  or  some  sheets  of  soft  sheet  cop- 
per, gauge  23,  costing  20  to  25  cts.  per  Ib. 

Maintenance. 

The  cost  of  maintenance  depends  upon  the  amount  of 
sheet  copper,  sheet  brass,  and  sheet  iron  used,  varying 
greatly  with  the  nature  of  the  course.  Screws,  brads, 
rivets,  enamel,  and  acid  form  a  lesser  expense  item;  $1.50 
per  pupil  will  cover  the  cost  for  high  school  work. 

Mechanical  Drawing  Room. 

An  analysis  of  the  problem  of  suitably  equipping  a 
room  for  mechanical  drawing  might  resolve  itself  into  a 
consideraion  of  the  following  factors : 

General  considerations. 
Drafting  tables. 
Drafting  instruments. 
Models. 
Storage  for: — 

Boards. 

Instruments. 

Models. 

Blackboard  and  furnishings. 
Auxiliary  rooms : — 

Teacher's  room. 

Dark  room. 
Decorations. 

General  Considerations. 

Mechanical  drawing  may  begin  in  the  seventh  school 
year  and  may  continue  through  the  high  school  course. 
In  the  seventh  and  eighth  years  it  may  be  made  a  part 
of  the  regular  shop  course.  In  the  consideration  of  the 
bench  equipment  for  wood-working  (page  63)  a  draft- 
ing kit  is  given  as  part  of  the  equipment  to  meet  this 
condition. 

The  drafting-room,  in  common  with  all  drawing 
rooms,  should  preferably  have  a  northern  exposure.  The 

134 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

light  should  be  well  diffused  and  abundant.  If  artificial 
light  is  found  necessary,  drop  lights  placed  at  the  upper 
left-hand  corner  of  each  table  may  be  provided.  Prob- 
ably the  best  method  for  lighting  the  drafting-room  is 
with  the  inverted  arc  lamp.  This  method  is  in  general 
use  in  the  schools  of  Europe.  The  ceiling  and  walls  of 
the  room  are  whitened  and  the  light  from  the  lamp  is 
reflected  from  them,  the  direct  downward  rays  being  cut 
off  by  a  screen.  The  result  is  a  soft,  diffused  light 
throughout  the  room,  casting  no  shadows.  One  or  two 
lamps  will  give  abundant  light  for  an  ordinary  sized 
drafting-room.  This  method  of  lighting  may  be  used 
with  advantage  in  class-rooms  other  than  those  devoted 
to  drafting. 

The  general  considerations  regarding  the  distribution 
of  benches,  their  relation  to  the  source  of  light,  aisle  space, 
etc.,  discussed  on  pages  56-58,  apply  with  equal  force  in 
the  lay-out  of  the  drafting  tables. 

Drafting  Table. 

Many  school  drafting-rooms  are  equipped  with  tables 
of  special  design,  made  to  order.  The  building  of  espe- 
cially designed  tables  was  probably  occasioned  by  the 
dearth  of  suitable  tables  on  the  market,  other  than  the 
well-known  adjustable  type  with  central  iron  standard, 
and  may  also  have  been  influenced  by  a  desire  to  conform 
more  nearly  to  common  commercial  practice.  At  the  pres- 
ent, however,  the  building  to  order  of  tables  of  this  type  is 
unnecessary  as  many  such  have  recently  been  placed  upon 
the  market  to  meet  this  demand. 

These  tables  form  one  general  class  in  present  use  and 

135 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

the  other  class  is  composed  of  the  adjustable  type  having 
a  central  iron  standard  (Fig.  47).  There  are  many  forms 
of  the  latter  class  upon  the  market,  equipped  with  devices 
for  raising  and  lowering,  and  for  tilting  the  top  at  various 
angles.  They  take  up  a  relatively  small  space.  They 
range  in  price  from  $5  to  about  three  times  this  sum.  At 


Fig.  47.    Mechanical  Drawing  Room,  showing  adjustable  tables, 
High  School,  Hartford,  Ct. 


the  lower  price  the  table  is  of  the  simplest  construction,  not 
even  having  a  tool  shelf.  A  tool  shelf  is  a  necessity.  The 
cheapest  desk  having  this  addition  retails  at  $6.00.  Some 
of  the  more  expensive  desks  of  this  type  are  so  encum- 
bered with  clamps,  set  screws,  and  regulating  devices,  that 
their  practicability  is  seriously  impaired. 

136 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

Tables  of  the  former  class  are  shown  in  Figs.  48-51. 

The  table  shown  in  Fig.  49  cost  $7.50  to  build.  Draw- 
ers for  four  sets  of  instruments  are  placed  under  the  top, 
but  no  provision  is  made  for  storing  the  drafting  boards 
within  the  table  itself.  In  the  desk  shown  in  Fig.  48,  two 
drawers  are  placed  at  one  side  of  the  table  and  storage 


Fig.  48.     Mechanical  Drawing  Room,  showing  table  with  drawers, 
Pratt  Institute,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 


for  one  board  is  afforded  directly  beneath  the  top.  Fig. 
50  represents  a  practical  table  that  is  supplied  on  the 
market  at  $11.00  It  has  ample  drawer  space  for  two 
students  and  also  accommodates  two  boards.  Fig.  51 
shows  a  type  of  self-contained  drafting  table  affording 

137 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 


f.  49.     Drafting  Table  Manual  Training  School, 
Springfield,  Mass. 


Drawer  with  two  compartments 
each,  /£  "*  /8  "x  3  "  inside 


pine  Top  skellaced\ 


\       ^     J      * 

^ 

i 

i^ 

§ 

f                     i!   f.     : 

23*    Working 

!  • 

1 

v. 

^ 
1* 

rur/s 

Cabinet  for  Drawing 

space 

oii 

n 
n 

I!    1 
n 

n 

£J 

Xj 

^o 

2  2'*  28' 

h   

w 

P 

Fig.  50.    Drafting  Table. 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

accommodation  for  nine  students  and  especially  designed 
for  high  school  work.  It  is  so  arranged  that  every  pupil 
who  occupies  the  table  has  an  individual  drawer  in  which 
to  keep  note-book,  pencils,  etc.,  and  also  an  individual  set 
of  instruments,  if  provided.  He  also  has  a  section  in  the 
closet  for  his  drawing  board.  All  tools,  ink,  etc.,  used  in 
common  are  kept  in  the  drawer  over  the  closet.  This  plan 
makes  it  not  only  possible  for  a  student  to  find  the  entire 
equipment  at  his  table,  but  allows  him  plenty  of  working- 
room  around  the  board.  Each  drawer  and  door  is  sup- 
plied with  a  Yale  lock.  The  top  is  of  white  pine,  4^x24", 
and  the  table  is  41  in.  high.  The  building  of  the  table 
solid  to  the  floor  makes  it  easy  to  sweep  around.  This 
table  lists  at  $30.00.  A  high  stool  may  be  provided  for 
each  table.  Rubber  tips,  as  shown  in  Fig.  47,  will 
materially  lessen  the  noise  incident  to  moving  the  chairs 
about. 

Instruments. 

Each  student  should  have  the  following  equipment: 
drawing  board,  compasses,  with  needle  point,  pen,  pencil, 
and  lengthening  bar,  drawing  pen,  T  square,  two  tri- 
angles, scroll,  scale,  thumb  tacks,  bottle  of  liquid  India 
ink,  pencil  and  ink  eraser,  and  a  hard  and  a  soft  pencil.  A 
suitable  outfit  covering  all  the  above  items  may  be  had 
for  $5.00.  The  school  may  supply  the  entire  outfit  exclu- 
sive of  ink  and  pencils,  or  it  may  supply  only  the  board 
and  T  square,  requiring  the  student  to  provide  the 
remainder.  Under  public  school  conditions  the  latter 
plan  is  hardly  permissible.  Another  arrangement  some- 
times resorted  to  is  to  provide  the  T  square,  two  triangles, 
scroll,  and  scale  for  each  table  to  be  used  in  common  by 
the  different  students  occupying  the  table,  and  to  provide 
sets  of  the  remaining  instruments  for  individual  use.  The 

139 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

board  should  be  about  16  x  20  inches.  For  advanced 
work,  necessitating  larger  drawings,  22  x  28  inches.  It 
should  be  of  pine,  about  24-in.  in  thickness,  and  have 
cleats,  either  at  the  ends  or  beneath,  to  prevent  warping. 
The  triangles  should  be  preferably  of  celluloid ;  a  Q-in. 
45°  triangle  and  an  n-in.  3O°-6o°  triangle.  The  T  square 


Fig.  51.    Drafting  Table. 

should  have  a  24-in.  blade.  The  scale  may  be  a  12-in. 
flat,  box-wood  one,  graduated  to  1-16  in.  the  entire  length 
of  one  edge  and  for  quarter  and  eighth  scales  on  the  other 
edge.  The  triangular  architect's  scale  is  frequently  used 
on  account  of  the  variety  of  scales  it  provides.  Only  the 
best  ruling  pen  procurable  should  be  provided ;  4^2  in.  is 
a  serviceable  length.  In  choosing  a  compass  and  its  acces- 

140 


Economics    of  Manual  Training. 

series  all  brass  and  highly  polished  instruments  should 
not  be  considered.  These  are  inferior  tools.  Select  a 
medium-priced,  German  silver  instrument,  of  dull  finish, 
that  shows  plainly  its  honest  construction.  A  $l/2  in.  com- 
pass of  this  kind,  with  its  different  parts,  should  cost 
about  $2.00. 

Models. 

A  plentiful  supply  of  models  should  be  provided. 
These  may  include  type  solids,  models  of  constructive 
details  in  wood,  pulleys,  couplings  and  other  shafting 
details,  wrenches,  bolts  and  nuts,  valves,  and  parts  of 
machines.  One  or  two  bench  lathes  or  a  small  engine  make 
admirable  drawing  models. 

The  wood-working  shops,  as  well  as  the  other  shops, 
may  be  levied  upon  for  contributions  in  this  line. 

Storage. 
Boards. 

The  drafting  boards  may  be  stored  in  the  tables,  as 
shown  above,  or  a  separate  cabinet  may  be  provided.  The 
construction  of  such  a  cabinet  is  simple.  It  may  be  of  a 
height  so  that  the  upper  board  is  within  easy  reach.  Par- 
titions placed  at  the  widths  of  the  boards  should  have 
cleats  screwed  to  the  sides  as  supports  upon  which  to  slide 
the  boards.  The  cleats  are  placed  far  enough  apart  to 
permit  free  play  for  each  board.  Each  stack  of  boards 
should  be  covered  in  front  by  a  sliding  door  or  a  roller 
curtain. 

Instruments. 

The  instruments  may  be  stored  in  the  tables,  as 
shown  above,  or  in  separate  drawers  arranged  in  a  cab- 
inet. These  drawers  may  be  6  in.  wide  by  12  in.  long,  and 
of  a  depth  sufficient  to  allow  for  the  ink  bottle.  They 

141 


Economics    of  Manual  Training. 

should  be  provided  with  individual  locks,  and  a  master 
key  for  the  teacher's  use.    The  T  squares  may  be  stored 
on  top  of  the  drawing  boards,  or  hung  on  the  sides  of  the 
table. 
Models. 

The  board  and  instrument  cabinets  may  have  cases, 
with  shelving,  placed  above  them  for  the  storage  of 
models. 

Blackboards. 

A  slate  board,  lightly  scratched  over  its  entire  sur- 
face with  vertical  and  horizontal  lines  one  inch  apart,  will 
be  found  of  service  for  making  demonstration  drawings. 
Extra  large  wooden  triangles,  a  three-foot  wooden 
sraight  edge,  and  a  pair  of  blackboard  compasses  may  be 
hung  beneath  the  board.  If  room  permits,  demonstration 
seats  may  be  placed  before  the  blackboard,  as  described 
above  for  the  wood-working  shop. 

Auxiliary  Rooms. 
Teacher's  Room. 

A  room  8  x  10  may  be  reserved  for  the  teacher's 
use.    Besides  a  desk,  chairs  and  book-case,  it  may  have  a 
case  of  drawers  or  a  cabinet  for  the  storage  of  paper, 
drawings  and  blue  prints. 
Dark  Room. 

A  dark  room,  for  the  making  of  blue-prints  and  for 
other  photographic  uses,  is  a  desirable  adjunct  to  the 
drafting  room.  Provision  should  be  made  for  the  com- 
plete darkening  of  the  room,  and  the  walls  and  ceiling 
should  be  of  a  dull  black.  If  blue  printing  alone  is  done, 
the  darkening  provision  is  not  necessary.  A  sink  is  part 
of  the  equipment.  If  large  blue  prints  are  made,  a  large 
shallow  wooden  trough,  for  washing  the  prints,  should  be 
installed.  Also  a  printing  frame,  on  rollers,  and  a  track 

142 


Economics    of    Manual  Training. 

extending  beyond  the  window  should  be  provided.  If  the 
prints  to  be  made  are  limited  in  size  to  about  18  x  24  in., 
ordinary  printing  frames  will  suffice. 

All  of  these  furnishings  are  supplied  by  many  of  the 
manufacturers  of  drafting  instruments,  and  are  fully 
described  in  their  catalogues. 

Decorations. 

The  walls  of  the  drafting  room  may  be  hung  with 
framed  pictures  of  locomotives,  large  machine  tools,  and 
shop  blue-prints  of  machinery.  These  later  are  especially 
suggestive  to  the  students  in  showing  actual  commercial 
practice.  Many  manufacturers  willingly  furnish  prints 
for  this  purpose.  Blue-prints,  from  the  U.  S.  Navy 
Department,  of  modern  battleships,  also  form  an  accept- 
able decoration  for  a  drafting  room. 

A  small  book-case  supplied  with  standard  books  on 
drafting,  and  allied  subjects,  and  with  trade  catalogues,  is 
also  a  desirable  addition. 

The  following  estimate  is  for  a  $500.00  equipment : 

24  drafting  tables  at  $8.00 $212.00 

24  drafting  boards  at  75  cts 18.00 

24  complete  sets  of  instruments  and  tools  at  $5 120.00 

Instrument  and  drawing  board  case 40.00 

Case  for  storage  of  drawings,  etc 40.00 

Blackboard   furnishings    20.00 

Various  drawing  models    50.00 

Total  cost  of  equipment $500.00 

Maintenance. 

A  good  quality  of  drawing  paper  (preferably  of  a 
light  buff  color)  costs  one  cent  a  sheet,  n  x  15  in.  Allow- 
ing for  waste,  this  brings  the  cost  per  pupil  to  between  50 
cts.  and  75  cts.  An  average  from  the  reports  received 
gives  63  cts.  per  pupil  as  the  cost  for  maintenance. 

Sewing  Room. 

Sewing  in  the  earlier  grades  has  been  dealt  with  on 
143 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

pages  34-37.  The  sewing  in  the  upper  grades  may  be 
conducted  in  a  special  room  as  shown  in  Fig.  52.  The 
equipment  may  be  a  modification  of  the  high  school  equip- 
ment to  suit  grade  requirements. 

The  work  of  the  high  school  usually  consists  in  the 
drafting  and  making  of  garments. 

I.     Comprehensive  equipment. 

(i)  Drafting  and  Dressmaking  room  for  class  of 
fifteen  girls : 

8  tables    60.00 

Mirror $15    to     20.00 

Pedestal    6.50 

Screen    8.00 

1  gas  stove,  3  burners  5.00 

Connections  to  stove  2.00 

8  irons — 4  heavy  and  4  long  narrow 2.00 

Wardrobe  $25  to    40.00 

15   chairs    30.00 

15  high  stools 7.50 

Clothes   tree    3.50 

5  sewing  machines $150  to  275.00 

4   ironing   boards    4.00 

Board  for  curved  seams  90 

15  boxes  for  materials   1.05 

Paper  roll  holder   5.00 

18  yard  sticks    4.28 

18  tape  measures    83 

18    scissors    5.25 

3  bust  forms  1.50 

2  skirt  forms . .  6.00 


$338.31  to  $483-31 
(2)  Sewing  room — to  accommodate  30  pupils: 

Roll  front  case  for  materials  for  90  pupils 50.00 

Tables  to  accommodate  30  pupils $30  to  80.00 

30  chairs    60.00 

30  footstools   60.00 

36  boxes  (6  large  and  30  small)   4.20 

Demonstration   frame    «- 2.00 

$206.20  to  $256.20 
Total  cost  of  equipment  I $544-51  to  $749.51 

II.     Cheaper  equipment  for  15  in  dressmaking  and 
144 


Economics   of    Manual  Training. 


30  in  sewing.    Dressmaking  and  sewing  room  combined: 

8  tables,  5-foot  kitchen $22.56 

(An  even  less  expensive  table  arrangement 
may  be  obtained  of  boards  supported  on  saw- 
horses,  when  the  two  kinds  of  work  are  prac- 
ticed in  the  same  room.  A  convenient  plan  for 
the  dressmaking  tables  is  to  have  these  hinged 
to  the  wall,  so  as  to  drop  down  when  not  in 
use.) 


Fig.  52.    Dressmaking  Room,  Pratt  Institute  High  School,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

30  chairs  @  $7.50  per  doz 18.75 

i  stove  (3  burners)  and  tubing 3.75 

6  irons    1.50 

4   ironing   boards    3.60 

Wardrobe $5.00  to  20.00 

Mirror    12.00 

4  sewing  machines $120  to  220.00 

Screen    3.00 

18  yard  sticks    4.28 

33  scissors  (3  of  them  buttonhole)   9.40 

6  large  boxes  @  .35  2.10 

145 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 


30  small  boxes  @  .07  2.10 

Total  cost  of  equipment  II  $323.04 

Maintenance. 

Average  cost  of  maintenance  for  the  work  in  the  high 
school,  if  the  pupils  furnish  their  own  garment  materials, 
is  about  twelve  cents  per  pupil. 

CooKing  Laboratory. 

Cooking  is  very  often  taught  in  the  seventh  and 
eighth  grades  and  in  the  high  school.  A  specially 
equipped  room  is  required. 


[ 

I 

I 

1 

"D 

JJ 

5*,^    «CM,~, 

EHJ 

1  —  1 

] 

] 
] 

] 

Dmmo 
/?«« 

Fig-  53-    Plan  showing  Horseshoe  Arrange- 
ment of  Cooking  Tables. 


Fig.  54.    Plan  showing  Group 

Arrangement  of  Cooking 

Tables. 


In  laying  out  a  cooking  equipment  provision  should 
be  made  for  a  kitchen  equipment,  a  dining  room  equip- 
ment and  a  store  room. 

Kitchen  Equipment. 

The  tables  used  for  cooking  should  be  from  30  in.  to 
33^2  in.  in  height,  according  to  height  of  pupils,  and 

146 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

should  provide  25  in.  to  33  in.  width  for  each  pupil, 
according  to  size.  The  tables  may  be  arranged  in  the 
laboratory  in  the  form  of  a  continuous  horseshoe,  in  par- 
allel lines  or  as  single  tables.  (Figs.  53  to  59,  inclusive.) 
Shelves,  drawers  and  cupboards  are  provided  in  the  body 
of  the  tables  for  the  storage  of  utensils  and  materials. 

The  materials  used  for  covering  the  tops  are  various, 
including  wood,  plain  and  metal-covered,  slate,  marble, 
and  tile.  Of  these,  unglazed,  vitrified  white  tile  laid  over 
asphalted  paper  and  bound  at  the  table  edge  by  a  metal 
strip  is  perhaps  the  best,  although  somewhat  expensive. 

Arrangements  for  individual  cooking  either  in  the 
form  of  single  or  double-burner  gas  stoves  or  stands  with 
Bunson  burners  are  provided  where  not  prohibited  on 
account  of  cost.  When  gas  is  not  available,  a  reliable 
single-burner  oil  stove  may  be  used  for  each  pupil. 

The  specifications  for  the  cooking  tables  of  the  New 
York  City  schools  are  as  follows : 

"The  contractor  shall  furnish  all  material  and  labor 
required  to  make  cooking  tables,  as  shown  on  the  detailed 
drawings  and  as  hereinafter  described,  to  be  delivered  and 
set  in  position  at  such  times  and  at  such  locations  or 
schools  as  may  be  specified  by  the  Superintendent  of 
School  Supplies. 

"For  convenience  in  handling,  each  bench  shall  be 
built  in  nine  separate  sections  or  units,  each  unit  contain- 
ing two  drawers  and  two  closets.  The  ends  and  backs  of 
units,  also  the  doors  to  closets,  shall  be  paneled,  the  frame- 
work mortised  and  tenoned  together,  and  the  panels 
tongued  into  grooves  in  the  stiles  and  rails. 

"The  drawers  shall  be  dovetailed  in  front,  but  the 
backs  may  be  tongued  and  grooved  together. 

"The  tops  of  benches  shall  be  of  narrow  boards,  well 
147 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

joined,  doweled  and  glued  together,  and  secured  to  the  top 
rail  of  units  by  wood  or  metal  buttons,  which  shall  permit 
the  tops  to  go  and  come  without  breaking  the  glue  joints. 

"The  doors  shall  be  hung  on  i^xi^  in.  rolled  brass 
butts,  and  be  secured  by  bronzed  iron  cupboard  catches 
and  mortise  tumbler  locks,  with  ij4  m-  back  set,  each  lock 
to  have  a  key,  and  one  key  to  pass  all  door  locks. 

"Drawers  shall  have  bronzed  iron  pulls  screwed  on, 
and  tumbler  locks,  each  lock  to  have  a  key,  and  one  key  to 
pass  all  drawer  locks.  Every  keyhole  shall  be  finished 
with  a  suitable  bronzed  iron  escutcheon  screwed  on. 

"All  exposed  parts  of  benches  shall  be  made  of  clear 
dry  maple,  of  a  uniform  color  and  free  from  dark  streaks 
or  spots ;  the  interior  may  be  of  any  sound  wood,  prefer- 
ably of  maple,  and  all  must  be  thoroughly  dry. 

"The  tops  of  benches  shall  be  treated  with  two  coats 
of  white  shellac ;  the  balance  of  exposed  parts,  also  the 
edges  and  backs  of  doors,  shall  be  treated  with  one  coat 
of  white  shellac  and  one  flowing  coat  of  varnish,  all  sand- 
papered between  coats. 

"Contractor  will  be  responsible  for  the  material  at  the 
respective  locations  until  accepted  by  the  Superintendent 
of  School  Supplies." 

The  table  shown  in  Fig.  59  is  listed  by  a  manufac- 
turer of  manual  training  benches  at  $22.00. 

Table  equipments  for  fifteen  pupils,  ranging  in  cost 
from  $30  to  $500  are  as  follows : 

Table  for  fifteen  pupils,  with  drawers  for  provisions  and 
materials ;  cupboard,  closed  with  roll-front,  sliding  board, 
and  tiled  top  made  of  quartered  oak,  about  $500.00 

Table  for  fifteen  pupils,  with  one  drawer  for  each  pupil, 
made  of  Georgia  pine,  white  pine  or  stained  whitewood, 
from  $150  to  250.00 

Kitchen  tables  may  be  used  where  funds  are  extremely  lim- 
ited, but  are  not  advisable ;  about  30.00 

Individual  stove  equipment  for  tables $25.00  to    75.00 

Coal  or  gas  ranges 14.00  to    32.00 

148 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

Utensils. 

The  prices  quoted  are  subject  to  a  considerable  dis- 
count in  purchasing  by  the  dozen. 

Two  for  Each  Pupil. 

Bowl,  i  pint,  earthen  or  granite $      .06 

Teaspoon,   nickel   or   aluminum n 

Towel,  i  yard  long,  crash .16 

$      -33 
One  for  Each  Pupil. 

Baking-dish,    i    quart,    earthen    or    granite $.08 

Bowl,  4-quart,  earthen  or  granite .20 

Bread-board,    small,    wood .20 

Dish-cloth  or  mop 10 

Egg-beater,   medium,    wire   or    iron .10 

Frying-pan,    small,    iron 15 

Kitchen-fork,   steel,   wood  handle .05 

"      knife,     "        "        " 05 

Mat,  8  inches  square,  linoleum 05 

Pepper-shaker,   glass    .10 

Plate,  granite  or  tin 15 

Salt-shaker,  glass    .10 

Salt-spoon,  bone   05 

Saucepan,  with  cover,  i  pint,  granite 18 

Tablespoon,  nickel  or  aluminum .14 

Vegetable  brush,  small,  wood  back 05 

Vegetable  knife,  steel,  wood  handle .10 

Measuring-cup,  l/2  pint,  block  tin .10 

$i-95 
One  for  Each  Two  Pupils. 

Biscuit-cutter,    block    tin $      .06 

Bread-pan,  medium,  block  tin 17 

Collander,  medium,  block  tin .17 

Double  boiler,  I  or  y*  pint,  block  tin  or  granite 50 

Flour  dredger,  block  tin .10 

"      sifter  (revolving  handle),  block  tin 22 

Grater,  medium,  block  tin .10 

Nutmeg  grater,   block   tin 08 

Potato-masher,  wire,  wood  handle .09 

Rolling-pin,  wood   06 

Scrubbing  brush,  large,  wood    .10 

Skimmer,   small,  block  tin 09 

Strainer,  medium,  block  tin .12 

Teapot,  i  pint,  earthen   (Japanese)    25 

Thermometer    -75 

$3-01 
149 


Economics    of  Manual  Training. 


ft 

! 

II                      ij                  l|                      1  i                     I'                  I,                      |- 

i 

!  '        1  1           .  !          i  '         '  !          !  ' 

r  -- 

_i 

--^---i---J-W---r-_-_-ij                  !!-_=•  ^_=  A  ti.-_-_-_rL/                  L!  1  1  u-L 

i 
i 
i 

1 
i 

6|?-- 

,, 

j 

r= 

1 

• 

n 

[  | 

"lr"l:     T""":ri"T     !T"""T"==:; 

-/• 

^L 

_.=_-_J_--_-_-_^     uL™^--  J,      •!-_  .  JL..  ,.i: 

Fig.  55.    Plan  of  Continuous  Cooking  Table,  Teachers'  College,  New  York* 
77/.g    7b^»    .. 


Fig.  56.    Detail  of  Fig.  55. 
150 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 


Fig.  57.    Cooking  Laboratory,  Horseshoe  Arrangement,  High  School, 
Hartford,  Ct. 


Fig.  58.    Laboratory  with  Group  Tables,  Manual  Training  High  School, 
Indianapolis,  Ind. 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

Three  or  Four  for  a  Class  of  Twelve. 

AppL-corer,   block  tin    $      .05 

Chopping-knife,    steel    .50 

"      tray,  wood 40 

Coffee-pot,  i  quart,  granite  or  tin .35 

Japanned  tray,  medium 45 

Mixing  spoon,  large,  wood .05 

Muffin  pan,  12  in  a  pan,  block  tin 15 

Pitcher,   I,  2,  and  3  quarts,  earthen 36 


$2.31 
Two  for  a  Class  of  Twelve. 

Cake  pan,  medium,  block  tin $       .25 

Double    boiler,    3    pints,    granite 1.14 

Griddle,    medium,    soapstone    1.12 


Fig.  59.     Cooking  Table. 

Griddle  cake  turner,  iron 10 

Kettle,  6  quarts,  granite    1.86 

Lemon  squeezer,  glass    1.05 

Saucepan,  2  quarts,  granite  .69 

Strainer,  3  pints,  block  tin 25 

Toaster,  wire    .10 


$6.56 


152 


Economics    of    Manual  Training. 

One  for  a  Class  of  Twelve. 

Bread   knife    $      .50 

Can  opener    10 

Coffee    mill     1.12 

Corkscrew    10 

Egg  beater  (Dover),  large,  iron 10 

Fruit  jars,  I  dozen,  I  quart,  glass  1.12 

i  pint,  75 

Frying-kettle,    large,    iron    1.82 

Funnel,  medium,  block  tin    .15 

Ice-cream  freezer  (Packer's  standard),  3  quarts 2.25 

Jelly  glasses,  i  dozen 50 

Knife    sharpener    .55 


Fig.  60.    China  Closet  for  Cooking  Laboratory. 

Larding  needle    20 

Measure,  i  quart,  block  tin 20 

i  pint 05 

Meat  broiler,  medium,   iron   50 

"    knife    20. 

153 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

Pot   chain    07 

Pudding  mold,   3  pints,   block  tin    30 

Scales,  to  10  pounds   * 2.25 

Skimmer,    large,    tin    .10 

Steamer,  medium,  block  tin    55 

Tea-kettle,  large,  iron,  granite,  or  aluminum 50 

$13-98 
Utensils  for  Housework. 

Blacking  brush    $      .05 

Broom    25 

Cheese-cloth  duster    10 

Dust  brush    10 

Dust    pan    .15 

Floor   brush    75 

Lamp  cloths   .10 

Mop    25 

Pail,  indurated  fibre  .27 

Scrubbing  brush    .24 

Whisk  broom   10 

Window  cloths,  etc 10 

$2.46 
Store  Room  Equipment. 

Bread  cloths   $      .10 

6  crocks,  large,  earthen  2.40 

6    '        medium,  2.00 

4  flour  pails,  wood 2.00 

Ice  bag,  i  yard,  duck 15 

i  dozen  jelly  glasses,  with  covers   -3° 

6  2-quart  Mason  jars,  for  coffee,  etc.,  glass 1.20 

Strainers,  5  yards,  cheese-cloth 25 

i  yard,  flannel   20 

Cupboards,  for  provisions,  utensils,  and  dishes.  .$20.00  to     50-00 
Refrigerator,  medium  size,  to  fit  available  space.  .$15.00  to    20.00 

$43.60  to  $78.60 
Dining  Room  Equipment. 

Canton    flannel    cloth    

1  dining-table  and  6  chairs $20.00  to  32.00 

2  tablecloths  and  napkins  10.00 

Enough  dishes  for  setting  table  and  serving  a  simple  meal  10.00 

(It  is  advisable  to  buy  dishes  that  come  in 
"open  stock,"  for  if  any  are  broken,  they  can  be 
easily  replaced.  If  setting  of  the  table  is  not 
taught,  a  few  dishes  for  the  pupils  will  answer 
the  purpose ;  say,  for  each,  a  cup,  a  saucer,  and 
plate ;  and  4  vegetable  dishes,  2  bread  plates,  and 
2  platters.) 

154 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

Knives,  forks,  spoons,  glasses,  etc 20.00 

$60.00  to  $72.00 

(If  a  sideboard  is  added,  the  cost  would  be 
about  $28.00  additional.) 

The  china  closet  shown  in  Fig.  60  is  furnished  by  a 
dealer  in  manual  training  supplies  for  $60.00.  The  upper 
part  has  sliding  glass  doors  and  adjustable  shelves.  The 
lower  part  may  have  drawers. 

Summary  of  cost  of  equipment  to  accommodate 
twelve  pupils  at  a  time : 

Tables    with    cupboards,    etc.,    stools,    stoves,    range,    and 

sink   $550.oo  to  $650.00 

Utensils   (as  per  detailed  statement)    85.87 

Store  room  equipment $43.60  to     78.60 

Dining-room  equipment $60.00  to     72.00 


Total  cost  of  equipment  $739-47  to  $886.47 

On  pages  96-98  is  given  the  detailed  equipment  of 
the  cooking  laboratories  at  Evanston,  111. 

Maintenance. 

The  cost  of  maintenance  for  cooking,  based  upon 
individual  work  ranges  from  2^2  cts  to  5  cts.  per  capita 
per  lesson.  From  3  to  3^  cts.  is  a  fair  average,  and  an 
allowance  of  5  cts.  per  capita  per  lesson  is  liberal. 

Laundry. 

Few  schools  have  a  laundry  equipment.  The  cost 
of  equipping  and  maintaining  a  laundry  in  connection 
with  school  work  is  here  given  in  order  that  the  subject 
of  this  book  may  be  covered  as  fully  as  possible. 

The  work  may  be  given  in  the  same  room  as  that 
used  by  the  class  in  cooking,  or  a  separate  room  may  be 
fitted  up.  In  the  latter  case  stationary  tubs  may  be  used 
in  place  of  the  portable  ones.  To  these  must  also  be  added 
a  laundry  stove,  water-heating  arrangement,  and  suitable 

i55 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

plumbing.  In  the  former  case  there  should  be  a  large 
closet  provided  for  the  storage  of  tubs,  etc.  About  the 
walls  of  this  closet  there  should  be  shelves  for  the  work 
of  the  class.  The  following  estimate  is  based  on  the  plan 
of  having  the  laundry  work  done  under  conditions  involv- 
ing a  minimum  expenditure  of  space  and  money : 

Equipment  for  Class  of  Eight  Pupils. 

Large   fibre    tub    $      .83 

Double  boiler,   for   starch    1.03 

Tea-kettle    97 

12  small  fibre  tubs 7.20 

Small    fibre   pail    .20 

Granite   soap   cooker    65 

Yellow  earthenware  bowl,  I  quart .12 

"  "  "       2   quarts    16 

"       4      "        25 

8  yellow  earthenware  bowls,  I  quart 40 

2  tin  measuring  cups    20 

6  tablespoons    .48 

6  teaspoons    30 

Knife  10 

Wooden    spoon    05 

TOO  feet  of  clothes  line    .90 

Clothes  pins    .10 

Towel    roller .10 

Skirt  board  covers 

10  yards  unbleached  cotton  cloth 80 

4  cotton   felting,   54  inches    2.00 

i  yard  white  flannel   40 

Safety  pins    25 

3  roller  towels  (7^  yards  linen  toweling) 88 

Dish  pan,  14  quarts 63 

Universal    wringer,    large    4-25 

2  universal  wringers,  small   5  °° 

Tin   dipper    .20 

Oval  clothes  basket   1.25 

"    boiler    1.25 

6  4- foot  benches    5-4° 

8  4^-foot  skirt  boards,  with  adjustable  supports 12.00 

8  small  wash-boards,  two-thirds  usual  size 3 .00 

2  clothes-horses  (4  feet  high,  4  folds) 1.76 

Fringe    brush    63 

3  soft  brushes    1.14 

3  whisk  brooms,  for  sprinkling 54 

156 


Economics    of   Manual  Training. 

4  flat  irons,  7  pounds   2. 20 

8    "        "5        "         2.56 

8    "        "4        "          3.20 

4    "        "      3        "          1-40 

(Cheaper  irons  may  be  had  at  4  cents  per  pound.) 

8  Troy  polishers   3.60 

8  iron  stands 40 

8    "      holders    (asbestos)    32 

Total   cost   of   equipment    $69.10 

Maintenance. 

3  dozen  boxes  of  soap    $     1.50 

Starch     30 

Bluing    25 

Beeswax    .40 

Borax    20 

Ammonia     .20 

White  vine  vinegar  10 

Salt 05 


Total  cost  of  maintenance  $3.00 

Cost  per  pupil,  37^2  cents. 


157 


Economics  of   Manual  Training. 


Fig.  61.    Rindge  Manual  Training  School,  Cambridge,  Mass. 


The  Manual  Training 
Building. 

V    T    T 

In  order  to  supplement  the  foregoing  detailed  infor- 
mation regarding  the  equipping  of  the  various  shops,  and 
also  by  way  of  suggestion  for  the  general  planning  of  the 
relation  of  a  group  of  shops  and  other  class  rooms,  a 
number  of  floor  plans  of  manual  training  schools  are  here 
given.  Aside  from  the  building  in  which  the  makeshift 
plan  is  followed  of  having  the  shops  occupy  such  space  in 

158 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 


the  general  arrangement  as  is  most  expedient  and  con- 
venient without  special  regard  to  isolation,  there  may  be 
said  to  be  two  distinctive  plans  followed  in  designing  a 
manual  training  building.  The  first  calls  for  a  separate 
building  especially  designed  for  shop  purposes  and  con- 
taining no  recitation  rooms,  either  located  within  easily 


WOOD-WORKINC  ROOM  55 .  60 


FORCE:  ROOM 

34x70 


•infill   I 


BOILERS 


ENGINE 
ROOM 


U 


IRON-WORKING,  ROOM 
53.60 


DRAWING  ROOM 
5i.33 


OHAWINC  ROOM 
42.25 


SUPPLY 

ROOM 


n 


Fig.  62.    Plan  of  Rindge  Manual  Training  School,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

accessible  distance  from  the  main  building  or  connect- 
ing herewith,  and  the  other  calls  for  a  building  espe- 
cially designed  for  a  manual  training  school  and  contain- 
ing recitation  rooms  as  well  as  shops,  the  latter  so 
designed  (generally  in  wings)  as  to  secure  the  greatest 
amount  of  light  and  at  the  same  time  to  minimize  the 
effects  of  noise. 

Types  of  the  former  class  are  the  Rindge  Manual 

159 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

Training  School,  Cambridge,  Mass.  (Figs.  61-62),  and 
the  Chicago  Manual  Training  School  (Figs.  66-69),  and 
of  the  latter  class  the  Mechanic  Arts  High  School,  Bos- 
ton, Mass.  (Fig.  65),  and  the  Manual  Training  High 
School,  Kansas  City,  Mo.  (Figs.  63-64).  The  arrange- 
ment of  manual  training  rooms  in  a  Normal  School  is 
shown  in  Fig.  71. 

If  power  is  to  be  produced  on  the  premises,  the 
engine  and  boiler  room  may  occupy  a  separate  one-story 
building  or  may  be  installed  in  the  basement,  as  shown  in 
Figs.  63,  65  and  70.  If  electric  power  and  light  is  also  to 
be  produced,  the  dynamos  are  installed  in  the  engine 
room.  Power  may  be  had  from  motors  driven  by  the 
street  current.  The  most  up-to-date  equipment  in  the 
line  of  electric  power  installation  may  be  found  in  the  new 
Manual  Training  High  School  of  the  Borough  of  Brook- 
lyn, where  all  overhead  shafting  is  eliminated  by  having 
every  machine  driven  by  an  individual  motor.  The  rest 
of  the  equipment  of  this  remarkable  school  is  quite  in 
keeping  with  the  above  item,  as  may  be  gathered  from  the 
following  summary  of  the  number  of  shops  and  labora- 
tories : 

"There  are  forty  class  rooms  in  the  building,  fotH; 
shops  for  elementary  wood  work,  one  shop  for  wood  turn- 
ing and  pattern-making,  one  for  sheet  metal  work,  a  print- 
ing shop  to  accommodate  thirty  workmen,  a  machine 
shop,  a  blacksmith  shop,  a  book  bindery,  four  shops  for 
plain  garment  work,  rooms  for  the  study  of  domestic  sci- 
ence, including  two  kitchens,  laundry,  bedroom,  dining 
room,  pantry  and  infirmary.  There  are  four  mechanical 
draughting  rooms,  four  free-hand  drawing  rooms,  two 
zoology  laboratories,  two  botanical  laboratories,  one  phy- 
sical laboratory,  one  chemical  laboratory,  one  advanced 

160 


Economics  of  Manual  Trainin 


g- 


chemical  laboratory  for  the  study  of  assaying  and  metal- 
lurgy; one  laboratory  for  the  study  of  advanced  physics, 
including  steam  and  electrical  engineering  and  an  electric 
laboratory." 

Attention  is  called  to  the  one-story  shop  plan  of  the 
Chicago  Manual  Training  School  (Figs.  66-69).  The 
one-story  arrangement  permits  of  the  doing  away  with 
supporting  pillars,  eliminates  the  evils  incident  to  the 
vibration  caused  by  machinery,  isolates  the  noise  so  as  to 
minimize  this  annoyance  to  the  recitation  rooms,  permits 
of  easy  trucking  between  shops,  and  affords  a  maximum 
of  light  and  air.  The  method  of  lighting  is  the  partic- 
ularly unique  feature  of  these  shops.  The  method  of 
factory  lighting,  so  long  popular  in  Europe,  and  known  as 
the  "saw-tooth"  system,  has  been  utilized.  The  sky-lights 
are  made  with  the  north  slope  steeper  than  the  angle  made 
by  the  sun's  rays  with  the  ground  in  the  summer,  and 
with  the  south  slope  opaque.  The  result  is  that  the 
benches  receive  a  maximum  of  diffused  north  light.  Win- 
dows are  also  placed  in  the  north  wall  to  break  what  might 
otherwise  be  a  somewhat  cheerless  aspect  of  four  walls. 

The  disadvantage  attaching  to  the  use  of  one-story 
shops  is  believed  to  be  confined  to  large  cities  where  the 
high  price  of  land  would  hardly  justify  so  limited  an 
edifice. 

In  the  original  edition  of  this  book  a  list  of  books 
dealing  with  the  methods  and  practice  of  manual  training 
was  incorporated.  The  need  for  including  such  a  list  has 
since  been  rendered  questionable  by  the  publication  of  the 
admirable  and  complete  "Bibliography  of  Manual  Train- 
ing," by  Mr.  Arthur  H.  Chamberlain,  wherein  is  tabulated 
not  only  the  books  on  "Method  and  Practice,"  but  also 
on  the  "Theory  of  Manual  Training,"  as  well  as  an 

161 


Economics  of  Manual  Training. 

exhaustive  list  of  magazine  articles  and  also  of  American 
and  foreign  periodicals  devoted  to  manual  training.  As 
a  large  part  of  the  best  manual  training  literature  of  the 
past  few  years  has  been  in  the  form  of  contributions  to 
periodicals,  this  "rinding  list"  will  be  the  more  appre- 
ciated. 

In  writing  this  book,  unique  in  its  field,  the  attempt 
has  been  made  to  have  it  eminently  practical  and  of  real 
assistance  to  those  to  whom  it  is  addressed.  For  obvious 
reasons  it  was  impossible  to  give  in  the  text  the  names  of 
dealers,  or  to  distinguish  between  the  products  of  various 
manufacturers.  On  the  other  hand  it  was  recognized 
that  information  as  to  where  to  purchase  might  be  of 
much  practical  aid.  It  was  therefore  decided  to  admit 
a  "Purchaser's  Finding  List,"  giving  a  somewhat  com- 
plete list  of  representative  dealers  in  the  various  materials 
used  in  equipping  and  maintaining  manual  training  work. 
Such  a  list  will  be  found  in  the  succeeding  pages. 


162 


Pig.  63.    Plan  of  Manual  Training  High  School,  Kansas  City,  Mp, 
163 


Fig.  64.    Plan  of  Manual  Training  High  School,  Kansas  City,  Mo. 
164 


Fig.  66.    The  New  Building  of  the  Chicago  Manual  Training  School. 


Fig.  67.    Pattern  Shop  Chicago  Manual  Training  School,  showing  Distribution 
of  lyight  from  Saw-Tooth  Roof. 

166 


anan 
nnn 
pnn 

anna 


D  D  Q'aiDKlfl  Q  D  j 

DD 


D 

an 

ODD 

D 

D5D  D 
!Q?D  D 

ODD 

nan 

DDD 


170 


Contents. 


CLAY  MODELING. 

Clay — Disinfecting — Porcelain    Clay — Plastic    Clay — Fire 
Clay — Substitutes — Storage — Modeling  Boards — Work 
Tables— Tools— Models— Kiln— Potter's  Wheel— Cost.  12-21 
CARDBOARD  AND  PAPER  WORK. 

Scissors — Cost — Paste — Paper  and  Cards — Supplies  21-27 

WEAVING. 

Paper — Yarn  and  Rags — Looms — Materials — Raffia — Rat- 
tan— Reeds — Straw — Baskets — Grasses — Cord  Work.  .27-33 
SEWING. 

Tools — Cost 34-37 

BENT  IRON  WORK. 

Equipment  —  Materials  —  Tools  —  Cost  —  Examples       of 

Work 37-42 

KNIFE  WORK. 

Desk      Protection — Whittling      Trays — Knives — Tools — 

Storage — Examples  of  Work — Cost — Materials 42-48 

BENCH  WORK  IN  WOOD. 

Teachers — Shoproom  for  this  work — Lighting  Wash 
rooms — Storage — Teacher's  room — Layout — Benches — 
Demonstration  —  Seats  —  Blackboard  —  Glue  —  Metal 
work — Display — Storage — Bulletins — Lumber — Nails — 
Screws  —  Blue  prints — Lockers — Tools — Cost — Carv- 
ing   48-90 

MANUAL  TRAINING  CENTERS. 

Separate  buildings — Cost  of  buildings  and  equipment — 
Supplies — Cost  per  pupil — Laboratory — Cooking  uten- 
sils— Wood  working  9*-99 

THE  HIGH  SCHOOL. 

Joiner    shop — Wood    turning    and   pattern      making — 
Lathes — Individual    tools — General    tools — Drawing 

tables— Work  benches— Cost 100-1 13 

FOUNDRY. 

Furnace — Ladles — Flasks — Troughs — Core  oven — Cost .  1 13-1 16 
171 


Contents. 

FORGE  SHOP. 

Forges — Anvils  —  Lockers  —  Lavatories  —  Buildings — 

Tools — Coal — Material — Cost   1 16-121 

MACHINE  SHOP. 

Bench  work — Equipment — Machine  work — Machine 
tools— Lathe  tools— Small  tools— Forge  shop— Stock 
room — Sheet  metal 121-134 

MECHANICAL  DRAWING. 

General    considerations — Tables — Instruments — Models 

Storage — Blackboards — Auxiliary  rooms    134-143 

SEWING  ROOM. 

Equipment — Rooms — Machines — Material  143-146 

COOKING  LARORATORY. 

Kitchen    equipment — Utensils — Cooking    table — Cost — 

Stove  room — Dining  room 146-153 

LAUNDRY. 

Equipment — Utensils — Supplies — Cost   153-157 

MANUAL  TRAINING  BUILDING. 

Plans — Power — Light — Class    rooms — Machinery — Saw 

tooth  roofs  158-170 

SCHOOLS. 

Armour  Institute,  Chicago.  Ill 113 

Baltimore  Polytechnic  Institute   82 

Berkeley,  New  York 83 

Boston,  Mass 8-36-67-100-111-119-126-165 

Bradley  Polytechnic  Institute 66 

Brookline,  Mass 169 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y 8-103-114-117-137-145 

Buffalo,  N.  Y 21-25-38-41-42 

Cambridge,  Mass 8-158-160 

Carlstadt,  N.  J 82 

Carthage,  Mo.  82 

Chicago,  111 15-28-82-161-165-167-170 

Cleveland,  0 36-82-91-92 

Columbus,  Ga 72-82 

Concord,  Mass 82 

Ethical  Culture,  New  York 54 

Evanston,  111 93-95-155 

Hampton  Institute  82 

Hartford  123-136-107 

172 


Contents. 

SCHOOLS. 

Horace  Mann,  New  York 36-39 

Indianapolis,  Incl 7-27-37-151 

Kansas  City,  Mo 8-12-160-163-164 

Lewiston,  Me 83 

Lewis  Institute,  Chicago 112 

Lincoln,   111 71 

Los  Angeles,  Calif 82 

Mann,  New  York  36-39 

McKinley,  St.  Louis   7 

Mechanic  Arts,  Boston   100-111-119-126-165 

Menominee,  Wis 1 18 

Milton,  Mass 83 

Minneapolis,   Minn 36-82 

Montclair,  N.  J 17-82 

Natick,  Mass 83 

Newark,  N.  J 82 

New  York,  N.  Y 8-53-88-132-147-150 

Oak  Park,  111 132 

Ontario,  Canada  80 

Pratt  Institute,  Brooklyn 1 14-1 17-137-145 

Red  Bank,  N.  J 82 

Rindge,  Cambridge,  Mass 8-158-159 

Rochester,  N.  Y 100 

Springfield,  111 82 

St.  Louis,  Mo 7 

Sterling,  111 70 

Syracuse,  N.  Y 37 

Teachers'  College,  New  York  132-150 

Toledo,  Ohio  82 

Wade  Park,  Cleveland,  Ohio  91-92 

Washington,  D.  C 35 

Westbrook,  Me 52 

Yearman,  St.  Louis  7 

PERSONAL  REFERENCES. 

Chamberlin,  Arthur  H 23-161 

Holland,  Anna  M 13-18 

Jones,  Geo.  W 33 

Leake,  Albert  H 80 

Patterson,  Jessie  34 

173 


BENCHES— MANUAL  TRAINING. 

Hammacher,    Schlemmer   &   Co New  York. 

BEVELS. 

Braunsdorf-Mueller  Co.    . . . Elizabeth,  N.-J. 

BLACKBOARD— CLOTH— SILICATE. 

N.  Y.  Silicate  Book  Slate  Co . .  .New  York. 

BLACKBOARD— PAPER— SILICATE. 

N.  Y.  Silicate  Book  Slate  Co .......... /.New  York 

BLACKBOARDS— SILICATE. 

N.  Y.  Silicate  Book  Slate  Co New  York. 

BLOW  PIPES. 

American   Gas   Furnace   Co New  York. 

Buffalo  Dental  M'f'g  Co , .Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

BLOWERS  AND  FANS.' 

American   Gas    Furnace  *  Co New  York 

Buffalo   Dental  M'f'g  Co Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

Buffalo   Forge  Co ; Buffalo,  N.  Y 

B.   F.    Sturtevant   Co Hyde  Park,  Mass. 

BLUE  PRINTING  APPARATUS. 

American   Drafting   Furniture   Co. . ... Rochester,  N.  Y. 

Keuffel   &  Esser   Co •. .. ... New.York. 

BLUE  PRINT  ^APER. 

F.   WebeV  &  Co Phila.,  Pa. 

BONBONS. 

Huylers    - ., New  YorTc. 

BOOKS— MECHANICAL. 

The    Derry-Collard    Company .'New  York; 

BOOKBINDERS'  ART  GOODS. 

Hoole  Machine  &  Engraving  Co..  .^ Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

BOOK  STAMPS  AND  TOOLS. 

Hoole  Machine  &  Engraving  Co. Brooklyn.  "N/ Y. 

BOOKBINDERS'  MATERIALS. 

Hoole  Machine  &  Engraving  Co Brooklyn,  N.  Y 

BOOKBINDERS'  MACHINERY. 

Hoole  Machine  &  Engraving  Co.. Brooklyn,  N  Y. 

BOOKS— TECHNICAL. 

Wm.  Ainsworth  &  Sons .Denver,  Colo 

The    Derry-Collard    Company .New  York. 

BORING  BARS— LODGE  &  SHIPLEY. 

Three  Rivers  Tool  Co Three  Rivers,  Mich. 

BRACES— BIT. 

Hammacher,    Schlemmer   &   Co. New  York. 

BRISTOL  BOARD. 

Henry  M.  Taws .Phila.,'Pa. 

BRUSHES.  - 

F.   Weber  &  Co Phila.,  Pa. 

BUFFING  MACHINES. 

Chicago  Wheel  &  M'f'g  Co.. 47  W.  Randolph  St.,  Chicago,  111, 
BURLAP. 

Hoffman-Corr  M'f'g  Co . .-.. , New  York. 

CABINETMAKERS'  BENCHES. 

A.    L.    Bemis Worcester,  Mass. 

Chandler   &    Barber Boston,  Mass 

Grand  Rapids  Hand  Screw  Co Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

CABINET  HARDWARE. 

Chandler   &    Barber Boston,  Mass 

Hammacher,    Schlemmer   &   Co New  York. 

CALIPERS. 

Wm.   Johnson    Newark,  N.  J. 

CANDIES. 

Huylers   .... New  York. 

CARVERS'  PUNCHES. 

Braunsdorf-Mueller  Co Elizabeth,  N,  J; 


CASE  HARDENING  FURNACES— GAS. 

American   Gas    Furnace   Co New  York. 

CHARCOAL. 

Henry  M.  Taws Phila.,  Pa. 

^CHARTS— EDUCATIONAL. 

The    Derry-Collard    Company New  York. 

/  CHINA  PAINTING  MATERIAL. 

Fry    Art    Co New  York. 

CHISELS  AND  GOUGES. 

Harnmacher,    Schlemmer   &    Co New  York. 

C.  E.   Jennings  &  Co New  York. 

Mack  &  Co Rochester,  N.  Y. 

Russell  &  Erwin  Co New  York. 

L.  &  I.  J.  White  Co .  .  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

CHOCOLATE. 

Huylers New  York. 

CENTER  DRILLS. 

J.    T.    Slocomb    Co. Providence,  R.  I. 

CLAMPS— WOOD. 

Grand  Rapids  Hand  Screw  Co Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

JXarragansett    Machine    Co .  Providence,  R.  I. 

CLAY  MODELLING  TOOLS. 

Hammacher,    Schlemmer   £   Co. .  .  .• New  York. 

CLAY   (PLASTELINE). 

Chavant    M'f'g    Co. Jersey  City,  N.  J. 

COCOA. 

Huylers   New  York. 

COLD  CHISELS. 

Braunsdorf-Mueller  Co .Elizabeth,  N.  Jf. 

Wm.   Johnson Newark,  N.  J. 

COMMUTATOR  LUBRICANT. 

L.  B.  Allen  Co.,  Inc Chicago,  111. 

COMPASSES. 

Wm.  Ainsworth  &   Sons Denver,  Colo. 

Eagle   Pencil    Co New  York. 

CONFECTIONERS  TOOLS. 

F.    M.    Bower    Co New  York. 

COOKING  TABLES. 

A.    L.    Bemis Worcester,  Mass. 

COPPER  WORKING  TOOLS. 

Chandler   &    Barber ..Boston,  Mass 

CORDAGE. 

Hoffman-Corr   M'f'g   Co .New  York.' 

/  CORLISS  ENGINE  MODELS. 

The    Derry-Collard    Company .  . . New -\  ork. 

COTTON  WASTE. 

Hoffman-Corr   M'f'g   Co .New  York. 

COUNTERSINKS.  XT 

Wm.   Johnson    Newark,  N.  T 

Wells    Brothers    Co Greenfield,  Mass. 

CRUCIBLE  FURNACES. 

American   Gas    Furnace    Co New  \  ork. 

CUTTERS— MILLING.  ,    „ 

R.  M.  -dough lolland,  Conn 

DIES  AND  TAPS.  _,       .  ,  ,  _. 

I  lav    State   Tap   &   Die   Co Mansfield,  Mass. 

Butterfield    &    Co gerby  \ine'J  V 

1.   M.  Carpenter  Tap  &   1  >i" :  Co. - Pawtucket,  R.  I. 

Holroyd   &    Co !....• S^^V? 

Pratt  '&    Whitney    Co .- Hartford.  C  onn. 

DIE  STOCKS  &  ^  Co &*$*?<•*'  n 

Pratt    &    Whitney    Co f?artf|rfs  CM "  « 

Wells    Brothers    'Co Greenfield,  Mass 


DIVIDERS— WING. 

Wm.    Johnson    . Newark,  N.  J. 

DRAFTING  MACHINES. 

Universal    Drafting    Machine    Co Cleveland,  O. 

DRAWING  BOARDS  AND  TABLES. 

American    Drafting    Furniture    Co Rochester,  N.  Y. 

A.  L.    Bemis Worcester,  Mass. 

Chandler    &    Barber Boston,  Mass 

F.  W.  Devoe  &  C.  T.   Raynolds  Co. New  York. 

Economy  Drawing  Table  Co Toledo,  O. 

Keuffel   &   Esser   Co New  York. 

Henrv  M.  Taws , Phila.,  Pa. 

F.    Weber  &  Co.  .  . Phila.,  Pa. 

DRAWING— BOOKS  ON 

The    Derry-Collard    Company New  York. 

Eugene  Dietzgen  Co * Chicago-New  York. 

RAWING  INSTRUMENTS. 

Chandler    &    Barber , Boston,  Mass 

F.  W.  Devoe  &  C.  T.   Raynolds  Co New  York. 

Eugene  Dietzgen  Co Chicago-New  York. 

Keuffel   &   Esser   Co New  York. 

Patterson  Tool   Co Dayton,  O. 

E.  G.  Ruehle  &  Co New  York. 

Henry  M.  Taws Phila.,  Pa. 

F.  Weber  &  Co Phila.,  Pa. 

DRAW 'KNIVES. 

C.  E.  Jennings  &  Co New  York. 

Russell   &  Erwin  Co New  York. 

L.  &  I.  J.  White  Co Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

x  DRAWING  PAPER. 

Eugene- Dietzgen  Co Chicago-New  York. 

Henrv  M.  Taws Phila.,  Pa. 

F.    Weber  &   Co Phila.,  Pa. 

DRAWINS  PAPER— ISOMETRIC. 

The    Derry-Collard    Company New  York. 

DRILLS-CHARD  DEEP  HOLE  SPINDLE. 

Three  Rivers  Tool  Co Three  Rivers,  Mich. 

DRILL  GAUGES. 

Pratt    &    Whitney    Co Hartford,  Conn. 

DRILLS— HAND. 

Hammacher,    Schlemmer   &   Co New  York. 

DRILLS— MATTHEWS  HIGH  SPEED  CORE. 

Three  Rivers  Tool  Co Three  Rivers,,  Mich. 

DRILLS— SENSITIVE; 

Vox  Machine  Co Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

DRILLS— TWIST. 

Standard    Tool    Co • Cleveland,  O. 

Russell   &   Erwin   Co New  York. 

DRILLS— UPRIGHT. 

B.  F.    Barnes    Co Rockford.  111. 

Sebastian     Lathe    Co. . Cincinnati,  O. 

EDGE  TOOLS. 

Mack  &  Co Rochester.  N.  Y. 

L.  &  I.  J.  White  Co Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

EDUCATIONAL  CHARTS. 

The    Derry-Collard    Company New  York. 

ELECTRICITY— BOOKS  ON 

The    Derry-Collard    Company New  York. 

EMERY  CLOTH  AND  PAPER. 

Chicago  Wheel  &  M'fg  Co.. 47  W.  Randolph  St.,  Chicago,  111. 
EMERY  OIL  STONES. 

Chicago  Wheel  &  M'fg  Co.. 47  W.  Randolph  St.,  Chicago,  111. 

Pike  M'fg  Co ; Pike,  N.  H. 


EMERY  WHEEL  DRESSERS. 

Chicago  Wheel  &  M'f'g  Co.. 47  W.  Randolph  St.,  Chicago,  111.. 

Pike  M'f'g  Co Pike,  N.  H. 

EMERY  WHEELS. 

Chicago  Wheel  &  M'f'g  Co.. 47  W.   Randolph  St.,  Chicago,  111. 

Pike  M'f'g  Co Pike,  N.  H. 

ENAMELING  FURNACES— GAS. 

American   Gas    Furnace   Co „ New  York. 

ENGINES— GAS  OIL  AND  GASOLINE. 

Champion   Saw  &  Gas   Engine   Co Beaver  Falls,  Pa. 

Robertson   M'f'g   Co Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

ENGINES— STEAM. 

B.    F.   Sturtevant   Co Hyde  Park,  Mass. 

ENGRAVERS'  TOOLS. 

Hoole  Machine  &   Engraving  Co Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

EXPANDING  MANDRELS. 

Western   Tool   &   M'f'g   Co Springfield,  O. 

EXPANDING  REAMERS. 

Western   Tool   &   M'f'g   Co Springfield,  O. 

EXPANSIVE  BITS: 

Russell  &  Erwin  Co New  York. 

EYE  BENDERS. 

Estep  &   Dolan -. Sandwich,  111. 

EYELETS  AND  TOOLS. 

Eyelet  Tool   Co. Boston,  Mass. 

FILES  AND  RASPS. 

Champion    Saw  &  Gas   Engine   Co Beaver  Falls,  Pa. 

Hamtuacher,    Schlemmer   &   Co New  York. 

Nicholson   File  Co Providence,  R.  I. 

E.   P.   Reichhelm  &  Co New  York. 

.FILES— SWISS  PATTERN. 

E.   P.  Reichhelm  &  Co New  York. 

FILES— AMERICAN  SWISS. 

E.   P.  Reichhelm  &  Co New  York. 

FILING  CASES  FOR  DRAWINGS  AND  BLUE  PRINTS. 

American    Drafting    Furniture   Co Rochester,  N.  Y. 

FIRE  EXTINGUISHERS. 

Chandler   &    Barber Boston,  Mass 

FLUXES— (see  Soldering  fluxes). 

FORGES. 

Buffalo  Forge  Company Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

B.  F.  Sturtevant  Company Hyde  Park,  Mass. 

FOUNDRY  WORK— BOOKS  ON 

The    Derry-Collard    Company •...,.-..,,....  New  York. 

•FURNACES— MALTING. 

American   Drafting    Furniture    Co.- .Rochester,  N.  1. 

American   Gas    Furnace   Co New  York. 

Buffalo   Dental   M'f'g  Co Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

FURNACES— TEMPERING  AND  ANNEALING. 

American   Gas    Furnace    Co New  York. 

Buffalo   Dental   M'f'g  Co Buffalo,  N.  \ . 

GAGES— LIMIT. 

Pratt    &    Whitney    Co. Hartford,  Conn. 

GAGES— PIPE  THREAD. 

Pratt    &    Whitney    Co Hartford,  Conn. 

Wells    Brothers    Co Greenfield,  Mass. 

GAGES— SCREW  PITCH. 

Wells    Brothers    Co. ^ Greenfield,  Mass. 

GAS  BLAST  FURNACES. 

American   Gas    Furnace   Co. New  York. 

GAS  GENERATORS. 

American   Gas   Furnace   Co ..New  York. 


GEAR  CUTTING  ATTACHMENTS  FOR  LATHES. 

W.   C.   Young ,  .• Worcester,  Mass. 

GLUE. 

Wisdom  &  Co Chicago,  111. 

GLUE  HEATERS. 

Hammacher,    Schlemmer   &   Co New  York. 

Oliver    Machinery    Co , Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

GOUGES. 

Russell  &  Erwin  Co New  York. 

GRAPHITE  AND  PLUMBAGO. 

Pettinos   Brothers    Bethlehem,  Pa. 

GRINDERS— CUTTER  AND  REAMER. 

R.   M.  Clough Holland,  Conn. 

GRINDERS— DRY. 

Chicago  Wheel  &  M'f'g  Co.. 47  W.  Randolph  St.,  Chicago,  111. 

GRINDERS— PLAIN. 

Chicago  Wheel  &  M'f'g  Co.. 47  W.  Randolph  St.,  Chicago,  111. 

GRINDERS— WATER  TOOL. 

B.    F.    Barnes    Co Rockford,  111. 

Chicago  Wheel  &  M'f'g  Co.. 47  W.  Randolph  St.,  Chicago,  111. 

GRINDSTONES. 

Hammacher,    Schlemmer  £   Co New  York. 

HAMMERS. 

Hammacher,    Schlemmer   &   Co New  York. 

HAMMERS— HAND. 

The   David   Maydole  Hammer   Company Norwich,  N.  Y. 

HAND  SCREWS. 

Chapin-Stephens  Co Pine  Meadow,  Conn. 

Grand  Rapids  Hand  Screw  Co Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

Narragansett  Machine  Co Providence,  R.  I. 

HATCHETS. 

L.  &  I.  J.  White  Co Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

HEATING  MACHINES— (Gas), 

American   Gas    Furnace   Co New  York. 

HEATING  SYSTEMS. 

Buffalo    Forge   Co Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

B.   F.   Sturtevant   Co Hyde  Park,  Mass. 

ICE  CREAM  FREEZERS. 

F.    M.    Bower    Co New  York. 

ISOMETRIC  PAPER. 

The    Derry-Collard,   Company New  York. 

INKS— WATERPROOF. 

Eugene  Dietzgen  Co Chicago-New  York. 

Henry  M.  Taws Phila.,  Pa. 

F.   Weber  &  Co Phila.,  Pa. 

JOINTERS. 

Greaves,    Klusman   &    Co Cincinnati,  0. 

KNIVES— SLOYD. 

Hammacher,    Schlemmer   &   Co New  York. 

KNURLS. 

Braunsdorf-Mueller  Co Elizabeth,  N.  J. 

LATHE  DOGS. 

Western    Tool   &   M'f'g   Co Springfield,  O. 

LATHE  TOOLS. 

Armstrong  Bros.  Tool  Co Chicago,  111. 

LATHES— BUFFING. 

Chicago  Wheel  &  M'f'g  Co.. 47  W.  Randolph  St..  Chicago,  111. 

F.   E.  Reed  Co Worcester,  Mass. 


LATHES— ENGINE: 

B.  F.    Barnes    Co Rockford,  111. 

Greaves,    Klusman   fr   Co. Cincinnati,  O. 

Pratt    &    Whitney    Co , Hartford,  Conn. 

F.   E.  Reed  Co .Worcester,  Mass. 

Sebastian     Lathe    Co Cincinnati,  O. 

Seneca    Falls    M'f'g    Co Seneca  Falls,  N.  Y. 

W.   C.    Young Worcester,  Mass. 

LATHES— FOOT. 

Sebastian     Lathe    Co Cincinnati.  O. 

Seneca    Falls    M'f'g    Co :  ...  Seneca  Falls,  N.  Y. 

E.  H.    Sheldon   &   Co Chicago,  111. 

W.    C.    Young Worcester.  Mass. 

LATHES— HAND. 

Greaves,    Klusman   &    Co Cincinnati,  O. 

F.  E.   Reed  Co Worcester,  Mass. 

Sebastian    Lathe    Co Cincinnati;  O. 

Seneca    Falls    M'f'g    Co Seneca  Falls.  N.  Y. 

LATHES— PRECISION. 

Pratt  &  Whitney  Co.. Hartford,  Conn. 

LATHES— SPEED. 

Chandler    &    Barber Boston,  Mass 

Oliver    Machinery    Co Grand  Rapids,  Mich» 

F.   E.   Reed  Co Worcester,  Mass. 

Sebastian     Lathe    Co Cincinnati,  O. 

Stockbridge  Machine  Co .Worcester,  Mass. 

LATHES— TURNING. 

Hobbs    M'f'g   Co Worcester,  Mass. 

Chandler    &    Barber Boston,  Mas? 

Greaves,    Klusman   &    Co.  .  . Cincinnati,  O. 

F.   E.   Reed  Co - Worcester,  Mass. 

Oliver    Machinery    Co. .  .  v Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

Sebastian     Lathe    Co Cincinnati,  O. 

Seneca    Falls    M'f'g    Co Seneca  Falls,  N.  Y. 

E.  H.    Sheldon   &    Co. Chicago,  111. 

LAUNDRY  NETS. 

Hoffman-Corr    M'f'g   Co New  York. 

LEAD  PENCILS. 

Eagle   Pencil    Co New  York. 

ETTERING—  BOOKS  ON 

The    Derry-Collard    Company New  York. 

F.  Weber  &  Co. Phila.,  Pa. 

LETTERING  PENS. 

Semples'  White  Company New  York. 

LEVELS. 

Wm.  Ainsworth  &  Sons Denver,  Colo. 

Chapin-Stephcns  Co Pine  Meadow,  Conn. 

C.  E.  Jennings  &  Co New  York. 

LOCKERS— STEEL. 

Edw.  Darby  &  Sons  Co .  Phila..  Pa. 

Narragansett  Machine  Co Providence,  R.  I. 

LOCKERS— WOOD. 

Narragansett  Machine  Co Providence,  R,  I.. 

LUMBER— PATTERN. 

American   Lumber   &   M'f'g   Co Pittsburg,  Pa. 

MANDREL  PRESSES. 

Edwin  E.   Bartlett Boston,  Mass.. 

MANUAL  TRAINING  SCHOOL  SUPPLIES. 

Patterson,   Gottfried  &  Hunter,   Ltd New  York. 

MANUAL   TRAINING   BENCHES. 

American   Drafting   Furniture   Co ^ .  .Rochester,  N.  Y. 

A.    L.    Bemis Worcester,  Mass. 

Hammacher,  Schlemmer  &  Co New  York. 

Chandler   &    Barber.  .  .  ; Boston,  Mass 

Grand   Rapids  Hand   Screw  Co Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

W.    C.    Toles   Co Irving  Park,  Chicago,  111. 


MANUAL  TRAINING  VISES. 

W.    C.    Toles    Co Irving  Park,  Chicago,  III 

METAL  STRIPS. 

Champion    Saw  &  Gas  Engine   Co Beaver  Falls,  Pa. 

METALS,  TOOLS  AND  SUPPLIES. 

Patterson,   Gottfried  &  Hunter,   Ltd New  York 

-MODELS. 

The    Derry-CoHard    Company New -York 

MOULDERS'  TOOLS. 

Wm.  Dobson   Canastota,  N.  Y 

MOULDERS'  TROUGHS. 

A.    L.    Bemis Worcester,  Mass. 

MICROMETER  CALIPERS. 

J.    T.    Slocomb    Co Providence,  R.  I. 

MILLING  CUTTERS. 

Pratt    &    Whitney    Co Hartford,  Conn. 

Standard    Tool    Co Cleveland,  O. 

MILLING  MACHINES. 

R.  M.  Clough Tolland.  Conn. 

T  ox  Machine  Co Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

MITRE  BOXES.  . 

Braunsdorf-Mueller  Co Elizabeth,  N.  J. 

NAIL  SETS. 

Braunsdorf-Mueller  Co Elizabeth,  N.  J. 

Wm.   Johnson    Newark,  N.  J. 

NUMBERING  MACHINES. 

Hoole  Machine  &   Engraving  Co .Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

OIL. 

Champion   Saw  &  Gas   Engine   Co Beaver  Falls.  Pa. 

OIL  STONES. 

Pike  M'f 'g  Co Pike,  N.  H. 

U.  J.    Ulery New  York. 

PAPER   FOR   LEAD   PENCIL— SILICATE. 

N.   Y.  Silicate  Book  Slate  Co New  York. 

PAPER  FOR  PENCILS— SLATE  PENCILS— SILICATE. 

N.  Y.  Silicate  Book  Slate  Co.  / New  York. 

PARALLEL  RULES. 

American    Drafting   Furniture   Co Rochester,  N.  Y. 

PATTERN  MAKING  BENCHES. 

Grand  Rapids  Hand  Screw  Co Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

Oliver    Machinery    Co Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

PATTERN  MAKING— BOOKS  ON 

The  Derry-Collard  Co New  York. 

PATTERN  MAKJNG  MACHINERY. 

Fox  Machine  Co Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

Greaves,    Klusman   Sf  Co Cincinnati,  O. 

Oliver    Machinery    Co Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

PEANUT  "ROASTERS. 

F.    M.    Bower    Co New  York. 

PENS— DRAWING. 

Eugene  Dietzgen  Co; Chicago-New  York. 

Semples'  -White  Company New  York. 

Spencerian    Pen    Co New  York. 

Henry  M.  Taws. 1'hila.,  Pa. 

PENS— WRITING. 

Eagle   Pencil    Co Xew  York. 

PIPE   CUTTING  TOOLS. 

Butterfield    &    Co. Derby  Line,  Yt. 

Wells    Brothers    Co I Greenfield,  Mass. 

PLANER  TOOLS. 

Armstrong  Bros.  Tool  Co Chicago,  111. 

PLANES— HAND. 

Chapin-Stephens  Co Pine  Meadow,  Conn. 

HammachT,    Schlemmer   &   Co New  York. 

Mack  &  Co Rochester,  N.  Y. 

8 


PLANERS— METAL. 

Edwin   E.    Bartlett Boston,  Mass. 

Pratt    &    Whitney    Co Hartford,  Conn. 

PLANERS— PORTABLE, 

Edwin   E.    Bartlett  • Boston,  Mass. 

PLANERS— WOOD. 

Hobbs    MT g   Co Worcester,  Mass. 

Greaves,    Klusman   &    Co Cincinnati,  O. 

Oliver    Machinery    Co Grand  Raoids,  Mich. 

PLASTELINE. 

Chavant    M'f'g    Co Jersey  City,  N.  J. 

PLIERS  AND  NIPPERS. 

Hammacher,    Schlemmer   &   Co New  York. 

PLUMB  BOBS. 

Braunsdorf-Mueller  Co Elizabeth,  N.  J. 

PLUMBERS'   TOOLS. 

Wrru  Johnson Newark,  N.  J. 

PAGING  MACHINES. 

Hoole  Machine  &  Engraving  Co Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

POLISHES— FOR  METAL  AND  GLASS. 

L.  B.  Allen  Co.,  Inc Chicago,  111. 

PORTABLE  TOOL  STANDS. 

Western   Tool   &    M'f'g   Co Spring-field,  O. 

PORTABLE  VISE  STANDS 

Western   Tool   &    M'f'g   Co Springfield,  O. 

PRESSES. 

Niagara  Machine  &  Tool  Works Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

PULLEYS— STEEL. 

Oneida    Steel   Pulley   Co Oneida,  N.  Y. 

PULLEYS— STEEL  CENTER,  WOOD  RIM. 

Oneida    Steel   Pulley   Co Oneida,  N.  Y. 

PULLEYS— WOOD. 

Oneida   Steel   Pulley   Co Oneida,  N.  Y. 

PUNCHES— BELT. 

W.    C.    Young Worcester,  Mass. 

Eyelet  Tool   Co Boston,  Mass. 

Wm.   Johnson    , Newark,  N.  J. 

PUNCHES— CENTER. 

Wm.   Johnson    Newark,  N.  J. 

PUNCHES— HAND. 

Niagara  Machine  &  Tool  Works Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

Eyelet  Tool   Co Boston,  Mass. 

R.  M.  Clough Tolland,  Conn. 

W.  C.  Young Worcester,  Mass 

REAMERS— ADJUSTABLE. 

R.  M.  Clough Tolland,  Conn. 

Pratt    &    Whitney    Co Hartford,  Conn. 

REAMERS— MATTHEWS  HIGH  SPEED— EXPANDING. 

Three  Rivers  Tool  Co Three  Rivers,  Mich. 

REAMERS— MATTHEWS  HIGH  SPEED— SOLID. 

Three  Rivers  Tool  Co Three  Rivers,  Mich. 

REAMERS— SOLID. 

Butterfield   &    Co Derby  Line,  Vt. 

Pratt    &    Whitney    Co Hartford,  Conn. 

Standard    Tool    Co Cleveland,  O. 

ROLL  BLACKBOARDS— SILICATE. 

N.  Y.  Silicate  Book  Slate  Co New  York. 

RULES. 

F.    Weber  &   Co Phila.,  Pa. 

Chapin-Stephens   Co Pine  Meadow,  Conn. 

Keuffel   £    Esser   Co New  York. 

Lufkin   Rule   Co Saginaw,  Mich. 

SAND  BLASTS. 

E.  P.  Reichhelm  &  Co New  York. 


SAND  AND  EMERY  PAPER. 

Chicago  Wheel  &  M'f'g  Co.. 47  W.  Randolph  St.,  Chicago,  111. 
SANDERS— DOUBLE  DISK. 

Oliver    Machinery    Co Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

SAWS— BAND. 

Champion    Saw  &  Gas   Engine   Co P>eaver  Falls,  Pa. 

Chandler   &    Barber Boston,  Mass 

Greaves,    Klusman   &   Co Cincinnati,  O. 

Hobbs    M'f'g   Co Worcester,  Mass. 

Oliver    Machinery    Co Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

SAWS— CIRCULAR. 

Champion    Saw  &  Gas   Engine   Cc Beaver  Falls,  Pa. 

Chandler    £    Barber Boston,  Mass 

Hobbs    M'f'g   Co Worcester,  Mass. 

Oliver    Machinery   Co. Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

SAWS— COLD. 

Champion   Saw  &  Gas  Engine  Co Beaver  Falls,  Pa. 

SAW   SETS   AND   SHARPENERS. 

Champion   Saw  &  Gas   Engine   Co. Beaver  Falls,  Pa. 

SAWS— FOOT  POWER. 

Champion   Saw  &  Gas  Engine   Co Beaver  Falls,  Pa. 

SAWS— HAND. 

Champion   Saw  &  Gas  Engine   Co Beaver  Falls,  Pa. 

Chandler   &    Barber Boston,  Mass 

Hammacher,    Schlemmer  &   Co New  York. 

C.  E.  Jennings  &  Co '. New  York. 

SAWS— HACK  AND  FRAMES. 

Champion  Saw  &  Gas  Engine  Co , Beaver  Falls,  Pa, 

C.  E.  Jennings  &  Co New  York. 

Robertson   MTg   Co. Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

SCALES. 

Wm.  Ainsworth  &  Sons Denver,  Colo. 

Henry  M.  Taws Phila.,  Pa. 

SCIENTIFIC  BOOKS. 

Wm.  Ainsworth  &  Sons Denver,  Colo... 

F.   Weber  &  Co Phila.,  Pa. 

SCREEN  DOORS. 

Roebuck  Weather  Strip  &  Wire  Screen  Co New  York. 

SCREW  DRIVERS. 

Russell   &  Erwin   Co New  York. 

Braunsdorf-Mueller  Co Elizabeth,  N.  J. 

Hammacher,    Schiemmer   &  Co New  York. 

Wm.   Johnson    .-.„ Newark,  N.  J. 

SCREW  MACHINES. 

Pratt    &    Whitney    Co Hartford,  Conn. 

SCREW  PLATES. 

Butterfield   &   Co .-.Derby  Line,  Vt. 

J.   M.   Carpenter  Tap  &  Die   Co , Pawtucket,  R.  I. 

Pratt    £    Whitney    Co Hartford,  Conn. 

Wells    Brothers    Co . .  r Greenfield,  Mass. 

SHAPERS— CRANK. 

Stockbridge    Machine    Co .Worcester,  Mass. 

SHAPING  MACHINES. 

Pratt    &    Whitney    Co Hartford,  Conn. 

SHEARING  MACHINERY. 

Niagara  Machine  &  Tool  Works Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

W.    C.s.  Young • •  •  .Worcester,  Mass. 

SHEARS  AND  SCISSORS. 

U.  J:   Ulery ... New  York. 

SHEARS— METAL. 

R.  M.  Clough Tolland,  Conn. 

Estep  &   Dolan Sandwich.  111. 

Niagara  Machine  &  Tool  Works Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

SLIDE  RESTS. 

Edwin  E.   Bartlett Boston,  Mass. 

10 


SLIDE  RULES. 

American    Drafting    Furniture    Co Rochester,  N.  Y. 

Chapin-Stephens   Co Pine  Meadow,  Conn. 

Keuffel   &    Esser   Co New  York. 

Henry   M.   Taws Phila.,  Pa. 

SLATES— SILICATE. 

N.  Y.  Silicate  Book  Slate  Co New  York. 

SLOYD  KNIVES. 

Hammacher,    Schlemmer   &   Co , New  York. 

SOLDER— WIRE,   SELF-FLUXING. 

L.  B.  Allen  Co.,   Inc Chicago,  111. 

SOLDERING  FLUXES— STICK,  PASTE,  SALTS,  LIQUID. 

L.  B.  Allen  Co.,   Inc Chicago,  III. 

SOLDERING  TOOLS. 

Buffalo   Dental  JVI'f'g  Co Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

SPOKE  SHAVES. 

L.  &  I.  j.  White  Co Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

Wm.  Johnson    Newark,  N.  J. 

SQUARES— STEEL. 

•C.  E.  Jennings  &  Co. * New  York. 

SQUARES— T. 

Henry  M.  Taws Phila.,  Pa. 

F.    Weber  &   Co '..  .Phila.,  Pa. 

STEEL  RULES. 

Lufkin   Rule  Co Saginaw,  Mich. 

STEEL  TAPES. 

F.    Weber  &  Co Phila.,  Pa. 

Keuffel  &   Esser  Co New  York. 

Lufkin   Rule  Co Saginaw,  Mich. 

STRAIGHT  EDGES. 

American  Drafting  Furniture  Co Rochester,  N.  .Y. 

SURVEYING  INSTRUMENTS. 

Wm.  Ainsworth  &  Sons Denver,  Colo./ 

TAPS  AND  DIES. 

Bay  State  Tap  &  Die  Co Mansfield,  Mass. 

T.    M.    Carpenter  Tap  .£   Die   Co Pawtucket,  R.  I. 

Holroyd  &   Co Waterford,  N.  Y. 

Pratt    &    Whitney    Co Hartford,  Conn. 

Standard    Tool    Co Cleveland,  O. 

Wells    Brothers    Co Greenfield,  Mass. 

TECHNICAL  BOOKS. 

The  Derry-Collard  Co New  York. 

TEMPERING  FURNACE— GAS. 

American   Gas    Furnace    Co New  York. 

THUMB  TACKS. 

Spencerian    Pen    Co New  York. 

Universal    Drafting    Machine    Co Cleveland,  O. 

TINSMITHS'  TOOLS. 

Niagara  Machine  &  Tool  Works Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

TOOL  BOXES. 

Narragansett  Machine  Co Providence,  R.  I. 

TOOL  CHESTS. 

C.  E.  Jennings  &  Co New  York. 

TOOL  HOLDERS. 

Armstrong  Bros.  Tool  Co Chicago,  111. 

Western   Tool   &    M'f 'g   Co. Springfield,  O. 

TOOLS  FOR  LATHES  AND  PLANEUS. 

Armstrong   Bros.   Tool  Co Chicago,  111. 

Sebastian     Lathe    Co ' Cincinnati,  O. 

TOOLS— METAL  WORKING. 

Hammacher,    Schlemmer   &   Co New  York. 

TOOLS— SMALL— HIGH  SPEED. 

Three  Rivers  Tool  Co .Three  Rivers,  Mich. 

II 


TOOLS— WOOD\VORKIXG. 

Hammacher,    Schlemmer   &   Co New  York. 

TRACING  CLOTH. 
'        Henry  M.  Taws Phila.,  Pa. 

F.   Weber  &  Co , Phila.,  Pa. 

TRANSITS. 

Wm.  Ainsworth  &  Sons Denver,  Colo. 

TRIANGLES. 

Eugene  Dietzgeii  Co Chicago-New  York. 

F.   Weber   eS;   Co Phila,  Pa. 

TRIMMERS -WOOD. 

Fox  Machine  Co Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

TROWELS— MASON'S. 

Wm.   Johnson    f Newark,  N.  J. 

TURNING  SAWS  AND  FRAMES. 

Wm.   Johnson    Newark,  N.  J. 

VALVE  MODELS. 

The  Derry-Collard  Co New  York. 

VENETIAN  IRON. 

Hammacher,    Schlemmer   &   Co. New  York. 

VISES— MACHINIST'S. 

Hammacher,    Schlemmer   £   Co .  New  York. 

VISES— PATTERN. 

Oliver    Machinery   Co Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

VISES— RAPID  ACTING  (Woodworking). 

Abernathy  Vise  &  Tool  .Co. . , Chicago,  111. 

W.    C.   Toles  'Co. Irving  Park,  Chicago,  111. 

WATER  COLORS. 

Eugene  Dietzgen  Co Chicago-New  A  ork. 

F.   Weber  &  Co. Phila.,  Pa. 

.Henry  M.  Taws Phila.,  Pa. 

WEATHER  STRIPS. 

Roebuck  Weather.  Strip  &  Wire   Screen   Co New  York. 

WHITTLING  TRAYS; 

Hammacher,    Schlemmer   &   Co New  York. 

WINDOW  SCREENS. 

Roebuck  Weather  Strip  &  Wire   Screen  Co New  York. 

WINDOW  VENTILATORS. 

Roebuck  Weather  Strip  &  Wire  Screen  Co New  York. 

.WIRE  SCREENS. 

Roebuck  Weather  Strip  &  Wire  Screen  Co New  York. 

WRENCHES— MACHINISTS'. 

Bullard   Automatic   Wrench    Co Providence,  R.  I. 

J.   M.    Carpenter   Tap   &   Die   Co .  . Pawtucket,  R.  I. 

WRENCHES— PIPE. 

Bullard   Automatic   Wrench    Co Providence,  R.  I. 

WRENCHES— SCREW. 

Hammacher,    Schlemmer   &   Co New  York. 

WOOD  CARVING  BENCHES. 

A.    L.    Bemis Worcester,  Mass; 

WOOD  CARVING  TOOLS. 

Hammacher,    Schlemmer   &   Co New  York. 

WOOD  WORKING  BENCHES. 

"A.    L.    Bemis Worcester,  Mass. 

WOOD  WORKING  MACHINERY. 

Fox  Machine  Co. ,......; Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

WOOD  WORKING  VISES. 

Chandler   &    Barber Boston,  Mass 


12 


CATALOGUE  OF 
STANDARD 
PRACTICAL  AND 
SCIENTIFIC 
BOOKS 


PUBLISHED  AND  FOR  SALE  BY 

The  Norman  W,  Henley  Publishing  Go, 

132  Nassau  St.,  New  York,  U.  S.  A. 


INDEX  OF  SUBJECTS 

Brazing  and  Soldering 3 

Cams ii 

Charts 3 

Chemistry , 4 

Civil  Engineering 4 

Coke 4 

Compressed  Air 4 

Concrete. 5 

Dictionaries 5 

Dies— Metal  Work 6 

Drawing— Sketching  Paper 6 

Electricity 7 

Enameling 9 

Factory  Management,  etc 9 

Fuel 10 

Gas  Engines  and  Gas 10 

Gearing  and  Cams «  n 

Hydraulics n 

Ice  and  Refrigeration 11 

Inventions— Patents 12 

Lathe  Practice 12 

Liquid  Air '.   12 

Locomotive  Engineering 12 

Machine   Shop   Practice 14 

Manual  Training 17 

Marine  Engineering 17 

Metal  Work-Dies 6 

Mining 17 

Miscellaneous 18 

Patents  and  Inventions 12 

Pattern  Making 18 

Perfumery 18 

Plumbing 19 

Receipt  Book 24 

Refrigeration  and  Ice 11 

Rubber 19 

Saws 20 

Screw  Cutting * 20 

Sheet  Metal  Work 20 

Soldering 3 

Steam  Engineering 20 

Steam  Heating  and  Ventilation 22 

Steam  Pipes 22 

Steel 22 

Watch  Making 23 

Wireless  Telephones 23 


Any  of  these  books  will  be  sent  prepaid  to   any   part  of 
the  world,  on  receipt  of  price. 

REMIT  by  Draft,  Postal  Money  Order,  Express  Money  Order 
or  by  Registered  Mail. 


GOOD,  USEFUL  BOOKS 


BRAZING    AND    SOLDERING 


BRAZING  AND  SOLDERING.  By  JAMES  F.  HOBART. 
The  only  book  that  shows  you  just  how  to  handle  any  job  of 
brazing  or  soldering  that  comes  along;  tells  you  what  mixture 
to  use,  how  to  make  a  furnace  if  you  need  one.  Full  of  kinks. 
4th  edition.  25  cents 


CHARTS 


BATTLESHIP  CHART.  An  engraving  which  shows  the 
details  of  a  battleship  as  if  the  sides  were  of  glass  and  you  could 
see  all  the  interior.  The  finest  piece  of  work  that  has  ever  been 
done.  So  accurate  that  it  is  used  at  Annapolis  for  instruction 
purposes.  Shows  all  details  and  gives  correct  name  of  every 
part.  28  x  42  inches — plate  paper.  50  cents 

BOX  CAR  CHART.  A  chart  showing  the  anatomy  of  a  box 
car,  having  every  part  of  the  car  numbered  and  its  proper  name 
given  in  a  reference  list.  20  cents 


GONDOLA  CAR  CHART.  A  chart  showing  the  anatomy 
of  a  gondola  car,  having  every  part  of  the  car  numbered  and  its 
proper  reference  name  given  in"  a  reference  list.  20  cents 


PASSENGER  CAR  CHART.  A  chart  showing  the  anatomy 
of  a  passenger  car,  having  every  part  of  the  car  numbered  and  its 
proper  name  given  in  a  reference  list.  20  cents 

TRACTIVE  POWER  CHART.  A  chart  whereby  you  can 
find  the  tractive  power  or  drawbar  pull  of  any  locomotive, 
without  making  a  figure.  Shows  what  cylinders  are  equal,  how 
driving  wheels  and  steam  pressure  affect  the  power.  What  sized 
engine  you  need  to  exert  a  given  drawbar  pull  or  anything  you 
desire  in  this  line.  50  cents 


WESTINGHOUSE  AIR-BRAKE  CHARTS.  Chart  I.— 
Shows  (in  colors)  the  most  modern  Westinghouse  High  Speed 
and  Signal  Equipment  used  on  Passenger  Engines,  Passenger 
Engine  Tenders,  and  Passenger  Cars.  Chart  II. — Shows  (in 
colors)  the  Standard  Westinghouse  Equipment  for  Freight 
and  Switch  Engines,  Freight  and  Switch  Engine  Tenders,  and 
Freight  Cars.  Price  for  the  set,  50  cents 


CHEMISTRY 

HENLEY'S  TWENTIETH  CENTURY  BOOK  OF 
RECEIPTS,  FORMULAS  AND  PROCESSES.  Edited  by 
GARDNER  D.  Hiscox.  The  most  valuable  Techno-chemical 
Receipt  Book  published,  including  over  10,000  selected  scientific 
chemical,  technological,  and  practical  receipts  and  processes. 
See  page  24  for  full  description  of  this  book.  93.00 

CIVIL  ENGINEERING 


HENLEY'S  ENCYCLOPEDIA  OF  PRACTICAL  EN- 
GINEERING AND  ALLIED  TRADES.  Edited  by  JOSEPH 
G.  HORNER,  A.M.I.,  M.E.  This  set  of  five  volumes  contains 
about  2,500  pages  with  thousands  of  illustrations,  including  dia- 
grammatic and  sectional  drawings  with  full  explanatory  details. 
It  covers  the  entire  practice  of  Civil  and  Mechanical  Engineering. 
It  tells  you  all  you  want  to  know  about  engineering  and  tells  it 
so  simply,  so  clearly,  so  concisely  that  one  cannot  help  but 
understand.  86.00  per  volume  or  825.00  for  complete  set  of  five 
volumes. 

COKE 


COKE— MODERN  COKING   PRACTICE;  INCLUDING 
THE    ANALYSIS    OF    MATERIALS     AND    PRODUCTS. 

ByT.  H.  BYROM,  Fellow  of  the  Institute  of  Chemistry,  Fellow 
of  The  Chemical  Society,  etc.,  and  J.  E.  CHRISTOPHER,  Member 
of  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry,  etc.  A  handbook  for 
those  engaged  in  Coke  manufacture  and  the  recovery  of  By- 
products. Fully  illustrated  with  folding  plates. 

The  subject  of  Coke  Manufacture  is  of  rapidly  increasing  in- 
terest and  significance,  embracing  as  it  does  the  recovery  of 
valuable  by-products  in  which  scientific  control  is  of  the  first 
importance.  It  has  been  the  aim  of  the  authors,  in  preparing 
this  book,  to  produce  one  which  shall  be  of  use  and  benefit  to 
those  who  are  associated  with,  or  interested  in,  the  modern  de- 
velopments of  the  industry. 

Contents:  Chap.  I.  Introductory.  Chap.  II.  General  Classi- 
fication of  Fuels.  Chap.  III.  Coal  Washing.  Chap.  IV.  The 
Sampling  and  Valuation  of  Coal,  Coke,  etc.  Chap.  V.  The 
Calorific  Power  of  Coal  and  Coke.  Chap.  VI.  Coke  Ovens. 
Chap.  VII.  Coke  Ovens,  continued.  Chap.  VIII.  Coke  Ovens, 
continued.  Chap.  IX.  Charging  and  Discharging  of  Coke  Ovens. 
Chap.  X.  Cooling  and  Condensing  Plant.  Chap.  XL  Gas  Ex- 
hausters. Chap.  XII.  Composition  and  Analysis  of  Ammoniacal 
Liquor.  Chap.  XIII.  Working  up  of  Ammoniacal  Liquor. 
Chap.  XIV.  Treatment  of  Waste  Gases  from  Sulphate  Plants. 
Chap.  XV.  Valuation  of  Ammonium  Sulphate.  Chap.  XVI. 
Direct  Recovery  of  Ammonia  from  Coke  Oven  Gases.  Chap 
XVII.  Surplus  Gas  from  Coke  Oven.  Useful  Tables.  Very 
fully  illustrated.  83.50  net 

COMPRESSED   AIR 

COMPRESSED  AIR  IN  ALL  ITS  APPLICATIONS.     By 

GARDNER  D.  Hiscox.  This  is  the  most  complete  book  on  the 
subject  of  Air  that  has  ever  been  issued,  and  its  thirty-five 
chapters  include  about  every  phase  of  the  subject  one  can  think 
of.  It  may  be  called  an  encyclopedia  of  compressed  air.  It  is 
written  by  an  expert,  who,  in  its  665  pages,  has  dealt  with  the 
subject  in  a  comprehensive  manner,  no  phase  of  it  being  omitted. 
Over  500  illustrations,  sthv  Edition,  revised  and  enlarged. 
Cloth  bound;  85.00,  Half  morocco,  86.50 


CONCRETE 

ORNAMENTAL,  CONCRETE  WITHOUT  MOLDS,      By  A.  A, 

HOUGHTON.  The  process  for  making  ornamental  concrete  with- 
out molds,  has  long  been  held  as  a  secret  and  now,  for  the  hrst 
time,  this  process  is  given  to  the  public.  The  book  reveals  the 
secret  and  is  the  only  book  published  which  explains  a  simple, 
practical  method  whereby  the  concrete  worker  is  enabled,  by 
employing  wood  -md  metal  templates  of  different  designs,  to- 
mold  or  model  in  concrete  any  Cornice,  Archivolt,  Column, 
Pedestal,  Base  Cap,  Urn  or  Pier  in  a  monolithic  form — right 
upon  the  job.  These  may  be  molded  in  units  or  blocks,  and 
then  built  up  to  suit  the  specifications  demanded.  This  work 
is  fully  illustrated,  with  detailed  engravings.  82. OO 

POPULAR  HAND  BOOK  FOR  CEMENT  AND  CON- 
CRETE USERS,  By  MYRON  H.  LEWIS,  C.E.  This  is  a  con- 
cise treatise  of  the  principles  and  methods  employed  in  the 
manufacture  and  use  of  cement  in  all  classes  of  modern  works. 
The  author  has  brought  together  in  this  work,  all  the  salient 
matter  of  interest  to  the  user  of  concrete  and  its  many  diversified 
products.  The  matter  is  presented  in  logical  and  systematic 
order,  clearly  written,  fully  illustrated  and  free  from  involved 
mathematics.  Everything  of  value  to  the  concrete  user  is  given. 
Among  the  chapters  contained  in  the  book  are:  I.  Historical 
Development  of  the  Uses  of  Cement  and  Concrete.  II.  Glossary 
of  Terms  employed  in  Cement  and  Concrete  work.  III.  Kinds 
of  Cement  employed  in  Construction.  IV.  Limes,  Ordinary  and 
Hydraulic.  V.  Lime  Plasters.  VI.  Natural  Cements.  VII. 
Portland  Cements.  VIII.  Inspection  and  Testing.  IX.  Adul- 
teration; or  Foreign  Substances  in  Cement.  X.  Sand,  Gravel 
and  Broken  Stone.  XI.  Mortar.  XII.  Grout.  XIII.  Con- 
crete (Plain).  XIV.  Concrete  (Reinforced).  XV.  Methods 
and  Kinds  of  Reinforcements.  XVI.  Forms  for  Plain  and  Re- 
inforced Concrete.  XVII.  Concrete  Blocks.  XVIII.  Arti- 
ficial Stone.  XIX.  Concrete  Tiles.  XX.  Concrete  Pipes  and 
Conduits.  XXI.  Concrete  Piles.  XXII.  Concrete  Buildings. 
XXIII.  Concrete  in  Water  Works.  XXIV.  Concrete  in  Sewer 
Works.  XXV.  Concrete  in  Highway  Construction.  XXVI. 
Concrete  Retaining  Walls.  XXVII.  Concrete  Arches  and 
Abutments.  XXVIII.  Concrete  in  Subway  and  Tunnels. 
XXIX.  Concrete  in  Bridge  Work.  XXX.  Concrete  in  Docks 
and  Wharves.  XXXI.  Concrete  Construction  under  Water. 
XXXII.  Concrete  on  the  Farm.  XXXIII.  Concrete  Chimneys. 
XXXI  /.  Concrete  for  Ornamentation.  XXXV.  Concrete 
Mausoleums  and  Miscellaneous  Uses.  XXXVI.  Inspection  for 
Concrete  Work.  XXXVII.  Waterproofing  Concrete  Work. 
XXXVIII.  Coloring  and  Painting  Concrete  Work.  XXXIX. 
Method  of  Finishing  Concrete  Surfaces.  XL.  Specifications  and 
Estimates  for  Concrete  Work.  82.5O 

DICTIONARIES 


STANDARD      ELECTRICAL      DICTIONARY.      By    T. 

O'CONOR  SLOANE.  An  indispensable  work  to  all  interested  in 
electrical  science.  Suitable  alike  for  the  student  and  profession- 
al. A  practical  hand-book  of  reference  containing  definitions 
of  about  5,000  distinct  words,  terms  and  phrases.  The  defini- 
tions are  terse  and  concise  and  include  every  term  used  in  electri- 
cal science.  Recently  issued.  An  entirely  new  edition.  Should 
be  in  the  possession  of  all  who  desire  to  keep  abreast  with  the 
progress  of  this  branch  of  science.  Corcolete.  toncise  aad  con- 
venient. 682  pages — 393  illustrations.  S3.CO 


DIES— METAL   WORK 

DIGS.  THEIR  CONSTRUCTION  AND  USE  FOR  THE 
MODERN  WORKING  OF  SHEET  METALS.  By  J.  V. 

WOODWORTH.  A  new  book  by  a  practical  man,  for  those  who 
wish  to  know  the  latest  practice  in  the  working  of  sheet  metals. 
It  shows  how  dies  are  designed,  made  and  used,  and  those  who 
are  engaged  in  this  line  of  work  can  secure  many  valuable  sug- 
gestions. 83.  OO 

PUNCHES,  DIES  AND  TOOLS  FOR  MANUFACTUR- 
ING Iljir  PRESSES.  By  J.  V.  WOODWORTH.  An  encyclo- 
pedia of  die-making,  punch-making,  die-sinking,  sheet-metal 
working,  and  making  of  special  tools,  subpresses,  devices  and 
mechanical  combinations  for  punching,  cutting,  bending,  form- 
ing, piercing,  drawing,  compressing,  and  assembling  sheet- 
metal  parts  and  also  articles  of  other  materials  in  machine 
tools.  This  is  a  distinct  work  from  the  author's  book  entitled 
"Dies;  Their  Construction  and  Use."  500  pages,  700  engrav- 
ings. 84.00 

DRAWING— SKETCHING   PAPER 

LINEAR  PERSPECTIVE  SELF-TAUGHT.  By  HERMAN 
T.  C.  KRAUS.  This  work  gives  the  theory  and  practice  of  linear 
perspective,  as  used  in  architectural,  engineering,  and  mechanical 
drawings.  Persons  taking  up  the  study  of  the  subject  by  them- 
selves, without  the  aid  of  a  teu'.:hcr,  will  be  able  by  the  use  of  the 
instruction  given  to  readily  grasp  the  subject,  and  by  reason- 
able practice  become  good  perspective  draftsmen.  The  arrange- 
ment of  the  book  is  good;  the  plate  is  on  the  left-hand,  while  the 
descriptive  text  follows  on  the  opposite  page,  so  as  to  be  readily 
referred  to.  The  drawings  are  on  sufficiently  large  scale  to  show 
the  work  clearly  and  are  plainly  figured.  The  whole  work  makes 
a  very  complete  course  on  perspective  drawing,  and  will  be 
found  of  great  value  to  architects,  civil  and  mechanical  engineers, 
patent  attorneys,  art  designers,  engravers,  and  draftsmen.  82..5O 

PRACTICAL  PERSPECTIVE.  By  RICHARDS  and  COLVIN. 
Shows  just  how  to  make  all  kinds  of  mechanical  d/awings  in  the 
only  practical  perspective  isometric.  Makes  everything  plain 
so  that  any  mechanic  can  understand  a  sketch  or  drawing  in 
this  way.  Saves  time  in  the  drawing  room  and  mistakes  in  the 
shops.  Contains  practical  examples  of  various  classes  of  work. 

50  cents 

SELF-TAUGHT  MECHANICAL  DRAWING  AND  ELE- 
MENTARY MACHINE  DESIGN.  By  F.  L.  SYLVESTER.  M.E., 
Draftsman,  with  additions  by  Erik  Oberg,  associate  editor  of 
"Machinery."  A  practical  elementary  treatise  on  Mechanical 
Drawing  and  Machine  Design,  comprising  the  first  principles  of 
geometric  and  mechanical  drawing,  workshop  mathematics, 
mechanics,  strength  of  materials  and  the  calculation  and  design 
of  machine  details,  compiled  for  the  use  of  practical  mechanics 
and  young  draftsmen.  82.00 

A  NEW  SKETCHING  PAPER.  A  new  specially  ruled  paper 
to  enable  you  to  make  sketches  or  drawings  in  isometric  per- 
spective without  any  figuring  or  fussing.  It  is  being  used  for 
shop  details  as  well  as  for  assembly  drawings,  as  it  makes  one 
sketch  do  the  work  of  three,  and  no  workman  can  help  seeing 
just  what  is  wanted.  Pads  of  40  sheets,  6x9  inches,  25  cents. 
Pads  of  40  sheets,  9x12  inches,  50  cents 


ELECTRICITY 


ARITHMETIC  OF  ELECTRICITY.  By  Prof.  T.  O'CoNOR 
SLOANE.  A  practical  treatise  on  electrical  calculations  of  all 
kinds  reduced  to  a  series  of  rules,  all  of  the  simplest  forms,  and 
involving  only  ordinary  arithmetic;  each  rule  illustrated  by 
one  or  more  practical  problems,  with  detailed  solution  of  each 
one.  This  book  is  classed  among  the  most  useful  works  pub- 
lished  on  the  science  of  electricity  covering  as  it  does  the  mathe- 
matics of  electricity  in  a  manner  that  will  attract  the  attention 
of  those  who  are  not  familiar  with  algebraical  formulas.  160 
pages.  81. OO 

COMMUTATOR  CONSTRUCTION.  By  WM.  BAXTER, 
JR.  The  business  end  of  any  dynamo  or  motor  of  the  direct 
current  type  is  the  commutator.  This  book  goes  into  the  de- 
signing, building,  and  maintenance  of  commutators,  shows 
how  to  locate  troubles  and  how  to  remedy  them;  everyone  who 
fusses  with  dynamos  needs  this.  25  cents 

DYNAMO  BUILDING  FOR  AMATEURS,  OR  HOW  TO 
CONSTRUCT  A  FIFTY  WATT  DYNAMO.  By  ARTHUR 
J.  WEED,  Member  of  N.  Y.  Electrical  Society.  This  book  is  a 
practical  treatise  showing  in  detail  the  construction  of  a  small 
dynamo  or  motor,  the  entire  machine  work  of  which  can  be  done 
on  a  small  foot  lathe. 

Dimensioned  working  drawings  are  given  for  each  piece  of 
machine  work  and  each  operation  is  clearly  described. 

This  machine  when  used  as  a  dynamo  has  an  output  of  fifty 
watts;  when  used  as  a  motor  it  will  drive  a  small  drill  press  or 
lathe.  It  can  be  used  to  drive  a  sewing  machine  on  any  and  all 
ordinary  work. 

The  book  is  illustrated  with  more  than  sixty  original  engrav- 
ings showing  the  actual  construction  of  the  different  parts.  Paper. 

Paper  50  cents     Cloth  81. OO 

ELECTRIC  FURNACES  AND  THEIR  INDUSTRIAL 
APPLICATIONS.  By  J.WRIGHT.  This  is  a  book  which  will 
prove  of  interest  to  many  classes  of  people;  the  manufacturer 
who  desires  to  know  what  product  can  be  manufactured  success- 
fully in  the  electric  furnace,  the  chemist  who  wishes  to  post 
himself  on  the  electro-chemistry,  and  the  student  of  science 
who  merely  looks  into  the  subject  from  curiosity.  288  pages. 

83.00 

ELECTRIC  LIGHTING  AND  HEATING  POCKET 
BOOK.  By  SYDNEY  F.  WALKER.  This  book  puts  in  conven- 
ient form  useful  information  regarding  the  apparatus  which  is 
likely  to  be  attached  to  the  mains  of  an  electrical  company. 
Tables  of  units  and  equivalents  are  included  and  useful  electrical 
laws  and  formulas  are  stated.  438  pages,  300  engravings.  83. OO 

ELECTRIC  TOY  MAKING,  DYNAMO  BUILDING,  AND 
ELECTRIC  MOTOR  CONSTRUCTION.  This  work  treats 
of  the  making  at  home  of  electrical  toys,  electrical  apparatus, 
motors,  dynamos,  and  instruments  in  general,  and  is  designed  to 
bring  within  the  reach  of  young  and  old  the  manufacture  of  gen- 
uine and  useful  electrical  appliances.  185  pages.  Fully  illus- 
trated. 81.00 


ELECTRIC  WIRING,  DIAGRAMS  AND  SWITCH- 
BOARDS. By  NEWTON  HARRISON.  This  is  the  only  complete 
work  issued  showing  and  telling  you  what  you  should  know 
about  direct  and  alternating  current  wiring.  It  is  a  ready 
reference.  The  work  is  free  from  advanced  technicalities  and 
mathematics.  Arithmetic  being  used  throughout.  It  is  in  every 
respect  a  handy,  well-written,  instructive,  comprehensive 
volume  on  wiring  for  the  wireman,  foreman,  contractor  or  elec- 
trician. 272  pages,  105  illustrations.  $1.50 

ELECTRICIAN'S  HANDY  BOOK.  By  PROF.  T.  O'CpNOR 
SLOANE.  This  work  is  intended  for  the  practical  electrician, 
who  has  to  make  things  go.  The  entire  field  of  Electricity  is 
covered  within  its  pages.  It  contains  no  useless  theory;  every- 
thing is  to  the  point.  It  teaches  you  just  what  you  should 
know  about  electricity.  It  is  the  standard  work  published  on 
the  subject.  Forty-one  chapters,  610  engravings,  handsomely 
bound  in  red  leather  with  titles  and  edges  in  gold.  S3.50 

ELECTRICITY  IN  FACTORIES  AND  WORKSHOPS, 
ITS  COST  AND  CONVENIENCE.  By  ARTHUR  P.  HASLAM. 
A  practical  book  for  power  producers  and  power  users  showing 
what  a  convenience  the  electric  motor,  in  its  various  forms,  has 
become  to  the  modern  manufacturer.  It  also  deals  with  the 
conditions  which  determine  the  cost  of  electric  driving,  and 
compares  this  with  other  methods  of  producing  and  utilizing 
power.  312  pages.  Very  fully  illustrated.  82.50 

ELECTRICITY  SIMPLIFIED.  By  PROF.  T.  O'CoNOR 
SLOANE.  The  object  of  "Electricity  Simplified"  is  to  make  the 
subject  as  plain  as  possible  and  to  show  what  the  modern  con- 
ception of  electricity  is;  to  show  how  two  plates  of  different 
metals  immersed  in  acid  can  send  a  message  around  the  globe; 
to  explain  how  a  bundle  of  copper  wire  rotated  by  a  steam  engine 
can  be  the  agent  in  lighting  our  streets,  to  tell  what  the  volt,  ohm 
and  ampere  are,  and  what  high  and  low  tension  mean;  and  to 
answer  the  questions  that  perpetually  arise  in  the  mind  in  this 
age  of  electricity.  172  pages.  Illustrated.  81.00 

HOW  TO  BECOME  A  SUCCESSFUL  ELECTRICIAN. 

By  PROF.  T.  O'CoNOR  SLOANE.  An  interesting  book  from  cover 
to  cover.  Telling  in  simplest  language  the  surest  and  easiest  way 
to  become  a  successful  electrician.  The  studies  to  be  followed, 
methods  of  work,  field  of  operation  and  the  requirements  of  the 
successful  electrician  are  pointed  out  and  fully  explained. 
202  pages.  Illustrated.  81.00 

MANAGEMENT  OF  DYNAMOS.  By  LUMMIS-PATER- 
SON.  A  handbook  of  theory  and  practice.  This  work  is  arranged 
in  three  parts.  The  first  part  covers  the  elementary  theory  of 
the  dynamo.  The  second  part,  the  construction  and  action  of 
the  different  classes  of  dynamos  in  common  use  are  described; 
while  the  third  part  relates  to  such  matters  as  affect  the  prac- 
tical management  and  working  of  dynamos  and  motors.  292 
pages,  117  illustrations.  81.50 

STANDARD  ELECTRICAL  DICTIONARY.  By  Prof.  T. 
O'CoNOR  SLOANE.  A  practical  handbook  of  reference  contain- 
ing definitions  of  about  5,000  distinct  words,  terms  and  phrases. 
The  definitions  are  terse  and  concise  and  include  every  term 
used  in  electrical  science.  682  pages,  393  illustrations.  83.00 


SWITCHBOARDS.  By  WILLIAM  BAXTER,  JR.  This  book 
appeals  to  every  engineer  and  electrician  who  wants  to  know 
the  practical  side  of  things.  All  sorts  and  conditions  of  dynamos, 
connections  and  circuits  are  shown  by  diagram  and  illustrate 
just  how  the  switchboard  should  be  connected.  Includes  direct 
and  alternating  current  boards,  also  those  for  arc  lighting,  in- 
candescent, and  power  circuits.  Special  treatment  on  high 
voltage  boards  for  power  transmission.  190  pages.  Illustrated. 

8 1.50 

TELEPHONE  CONSTRUCTION,  INSTALLATION, 
WIRING,  OPERATION  AND  MAINTENANCE.  By  W.  H. 

RADCLIFFE  and  H.  C.  GUSHING.  This  book  gives  the  principles 
of  construction  and  operation  of  both  the  Bell  and  Independent 
instruments;  approved  methods  of  installing  and  wiring  them; 
the  means  of  protecting  them  from  lightning  and  abnormal  cur- 
rents; their  connection  together  for  operation  as  series  or  bridg- 
ing stations;  and  rules  for  their  inspection  and  maintenance. 
Line  wiring  and  the  wiring  and  operation  of  special  telephone 
systems  are  also  treated.  180  pages,  125  illustrations.  SI. 00 

WIRING  A  HOUSE.  By  HERBERT  PRATT.  Shows  a  house 
already  built;  tells  just  how  to  start  about  wiring  it.  Where  to 
begin;  what  wire  to  use;  how  to  run  it  according  to  insurance 
rules,  in  fact  just  the  information  you  need.  Directions  apply 
equally  to  a  shop.  Fourth  edition.  25  cents 

WIRELESS  TELEPHONES  AND  HOW  THEY  WORK. 

By  JAMES  ERSKINE-MURRAY.  This  work  is  free  from  elaborate 
details  and  aims  at  giving  a  clear  survey  of  the  way  in  which 
Wireless  Telephones  work.  It  is  intended  for  amateur  workers 
and  for  those  whose  knowledge  of  Electricity  is  slight.  Chap- 
ters contained:  How  We  Hear — Historical — The  Conversion  of 
Sound  into  Electric  Waves  — Wireless  Transmission — The  Pro- 
duction of  Alternating  Currents  of  High  Frequency — How  the 
Electric  Waves  are  Radiated  and  Received — The  Receiving 
Instruments — Detectors — Achievements  and  Expectations — 
Glofisary  of  Technical  Work.  Cloth.  81.00 


ENAMELING 


HENLEY'S  TWENTIETH  CENTURY  RECEIPT  BOOK. 

Edited  by  GARDNER  D.  Hiscox.  A  work  of  10,000  practical 
receipts,  including  enameling  receipts  for  hollow  ware,  for 
metals,  for  signs,  for  china  and  porcelain,  for  wood,  etc.  Thor- 
ough and  practical.  See  page  24  for  full  description  of  this  book. 

S3.0O 

FACTORY  MANAGEMENT,  ETC. 

MODERN  MACHINE  SHOP  CONSTRUCTION,  EQUIP- 
MENT AND  MANAGEMENT.  By  O.  E.  PERRIGO,  M.E.  A 
work  designed  for  the  practical  and  every-day  use  of  the  Archi- 
tect who  designs,  the  Manufactiirers  who  build,  the  Engineers 
who  plan  and  equip,  the  Superintendents  who  organize  and 
direct,  and  for  the  information  of  every  stockholder,  director, 
officer,  accountant,  clerk,  superintendent,  foreman,  and  work- 
man of  the  modern  machine  shop  and  manufacturing  pla^t  of 
Industrial  America.  S.>.00 


FUEL 

COMBUSTION  OF  COAL  AND  THE  PREVENTION 
OF  SMOKE.  By  WM.  M.  BARR.  To  be  a  success  a  fireman 
must  be  "Light  on  Coal."  He  must  keep  his  fire  in  good  con- 
dition, and  prevent,  as  far  as  possible,  the  smoke  nuisance. 
To  do  this,  he  should  know  how  coal  burns,  how  smoke  is  formed 
and  the  proper  burning  of  fuel  to  obtain  the  best  results.  He 
can  learn  this,  and  more  too,  from  Barr's  "Combustion  of  Coal." 
It  is  an  absolute  authority  on  all  questions  relating  to  the  Firing 
of  a  Locomotive.  Nearly  350  pages,  fully  illustrated.  81.00 

SMOKE    PREVENTION  AND  FUEL  ECONOMY.      By 

BOOTH  and  KERSHAW.  As  the  title  indicates,  this  book  of  197 
pages  and  75  illustrations  deals  with  the  problem  of  complete 
combustion,  which  it  treats  from  the  chemical  and  mechanical 
standpoints,  besides  pointing  out  the  economical  and  humani- 
tarian aspects  of  the  question.  $2.50 


GAS   ENGINES    AND   GAS 

CHEMISTRY  OF    GAS  MANUFACTURE.      By  H.    M. 

ROYLES.  A  practical  treatise  for  the  use  of  gas  engineers,  gas 
managers  and  students.  Including  among  its  contents — Prepa- 
rations of  Standard  Solutions,  Coal,  Furnaces,  Testing  and 
Regulation.  Products  of  Carbonization.  Analysis  of  Crude  Coal 
Gas.  Analysis  of  Lime.  Ammonia.  Analysis  of  Oxide  of  Iron. 
Naphthalene.  Analysis  of  Fire-Bricks  and  Fire-Clay.  Weldom 
«md  Spent  Oxide.  Photometry  and  Gas  Testing.  Carbur- 
etted  Water  Gas.  Metropolis  Gas.  Miscellaneous  Extracts. 
Useful  Tables.  84.50 

GAS  ENGINE  CONSTRUCTION,  Or  How  to  Build  a  Half- 
Horse-power  Gas  Engine.  By  PARSELL  and  WEED.  A  prac- 
tical treatise  describing  the  theory  and  principles  of  the  action  of 
gas  engines  of  various  types,  and  the  design  and  construction  of  a 
half-horse-power  gas  engine,  with  illustrations  of  the  work  in 
actual  progress,  together  with  dimensioned  working  drawings  giv- 
ing clearly  the  sizes  of  the  various  details.  300  pages.  82.50 

GAS,  GASOLINE,  AND  OILENGINES.  By  GARDNER  D. 

Hiscox.  Just  issued,  i8th  revised  and  enlarged  edition.  Every 
user  of  a  gas  engine  needs  this  book.  Simple,  instructive,  and 
right  up-to-date.  The  only  complete  work  on  the  subject.  Tells 
all  about  the  running  and  management  of  gas,  gasoline  and  oil 
engines  as  designed  and  manufactured  in  the  United  States. 
Explosive  motors  for  stationary,  marine  and  vehicle  power  are 
fully  treated,  together  with  illustrations  of  their  parts  and  tabu- 
lated sizes,  also  their  care  and  running  are  included.  Electric 
Ignition  by  Induction  Coil  and  Jump  Sparks  are  fully  explained 
and  illustrated,  including  valuable  information  on  the  testing  for 
economy  and  power  and  the  erection  of  power  plants. 

The  special  information  on  PRODUCER  and  SUCTION  GASES  in- 
cluded cannot  fail  to  prove  of  value  to  all  interested  in  the  gen- 
eration of  producer  gas  and  its  utilization  in  gas  engines. 

The  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters 
in  regard  to  the  installation  and  management  of  Gasoline  Motors 
is  given  in  full,  suggesting  the  safe  installation  of  explosive  motor 
power.  A  list  of  United  States  Patents  issued  on  Gas,  Gasoline 
and  Oil  Engines  and  their  adjuncts  from  1875  to  date  is  included. 
484  pages.  410  engravings.  82.50  net 


MODERN  GAS  ENGINES  AND  PRODUCER  GAS 
PLANTS.  By  R.  E.  MATHOT,  M.E.  A  practical  treatise  of 
320  pages,  fully  illustrated  by  175  detailed  illustrations,  setting 
f9rth  the  principles  of  gas  engines  and  producer  design,  the  selec- 
tion and  installation  of  an  engine,  conditions  of  perfect  opera- 
tion, producer-gas  engines  and  their  possibilities,  the  care  of  gas 
engines  and  producer-gas  plants,  with  a  chapter  on  volatile 
hydrocarbon  and  oil  engines.  This  book  has  been  endorsed  by 
Dugal  Clerk  as  a  most  useful  work  for  all  interested  in  Gas  Engine 
installation  and  Producer  Gas.  83.50 


GEARING    AND    CAMS 


BEVEL,  GEAR  TABLES.  By  D.  Ac.  ENGSTROM.  No  one 
who  has  to  do  with  bevel  gears  in  any  way  should  be  without 
this  book.  The  designer  and  draftsman  will  find  it  a  great  con- 
venience, w_hile  to  the  machinist  who  turns  up  the_blanks  or  cuts 
the  teeth,  it  is  invaluable,  as  all  needed  dimensions  are  given 
and  no  fancy  figuring  need  be  done.  81.00 

CHANGE  GEAR  DEVICES.  By  OSCAR  E.  PERRIGO.  A 
book  for  every  designer,  draftsman  and  mechanic  who  is  inter- 
ested in  feed  changes  for  any  kind  of  machines.  This  shows  what 
has  been  done  and  how.  Gives  plans,  patents  and  all  information 
that  you  need.  Saves  hunting  through  patent  records  and  rein- 
venting old  ideas.  A  standard  work  of  reference.  81.00 

DRAFTING  OF  CAMS.  By  Louis  ROUILLION.  The 
laying  out  of  cams  is  a  serious  problem  unless  you  know  how  to 
go  at  it  right.  This  puts  you  on  the  right  road  for  practically 
any  kind  of  cam  you  are  likely  to  run  up  against.  25  cents 


HYDRAULICS 


HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING.     By  GARDNER  D.  Hiscox. 

A  treatise  on  the  properties,  power,  and  resources  of  water  for  all 
purposes.  Including  the  measurement  of  streams;  the  flow  of 
water  in  pipes  or  conduits;  the  horse-power  of  falling  water; 
turbine  and  impact  water-wheels;  wave-motors,  centrifugal, 
reciprocating,  and  air-lift  pumps.  With  300  figures  and  dia- 
grams and  36  practical  tables.  320  pages.  84.00 


ICE    AND    REFRIGERATION 


POCKET  BOOK  OF  REFRIGERATION  AND  ICE  MAK- 
ING, By  A.  J.  WALLIS-TAYLOR.  This  is  one  of  the  latest  and 
most  comprehensive  reference  books  published  on  the  subject 
of  refrigeration  and  cold  storage.  It  explains  the  properties  and 
refrigerating  effect  of  the  different  fluids  in  use,  the  manage- 
ment of  refrigerating  machinery  and  the  construction  and  insula- 
tion of  cold  rooms  with  their  required  pipe  surface  for  different 
degrees  of  cold;  freezing  mixtures  and  non-freezing  brines, 
temperatures  of  cold  rooms  for  all  kinds  of  provisions,  cold 
storage  charges  for  all  classes  of  goods,  ice  making  and  storage  of 
ice,  data  and  memoranda  for  constant  reference  by  refrigerating 
engineers,  with  nearly  one  hundred  tables  containing  valuable 
references  to  every  fact  and  condition  required  in  the  installment 
and  operation  of  a  refrigerating  plant.  81.50 

II 


INVENTIONS— PATENTS 


INVENTOR'S  MANUAL,,  HOW  TO  MAKE  A  PATENT 
PAY.  This  is  a  book  designed  as  a  guide  to  inventors  in  per- 
fecting their  inventions,  taking  out  their  patents,  and  disposing 
of  them.  It  is  not  in  any  sense  a  Patent  Solicitor's  Circular, 
nor  a  Patent  Broker's  Advertisement.  No  advertisements  of  any 
description  appear  in  the  work.  It  is  a  book  containing  a  quarter 
of  a  century's  experience  of  a  successful  inventor,  together  with 
notes  based  upon  the  experience  of  many  other  inventors.  Sl.OO 

LATHE  PRACTICE 


MODERN  AMERICAN  LATHE  PRACTICE.  By  OSCAR 
E.  PERRIGO.  An  up-to-date  book  on  American  Lathe  Work, 
describing  and  illustrating  the  very  latest  practice  in  lathe  and 
boring-mill  operations,  as  well  as  the  construction  of  and  latest 
developments  in  the  manufacture  of  these  important  classes  of 
machine  tools.  300  pages,  fully  illustrated.  S3. 50 

PRACTICAL  METAL  TURNING.  By  JOSEPH  G.  HORNER. 
A  work  of  404  pages,  fully  illustrated,  covering  in  a  comprehen- 
sive manner  the  modern  practice  of  machining  metal  parts  in 
the  lathe,  including  the  regular  engine  lathe,  its  essential  design, 
its  uses,  its  tools,  its  attachments,  and  the  manner  of  holding  the 
work  and  performing  the  operations.  The  modernized  engine 
lathe,  its  methods,  tools,  and  great  range  of  accurate  work.  The 
Turret  Lathe,  its  tools,  accessories  and  methods  of  performing 
its  functions.  Chapters  on  special  work,  grinding,  tool  holders, 
speeds,  feeds,  modern  tool  steels,  etc.,  etc.  $3.50 

TURNING  AND  BORING  TAPERS.  By  FRED  H.  COL- 
VIN.  There  are  two  ways  to  turn  tapers;  the  right  way  and 
one  other.  This  treatise  has  to  do  with  the  right  way;  it  tells 
you  how  to  start  the  work  properly,  how  to  set  the  lathe,  what 
tools  to  use  and  how  to  use  them,  and  forty  and  one  other  little 
things  that  you  should  know.  Fourth  edition.  35  cents 

LIQUID  AIR 

LIQUID  AIR  AND  THE  LIQUEFACTION  OF  GASES. 
By  T.  Q'CoNOR  SLOANE.  Theory,  history,  biography,  practical 
applications,  manufacture.  365  pages.  Illustrated.  82. OO 


LOCOMOTIVE    ENGINEERING 


AIR-BRAKE  CATECHISM.  By  ROBERT  H.  BLACKALL. 
This  book  is  a  standard  text  book.  It  covers  the  Westinghouse 
Air-Brake  Equipment,  including  the  No.  5  and  the  No.  6  E  T 
Locomotive  Brake  Equipment;  the  K  (Quick-Service)  Triple 
Valve  for  Freight  Service;  and  the  Cross-Compound  Pump. 
The  operation  of  all  parts  of  the  apparatus  is  explained  in  detail, 
and  a  practical  way  of  finding  their  peculiarities  and  defects, 
with  a  proper  remedy,  is  given.  It  contains  2,000  questions  with 
their  answers,  which  will  enable  any  railroad  man  to  pass  any 
examination  on  the  subject  of  Air  Brakes.  Endorsed  and  used 
by  air-brake  instructors  and  examiners  on  nearly  every  rail- 
road in  the  United  States.  236  Edition.  380  pages,  fully 
illustrated  with  folding  plates  ind  diagrams.  8*2. OO 

12 


AMERICAN  COMPOUND  LOCOMOTIVES.  By  FRED 
H.  COLVIX.  The  most  complete  book  on  compounds  published. 
Shows  all  types,  including  the  balanced  compound.  Makes 
everything  clear  by  many  illustrations,  and  shows  valve  setting, 
breakdowns  and  repairs.  142  pages.  $1.00 

APPLICATION  OF  HIGHLY  SUPERHEATED  STEAM 
TO  LOCOMOTIVES.  By  ROBERT  GARBE.  A  practical  book. 
Contains  special  chapters  on  Generation  of  Highly  Superheated 
Steam;  Superheated  Steam  and  the  Two-Cylinder  Simple 
Engine;  Compounding  and  Superheating;  Designs  of  Locomotive 
Superheaters;  Constructive  Details  of  Locomotives  using  Highly 
Superheated  Steam;  Experimental  and  Working  Results.  Illus- 
trated with  folding  plates  and  tables.  83.50 

COMBUSTION  OF  COAL  AND  THE  PREVENTION 
OF  SMOKE.  By  WM.  M.  BARR.  To  be  a  success  a  fireman 
must  be  "Light  on  Coal."  He  must  keep  his  fire  in  good  con- 
dition, and  prevent  as  far  as  possible,  the  smoke  nuisance. 
To  do  this,  he  should  know  how  coal  burns,  how  smoke  is  formed 
and  the  proper  burning  of  fuel  to  obtain  the  best  results.  He 
can  learn  this,  and  more  too,  from  Barr's  "Combination  of  Coal." 
It  is  an  absolute  authority  on  all  questions  relating  to  the  Firing 
of  a  Locomotive.  Nearly  350  pages,  fully  illustrated.  $1.00 

LINK  MOTIONS,  VALVES  AND  VALVE  SETTING.   By 

FRED  H.  COLVIX,  Associate  Editor  of  "American  Machinist." 
A  handy  book  that  clears  up  the  mysteries  of  valve  setting. 
Shows  the  different  valve  gears  in  use,  how  they  work,  and  why. 
Piston  and  slide  valves  of  different  types  are  illustrated  and 
explained.  A  book  that  every  railroad  man  in  the  motive- 
power  department  ought  to  have.  Fully  illustrated.  50  cents. 

LOCOMOTIVE  BOILER  CONSTRUCTION.  By  FRANK 
A.  KLEIXHANS.  The  only  book  showing  how  locomotive 
boilers  are  built  in  modern  shops.  Shows  all  types  of  boilers 
used;  gives  details  of  construction;  practical  facts,  such  as 
life  of  riveting  punches  and  dies,  work  done  per  day,  allowance 
for  bending  and  flanging  sheets  and  other  data  that  means  dol- 
lars to  any  railroad  man.  421  pages,  334  illustrations.  Six 
folding  plates.  $3.00 

LOCOMOTIVE  BREAKDOWNS  AND  THEIR  REM- 
EDIES. By  GEO.  L.  FOWLER.  Revised  by  Wm.  W.  Wood, 
Air-Brake  Instructor.  Just  issued  1910  Revised  pocket  edition. 
It  is  put  of  the  question  to  try  and  tell  you  about  every  subject 
that  is  covered  in  this  pocket  edition  of  Locomotive  Breakdowns. 
Just  imagine  all  the  common  troubles  that  an  engineer  may  ex- 
pect to  happen  some  time,  and  then  add  all  of  the  unexpected 
ones,  troubles  that  could  occur,  but  that  you  had  never  thought 
about,  and  you  will  find  that  they  are  all  treated  with  the  very 
best  methods  of  repair.  Walschaert  Locomotive  Valve  Gear 
Troubles,  Electric  Headlight  Troubles,  as  well  as  Questions  and 
Answers  on  the  Air  Brake  are  all  included.  294  pages.  Fully 
illustrated.  $1.00 

LOCOMOTIVE  CATECHISM.  By  ROBERT  GRIMSHAW. 
2?th  revised  and  enlarged  edition.  This  may  well  be  called  an 
encyclopedia  of  the  locomotive.  Contains  over  4,000  examina- 
tion questions  with  their  answers,  including  among  them  those 
asked  at  the  First,  Second  and  Third  year's  Examinations. 
825  pages,  437  illustrations  and  3  folding  plates.  $3.50 

13 


NEW  YORK  AIK-BUAKE  CATECHISM.  By  ROBERT 
H.  BLACKALL.  This  is  a  complete  treatise  on  the  New  York 
Air-Brake  and  Air-Signalling  Apparatus,  giving  a  detailed  de- 
scription of  all  the  parts,  their  operation,  troubles,  and  the 
methods  of  locating  and  remedying  the  same.  200  pages,  fully 
illustrated.  81.00 

POCKET-RAILROAD  DICTIONARY  AND  VADE  ME- 
CUM.  By  FRED  H.  COLVIN,  Associate  Editor  "American 
Machinist."  Different  from  any  book  you  ever  saw.  Gives  clear 
and  concise  information  on  just  the  points  you  are  interested  in. 
It's  really  a  pocket  dictionary,  fully  illustrated,  and  so  arranged 
that  you  can  find  just  what  you  want  in  a  second  without  an 
index.  Whether  you  are  interested  in  Axles  or  Acetylene;  Com- 
pounds or  Counter  Balancing;  Rails  or  Reducing  Valves;  Tires 
or  Turntables,  you'll  find  them  in  this  little  book.  It's  very 
complete.  Flexible  cloth  cover,  200  pages.  $1.00 

TRAIN  RULES  AND  DESPATCHING.  By  H.  A.  DALBY. 
Contains  the  standard  code  for  both  single  and  double  track  and 
explains  how  trains  are  handled  under  all  conditions.  Gives  all 
signals  in  colors,  is  illustrated  wherever  necessary,  and  the 
most  complete  book  in  print  on  this  important  subject.  Bound 
in  fine  seal  flexible  leather.  221  pages.  SI. 50 

WALSCHAERT     LOCOMOTIVE     VALVE     GEAR.     By 

WM.  W.  WOOD.  If  you  would  thoroughly  understand  the 
Walschaert  Valve  Gear,  you  should  possess  a  copy  of  this  book. 
The  author  divides  the  subject  into  four  divisions,  as  follows: 
I.  Analysis  of  the  gear.  II.  Designing  and  erecting  of  the  gear. 
III.  Advantages  of  the  gear.  IV.  Questions  and  answers  re- 
lating to  the  Walschaert  Valve  Gear.  This  book  is  specially  valu- 
able to  those  preparing  for  promotion.  Nearly  200  pages.  $1.50 

WESTINGHOTJSE  E  T  AIR-BRAKE  INSTRUCTION 
POCKET  BOOK  CATECHISM.  By  WM.  W.  Wo9P,  Air-Brake 
Instructor.  A  practical  work  containing  examination  questions 
and  answers  on  the  E  T  Equipment.  Covering  what  the  E  T 
Brake  is.  How  it  should  be  operated.  What  to  do  when  de- 
fective. Not  a  question  can  be  asked  of  the  engineman  up  for 
promotion  on  either  the  No.  5  or  the  No.  6  E  T  equipment  that 
is  not  asked  and  answered  in  the  book.  If  you  want  to  thor- 
oughly understand  the  E  T  equipment  get  a  copy  of  this  book. 
It  covers  every  detail.  Makes  Air-Brake  troubles  and  examina- 
tions easy.  Fully  illustrated  with  colored  plates,  showing 
various  pressures.  83.00 


MACHINE   SHOP    PRACTICE 


AMERICAN  TOOL  MAKING  AND  INTERCHANGE- 
ABLE MANUFACTURING.  ^  By  J.  V.  WOODWORTH.  A 
practical  treatise  on  the  designing,  constructing,  use,  and  in- 
stallation of  tools,  jigs,  fixtures,  devices,  special  appliances, 
sheet-metal  working  processes,  automatic  mechanisms,  and 
labor-saving  contrivances;  together  with  their  use  in  the  lathe 
milling  machine,  turret  lathe,  screw  machine,  boring  mill,  power 
press,  drill,  subpress,  drop  hammer,  etc.,  for  the  working  of 
metals,  the  production  of  interchangeable  machine  parts,  and 
the  manufacture  of  repetition  articles  of  metal.  560  pages, 
600  illustrations.  84.00 


HENLEY'S  ENCYCLOPEDIA  OF  PRACTICAL  EN- 
GINEERING AND  ALLIED  TRADES.  Edited  by  JOSEPH 
G.  HORXER.  A.M.I.Mech.L  This  work  covers  the  entire  prac- 
tice of  Civil  and  Mechanical  Engineering.  The  best  known  ex- 
perts in  all  branches  of  engineering  have  contributed  to  these 
volumes.  The  Cyclopedia  is  admirably  well  adapted  to  the  needs 
of  the  beginner  and  the  self-taught  practical  man,  as  well  as  the 
mechanical  engineer,  designer,  draftsman,  shop  superintendent, 
foreman  and  machinist. 

It  is  a  modern  treatise  in  five  volumes.  Handsomely  bound 
in  Half  Morocco,  each  volume  containing  nearly  500  pages,  with 
thousands  of  illustrations,  including  diagrammatic  and  sectional 
drawings  with  full  explanatory  details.  $25.00  for  the  com- 
plete set  of  five  volumes.  $6.00  per  volume,  when  ordered  singly. 

MACHINE  SHOP  ARITHMETIC.  By  COLVIN-CHENEY. 
Most  popular  book  for  shop  men.  Shows  how  all  shop  problems 
are  worked  out  and  "why."  Includes  change  gears  for  cutting 
any  threads;  drills,  taps,  shink  and  force  fits;  metric  system 
of  measurements  and  threads.  Used  by  all  classes  of  mechanics 
and  for  instruction  of  Y.  M.  C.  A.  and  other  schools.  Fifth 
edition.  131  pages.  50  cents 

MECHANICAL  MOVEMENTS,  POWERS,  AND  DE- 
VICES. By  GARDNER  D.  Hiscox.  This  is  a  collection  of  1890 
engravings  of  different  mechanical  motions  and  appliances,  ac- 
companied by  appropriate  text,  making  it  a  book  of  great  value 
to  the  inventor,  the  draftsman,  and  to  all  readers  with  mechanical 
tastes.  The  book  is  divided  into  eighteen  sections  or  chapters 
in  which  the  subject  matter  is  classified  under  the  following 
heads:  Mechanical  Powers,  Transmission  of  Power,  Measurement 
of  Power,  Steam  Power,  Air  Power  Appliances,  Electric  Power 
and  Construction,  Navigation  and  Roads,  Gearing,  Motion  and 
Devices,  Controlling  Motion,  Horological,  Mining,  Mill  and 
Factory  Appliances,  Construction  and  Devices,  Drafting  Devices, 
Miscellaneous  Devices,  etc.  nth  edition.  400  octavo  pages. 

$2.50 

MECHANICAL  APPLIANCES,  MECHANICAL  MOVE- 
MENTS AND  NOVELTIES  OF  CONSTRUCTION.  By 

GARDNER  D.  Hiscox.  This  is  a  supplementary  volume  to  the 
one  upon  mechanical  movements.  Unlike  the  first  volume, 
which  is  more  elementary  in  character,  this  volume  contains 
illustrations  and  descriptions  of  many  combinations  of  motions 
and  of  mechanical  devices  and  appliances  found  in  different  lines 
of  Machinery.  Each  device  being  shown  by  a  line  drawing  with 
a  description  showing  its  working  parts  and  the  method  of  opera^ 
tion.  From  the  multitude  of  devices  described,  and  illustrated, 
might  be  mentioned,  in  passing,  such  items  as  conveyors  and 
elevators,  Prony  brakes,  thermometers,  various  types  of  boilers, 
solar  engines,  oil-fuel  burners,  condensers,  evaporators,  Corliss 
and  other  valve  gears,  governors,  gas  engines,  water  motors  of 
various  descriptions,  air  ships,  motors  and  dynamos,  automobile 
and  motor  bicycles,  railway  block  signals,  car  couples,  link  and 
gear  motions,  ball  bearings,  breech  block  mechanism  for  heavy 
guns,  and  a  large  accumulation  of  others  of  equal  importance. 
1,000  specially  made  engravings.  396  octavo  pages.  $2.50 

These  two  volumes  sell  for  $2.50  each, 
but  when  the  t  volumes  are  ordered 
at  one  time  from  us,  we  send  them  prepaid  to  any  address  in  the 
world,  on  receipt  of  $4.00.  You  save  $i  by  ordering  the  two 
volumes  of  Mechanical  Movements  at  one  time. 


„  MODERN  MACHINE  SHOP  CONSTRUCTION,  EQUIP- 
MENT AND  MANAGEMENT.  By  OSCAR  E.  PERRIGO. 
The  only  work  published  that  describes  the  Modern  Machine 
Shop  or  Manufacturing  Plant  from  the  time  the  grass  is  growing 
on  the  site  intended  for  it  until  the  finished  product  is  shipped. 
Just  the  book  needed  by  those  contemplating  the  erection  of 
modern  shop  buildings,  the  rebuilding  and  reorganization  of  old 
ones,  or  the  introduction  of  Modern  Shop  Methods,  Time  and 
Cost  Systems.  It  is  a  book  written  and  illustrated  by  a  prac- 
tical shop  man  for  practical  shop  men  who  are  too  busy  to  read 
theories  and  want  facts.  It  is  the  most  complete  all-around  book 
of  its  kind  ever  published.  400  large  quarto  pages,  225  original 
and  specially-made  illustrations.  $5.00 

MODERN  MACHINE  SHOP  TOOLS;  THEIR  CON- 
STRUCTION, OPERATION,  AND  MANIPULATION.  By 

W.  H.  VAXDERVOORT.  A  work  of  555  pages  and  673  illustra- 
tions, describing  in  every  detail  the  construction,  operation,  and 
manipulation  of  both  Hand  and  Machine  Tools.  Includes 
chapters  on  filing,  fitting,  and  scraping  surfaces;  on  drills,  ream- 
ers, taps,  and  dies;  the  lathe  and  its  tools;  planers,  shapers, 
and  their  tools;  milling  machines  and  cutters;  gear  cutters  and 
gear  cutting;  drilling  machines  and  drill  work;  grinding  ma- 
chines and  their  work;  hardening  and  tempering;  gearing, 
belting  and  transmission  machinery;  useful  data  and  tables. 

84.00 

THE  MODERN  MACHINIST.  By  JOHN  T.  USHER.  This 
book  might  be  called  a  compendium  of  shop  methods,  showing  a 
variety  of  special  tools  and  appliances  which  will  give  new  ideas 
to  many  mechanics  from  the  superintendent  down  to  the  man 
at  the  bench.  It  will  be  found  a  valuable  addition  to  any  machin- 
ist's library  and  should  be  consulted  whenever  a  new  or  difficult 
job  is  to  be  done,  whether  it  is  boring,  milling,  turning,  or  plan- 
ing, as  they  are  all  treated  in  a  practical  manner.  Fifth  edition. 
320  pages,  250  illustrations.  82.50 

MODERN  MECHANISM.  Edited  by  PARK  BENJAMIN.  A 
practical  treatise  on  machines,  motors  and  the  transmissien  of 
power,  being  a  complete  work  and  a  supplementary  volume  to 
Appleton's  Cyclopedia  of  Applied  Mechanics.  Deals  solely  with 
the  principal  and  most  useful  advances  of  the  past  few  years. 
959  pages  containing  over  1,000  illustrations;  bound  in  half 
morocco.  84.00 

MODERN  MILLING  MACHINES:  THEIR  DESIGN, 
CONSTRUCTION  AND  OPERATION.  By  JOSEPH  G. 
HORNER.  This  book  describes  and  illustrates  the  Milling  Ma- 
chine and  its  work  in  such  a  plain,  clear,  and  forceful  manner, 
and  illustrates  the  subject  so  clearly  and  completely,  that  the 
up-to-date  machinist,  student,  or  mechanical  engineer  can  not 
afford  to  do  without  the  valuable  information  which  it  contains. 
It  describes  not  only  the  early  machines  of  this  class,  but  notes 
their  gradual  development  into  the  splendid  machines  of  the 
present  day,  giving  the  design  and  construction  of  the  various 
types,  forms,  and  special  features  produced  by  prominent 
manufacturers,  American  and  foreign.  304  pages,  300  illustra- 
tions. 84.00 

"  SHOP  KINKS."  By  ROBERT  GRIMSHAW.  This  shows 
special  methods  of  doing  work  of  various  kinds,  and  reducing 
cost  of  production.  Has  hints  and  kinks  from  some  of  the  largest 
shops  in  this  country  and  Europe.  You  are  almost  sure  to  find 
some  that  apply  to  your  work,  and  in  such  a  way  as  to  save  time 
and  trouble.  400  pages.  Fourth  edition.  82.50 

16 


TOOLS  FOR  MACHINISTS  AND  WOOD  WORKERS, 
INCLUDING-  INSTRUMENTS  OF  MEASUREMENT.  By 

JOSEPH  G.  HORXER.  A  practical  treatise  of  340  pages,  fully 
illustrated  and  comprising  a  general  description  and  classifica- 
tion of  cutting  tools  and  tool  angles,  allied  cutting  tools  for 
machinists  and  woodworkers;  shearing  tools;  scraping  tools; 
saws;  milling  cutters;  drilling  and  boring  tools;  taps  and  dies; 
punches  and  hammers;  and  the  hardening,  tempering  and 
grinding  of  these  tools.  Tools  for  measuring  and  testing  work, 
including  standards  of  measurement;  surface  plates;  levels; 
surface  gauges;  dividers;  calipers;  verniers;  micrometers; 
snap,  cylindrical  and  limit  gauges;  screw  thread,  wire  and 
reference  gauges,  indicators,  templets,  etc.  $3.50 

MANUAL  TRAINING 

ECONOMICS  OF  MANUAL  TRAINING.  By  Louis 
ROUILLION.  The  only  book  that  gives  just  the  information 
needed  by  all  interested  in  manual  training,  regarding  buildings, 
equipment  and  supplies.  Shows  exactly  what  is  needed  for  all 
grades  of  the  wp.  /c  from  the  Kindergarten  to  the  High  and  Nor- 
mal School.  Gives  itemized  lists  of  everything  needed  and  tells 
just  what  it  ought  to  cost.  Also  shows  where  to  buy  supplies. 

SI.  50 

MARINE   ENGINEERING 


MARINE  ENGINES  AND  BOILERS,  THEIR  DESIGN 
AND  CONSTRUCTION.  By  DR.  G.  BAUER,  LESLIE  S. 
ROBERTSON,  and  S.  BRYAN  DONKIN.  This  work  is  clearly 
written,  thoroughly  systematic,  theoretically  sound;  while  the 
character  of  its  plans,  drawings,  tables,  and  statistics  is  without 
reproach.  The  illustrations  are  careful  reproductions  from 
actual  working  drawings,  with  some  well-executed  photographic 
views  of  completed  engines  and  boilers.  $9.00  net 

MINING 


5  ORE  DEPOSITS  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA  WITH  A 
CHAPTER  ON  HINTS  TO  PROSPECTORS.  By  J.  P.  JOHN- 
SON. This  book  gives  a  condensed  account  of  the  ore-deposits 
at  present  known  in  South  Africa.  It  is  also  intended  as  a  guide 
to  the  prospector.  Only  an  elementary  knowledge  of  geology 
and  some  mining  experience  are  necessary  in  order  to  under- 
stand this  work.  With  these  qualifications,  it  will  materially 
assist  one  in  his  search  for  metalliferous  mineral  occurrences 
and,  so  far  as  simple  ores  are  concerned,  should  enable  one  to 
form  some  idea  of  the  possibilities  of  any  they  may  find. 

Among  the  chapters  given  are:  Titaniferous  and  Chromif- 
erous  Iron  Oxides — Nickel — Copper — Cobalt — Tin — Molyb- 
denum— Tungsten — Lead — Mercury — Antimony — I  r  o  n — Hints 
to  Prospectors.  Illustrated.  $3.00 

PRACTICAL  COAL  MINING.  By  T.  H.  COCKIN.  An  im- 
portant work,  containing  428  pages  and  213  illustrations,  com- 
plete with  practical  details,  which  will  intuitively  impart  to  the 
reader,  not  only  a  general  knowledge  of  the  principles  of  coal 
mining,  but  also  considerable  insight  into  allied  subjects.  The 
treatise  is  positively  up  to  date  in  every  instance,  and  should 
be  in  the  hands  of  every  colliery  engineer,  geologist,  mine 
operator,  superintendent,  foreman,  and  all  others  who  are  in- 
terested in  or  connected  with  the  industry.  $2.50 

17 


PHYSICS  AND  CHEMISTRY  OF  MINING.      By  T.  H. 

BYROM.  A  practical  work  for  the  use  of  all  preparing  for  ex- 
aminations in  mining  or  qualifying  for  colliery  managers'  cer- 
tificates. The  aim  of  the  author  in  this  excellent  book  is  to  place 
clearly  before  the  reader  useful  and  authoritative  data  which 
will  render  him  valuable  assistance  in  his  studies.  The  only  work 
of  its  kind  published.  The  information  incorporated  in  it  will 
prove  of  the  greatest  practical  utility  to  students,  mining  en- 
gineers, colliery  managers,  and  all  others  who  are  specially  in- 
terested in  the  present-day  treatment  of  mining  problems.  160 
pages.  Illustrated.  $2.00 

MISCELLANEOUS 


BRONZES.  Henley's  Twentieth  Century  Receipt  Book  con- 
tains many  practical  formulas  on  bronze  casting,  imitation 
bronze,  bronze  polishes,  renovation  of  bronze.  See  page  24  for 
full  description  of  this  book.  S3. 00 

EMINENT  ENGINEERS.  By  DWIGHT  GODDARD.  Every- 
one who  appreciates  the  effect  of  such  great  inventions  as  the 
Steam  Engine,  Steamboat,  Locomotive,  Sewing  Machine,  Steel 
Working,  and  other  fundamental  discoveries,  is  interested  in 
knowing  a  little  about  the  men  who  made  them  and  their  achieve- 
ments. 

Mr.  Goddard  has  selected  thirty-two  of  the  world's  engineers 
who  have  contributed  most  largely  to  the  advancement  of  our 
civilization  by  mechanical  means,  giving  only  such  facts  as  are  of 
general  interest  and  in  a  way  which  appeals  to  all,  whether 
mechanics  or  not.  280  pages,  35  illustrations.  81.50 

LAWS  OF  BUSINESS,  By  THEOPHILUS  PARSONS,  LL.D. 
The  Best  Book  for  Business  Men  ever  Published.  Treats  clearly 
of  Contracts,  Sales,  Notes,  Bills  of  Exchange,  Agency,  Agree- 
ment, Stoppage  in  Transitu,  Consideration,  Limitations,  Leases, 
Partnership,  Executors,  Interest,  Hotel  Keepers,  Fire  and  Life 
Insurance,  Collections,  Bonds,  Frauds,  Receipts,  Patents,  Deeds, 
Mortgages,  Liens,  Assignments,  Minors,  Married  Women,  Arbi- 
tration, Guardians,  Wills,  etc.  Three  Hundred  Approved  Forms 
are  given.  Every  Business  Man  should  have  a  copy  of  this  book 
for  ready  reference.  The  book  is  bound  in  full  sheep,  and  Con- 
tains 864  Octavo  Pages.  Our  special  price.  83.60 

PATTERN   MAKING 


PRACTICAL  PATTERN  MAKING.  By  F.  W.  BARROWS. 
This  is  a  very  complete  and  entirely  practical  treatise  on  the 
subject  of  pattern  making,  illustrating  pattern  work  in  wood  and 
metal.  From  its  pages  you  are  taught  just  what  you  should 
know  about  pattern  making.  It  contains  a  detailed  description 
of  the  materials  used  by  pattern  makers,  also  the  tools,  both 
those  for  hand  use,  and  the  more  interesting  machine  tools;  hav- 
ing complete  chapters  on  The  Band  Saw,  The  Buzz  Saw,  and  The 
Lathe.  Individual  patterns  of  many  different  kinds  are  fully 
illustrated  and  described,  and  the  mounting  of  metal  patterns  on 
plates  for  molding  machines  is  included.  $2.00 

PERFUMERY 

HENLEY'S  TWENTIETH  CENTURY  BOOK  OF  RE- 
CEIPTS, FORMULAS  AND  PROCESSES.  Edited  by  G.  D. 
Hiscox.  The  most  valuable  Techno-Chemical  Receipt  Book 
published.  Contains  over  10,000  practical  Receipts  many  of 
which  will  prove  of  special  value  to  the  perfumer,  a  mine  of  in- 
formation, up  to  date  in  every  respect.  Cloth,  83.00;  half 
morocco.  See  page  24  for  full  description  of  this  book.  84.00 

18 


PERFUMES  AND  THEIR  PREPARATION.     By  G.  W. 

ASKINSON,  Perfumer.  A  comprehensive  treatise,  in  which 
there  has  been  nothing  omitted  that  could  be  of  value  to  the 
Perfumer.  Complete  directions  for  making  handkerchief  per- 
fumes, smelling-salts,  sachets,  fumigating  pastilles;  preparations 
for  the  care  of  the  skin,  the  mouth,  the  hair,  cosmetics,  hair  dyes 
and  other  toilet  articles  are  given,  also  a  detailed  description 
of  aromatic  substances;  their  nature,  tests  of  purity,  and 
wholesale  manufacture.  A  book  of  general,  as  well  as  profes- 
sional interest,  meeting  the  wants  not  only  of  the  druggist  and 
perfume  manufacturer,  but  also  of  the  general  public.  Third 
edition.  312  pages.  Illustrated.  83.00 


PLUMBING 


MODERN  PLUMBING    ILLUSTRATED.       By     R.     M. 

STARBUCK.  The  author  of  this  book,  Mr.  R.  M.  Starbuck,  is  one 
of  the  leading  authorities  on  plumbing  in  the  United  States.  The 
book  represents  the  highest  standard  of  plumbing  work.  It  has 
been  adopted  and  used  as  a  reference  book  by  the  United  States 
Government,  in  its  sanitary  work  in  Cuba,  Porto  Rico  and  the 
Philippines,  and  by  the  principal  Boards  of  Health  of  the  United 
States  and  Canada. 

It  gives  Connections,  Sizes  and  Working  Data  for  All  Fixtures 
and  Groups  of  Fixtures.  It  is  helpful  to  the  Master  Plumber  in 
Demonstrating  to  his  customers  and  in  figuring  work.  It  gives 
the  Mechanic  and  Student  quick  and  easy  Access  to  the  best 
Modern  Plumbing  Practice.  Suggestions  for  Estimating  Plumb- 
ing Construction  are  contained  in  its  pages.  This  book  repre- 
sents, in  a  word,  the  latest  and  best  up-to-date  practice,  and 
should  be  in  the  hands  of  every  architect,  sanitary  engineer 
and  plumber  who  wishes  to  keep  himself  up  to  the  minute  on  this 
important  feature  of  construction.  400  octavo  pages,  fully 
illustrated  by  55  full- page  engravings.  84.00 


RUBBER 


HENLEY'S  TWENTIETH  CENTURY  BOOK  OF  RE- 
CEIPTS, FORMULAS  AND  PROCESSES.  Edited  by  GARD- 
NER D.  Hiscox.  Contains  upward  of  10,000  practical  receipts, 
including  among  them  formulas  on  artificial  rubber.  See  page 
24  for  full  description  of  this  book.  83.00 

RUBBER  HAND  STAMPS  AND  THE  MANIPULATION 
OF  INDIA  RUBBER.  By  T.  O'CoNOR  SLOANE.  This  book 
gives  full  details  on  all  points,  treating  in  a  concise  and  simple 
manner  the  elements  of  nearly  everything  it  is  necessary  to  under- 
stand for  a  commencement  in  any  branch  of  the  India  Rubber 
Manufacture.  The  making  of  all  kinds  of  Rubber  Hand  Stamps, 
Small  Articles  of  India  Rubber,  U.  S.  Government  Composi- 
tion, Dating  Hand  Stamps,  the  Manipulation  of  Sheet  Rubber, 
Toy  Balloons,  India  Rubber  Solutions,  Cements,  Blackings, 
Renovating  Varnish,  and  Treatment  for  India  Rubber  Shoes, 
etc.;  the  Hektograph  Stamp  Inks,  and  Miscellaneous  Notes, 
with  a  Short  Account  of  the  Discovery,  Collection,  and  Manufac- 
ture of  India  Rubber  are  set  forth  in  a  manner  designed  to  be 
readily  understood,  the  explanations  being  plain  and  simple. 
Second  edition.  144  .nages.  Illustrated.  81.00 

19 


SAWS 

SAW    FILING  AND    MANAGEMENT  OF  SAWS.      By 

ROBERT  GRIMSHAW.  A  practical  hand  book  on  filing,  gumming, 
swaging,  hammering,  and  the  brazing  of  band  saws,  the  speed, 
work,  and  power  to  run  circular  saws,  etc.  A  handy  book  for 
thoee  who  have  charge  of  saws,  or  for  those  mechanics  who  do 
their  own  filing,  as  it  deals  with  the  proper  shape  and  pitches  of 
saw  teeth  of  all  kinds  and  gives  many  useful  hints  and  rules  for 
gumming,  setting,  and  filing,  and  is  a  practical  aid  to  those  who 
use  saws  for  any  purpose.  New  edition,  revised  and  enlarged. 
Illustrated.  $1.00 

SCREW  CUTTING 

THREADS  AND  THREAD  CUTTING.  By  COLVIN  and 
STABEL.  This  clears  up  many  of  the  mysteries  of  thread- 
cutting,  such  as  double  and  triple  threads,  internal  threads,  catch- 
ing threads,  use  of  hobs,  etc.  Contains  a  lot  of  useful  hints  and 
several  tables.  25  cents 

SHEET   METAL   WORK 

DIES,  THEIR  CONSTRUCTION  AND  USE  FOR  THE 
MODERN  WORKING  OF  SHEET  METALS.  By  J.  V. 

WOODWORTH.  A  new  book  by  a  practical  man,  for  those  who 
wish  to  know  the  latest  practice  in  the  working  of  sheet  metals. 
It  shows  how  dies  are  designed,  made  and  used,  and  those  who 
are  engaged  in  this  line  of  work  can  secure  many  valuable 
suggestions.  $3.00 

PUNCHES,  DIES  AND  TOOLS  FOR  MANUFACTUR- 
ING IN  PRESSES.  By  J.  V.  WOODWORTH.  A  work  of  500 
pages  and  illustrated  by  nearly  700  engravings,  being  an  en- 
cyclopedia of  die-making,  punch-making,  die  sinking,  sheet- 
metal  working,  and  making  of  special  tools,  subpresses,  devices 
and  mechanical  combinations  for  punching,  cutting,  bending, 
forming,  piercing,  drawing,  compressing,  and  assembling  sheet- 
metal  parts  and  also  articles  of  other  materials  in  machine  tools. 

•4.00 

STEAM   ENGINEERING 

AMERICAN  STATIONARY  ENGINEERING.      By  W. 

E.  CRANE.  A  new  book  by  a  well-known  author.  Begins  at 
the  boiler  room  and  'takes  in  the  whole  power  plant.  Contains 
the  result  of  years  of  practical  experience  in  all  sorts  of  engine 
rooms  and  gives  exact  information  that  cannot  be  found  else- 
where. It's  plain  enough  for  practical  men  and  yet  of  value  to 
those  high  in  the  profession.  Has  a  complete  examination  for  a 
license.  $3.00 

*  BOILER  ROOM  CHART.  By  GEO.  L.  FOWLER.  A  Chart 
— size  14  x  28  inches — showing  in  isometric  perspective  the 
mechanisms  belonging  in  a  modern  boiler  room.  Water  tube 
boilers,  ordinary  grates  and  mechanical  stokers,  feed  water 
heaters  and  pumps  comprise  the  equipment.  The  various  parts 
are  shown  broken  or  removed,  so  that  the  internal  construction 
is  fully  illustrated.  Each  part  is  given  a  reference  number,  and 
these,  with  the  corresponding  name,  are  given  in  a  glossary 
printed  at  the  sides.  This  chart  is  really  a  dictionary  of  the 
boiler  room — the  names  of  more  than  200  parts  being  given. 
It  is  educational — worth  many  times  its  cost.  <*  25  cents 


ENGINE  RUNNER'S  CATECHISM.  By  ROBERT  GRIM- 
SHAW.  Tells  how  to  erect,  adjust,  and  run  the  principal  steam 
engines  in  use  in  the  United  States.  The  work  is  of  a  handy 
size  for  the  pocket.  To  young  engineers  this  catechism  will  be 
of  great  value,  especially  to  those  who  may  be  preparing  to  go 
forward  to  be  examined  for  certificates  of  competency;  and 
to  engineers  generally  it  will  be  of  no  little  service  as  they  will 
find  in  this  volume  more  really  practical  and  useful  information 
than  is  to  be  found  anywhere  else  within  a  like  compass.  387 
pages.  Sixth  edition.  82.00 

ENGINE    TESTS  AND    BOILER  EFFICIENCIES.     By 

J.  BUCHETTI.  This  work  fully  describes  and  illustrates  the 
method  of  testing  the  power  of  steam  engines,  turbine  and 
explosive  motors.  The  properties  of  steam  and  the  evapora- 
tive power  of  fuels.  Combustion  of  fuel  and  chimney  draft; 
with  formulas  explained  or  practically  computed.  255  pages, 
179  illustrations.  83.00 

HORSE  POWER  CHART.  Shows  the  horse  power  of  any 
stationary  engine  without  calculation.  No  matter  what  the 
cylinder  diameter  or  stroke;  the  steam  pressure  or  cut-off;  the 
revolutions,  or  whether  condensing  or  non-condensing,  it's  all 
there.  Easy  to  use,  accurate,  and  saves  time  and  calculations. 
Especially  useful  to  engineers  and  designers.  50  cents 

MODERN  STEAM  ENGINEERING  IN  THEORY  AND 
PRACTICE.  By  GARDNER  D.  Hiscox.  This  is  a  complete  and 
practical  work  issued  for  Stationary  Engineers  and  Firemen 
dealing  with  the  care  and  management  of  Boilers,  Engines, 
Pumps,  Superheated  Steam,  Refrigerating  Machinery,  Dyna- 
mos, Motors,  Elevators,  Air  Compressors,  and  all  other  branches 
with  which  the  modern  Engineer  must  be  familiar.  Nearly 
200  Questions  with  their  Answers  on  Steam  and  Electrical 
Engineering,  likely  to  be  asked  by  the  Examining  Board,  are 
included.  487  pages,  405  engravings.  83.00 

STEAM  ENGINE  CATECHISM.  By  ROBERT  GRIMSHAW. 
This  volume  of  4 1 3  pages  is  not  only  a  catechism  on  the  question 
and  answer  principle;  but  it  contains  formulas  and  worked-out 
answers  for  all  the  Steam  problems  that  appertain  to  the  opera- 
tion and  management  of  the  Steam  Engine.  Illustrations  of 
various  valves  and  valve  gear  with  their  principles  of  operation 
are  given.  3  4  tables  that  are  indispensable  to  every  engineer  and 
fireman  that  wishes  to  be  progressive  and  is  ambitious  to  become 
master  of  his  calling  are  within  its  pages.  It  is  a  most  valuable 
instructor  in  the  service  of  Steam  Engineering.  Leading  en- 
gineers have  recommended  it  as  a  valuable  educator  for  the  be- 
ginner as  well  as  a  reference  book  for  the  engineer.  Sixteenth 
edition.  82.00 

STEAM  ENGINEER'S  ARITHMETIC.  By  COLVIN- 
CHENEY.  A  practical  pocket  book  for  the  Steam  Engineer. 
Shows  how  to  work  the  problems  of  the  engine  room  and  shows 
"why."  Tells  how  to  figure  horse-power  of  engines  and  boilers; 
area  of  boilers;  has  tables  of  areas  and  circumferences;  steam 
tables;  has  a  dictionary  of  engineering  terms.  Puts  you  onto 
all  of  the  little  kinks  in  figuring  whatever  there  is  to  figure 
around  a  power  plant.  Tells  you  about  the  heat  unit;  absolute 
zero;  adiabatic  expansion;  duty  of  engines;  factor  of  safety; 
and  i.ooi  other  things;  and  everything  is  plain  and  simple — 
not  the  hardest  way  to  figure,  but  the  easiest.  50  cents 

21 


STEAM  HEATING  AND  VENTILATION 

PRACTICAL,  STEAM,  HOT -WATER  HEATING  AND 
VENTILATION.  By  A.  G.  KING.  This  book  is  the  standard 
and  latest  work  published  on  the  subject  and  has  been  prepared 
for  the  use  of  all  engaged  in  the  business  of  steam,  hot-water 
heating  and  ventilation.  It  is  an  original  and  exhaustive  work. 
Tells  how  to  get  heating  contracts,  how  to  install  heating  and 
ventilating  apparatus,  the  best  business  methods  to  be  used,  with 
"Tricks  of  the  Trade"  for  shop  use.  Rules  and  data  for  esti- 
mating radiation  and  cost  and  such  tables  and  information  as 
make  it  an  indispensable  work  for  everyone  interested  in  steam, 
hot -water  heating  and  ventilation.  It  describes  all  the  principal 
systems  of  steam,  hot-water,  vacuum,  vapor  and  vacuum- 
vapor  heating,  together  with  the  new  accelerated  systems  of 
hot-water  circulation,  including  chapters  on  up-to-date  methods 
of  ventilation  and  the  fan  or  blower  system  of  heating  and  venti- 
lation. 

You  should  secure  a  copy  of  this  book,  as  each  chapter  con- 
tains a  mine  of  practical  information.  367  pages,  300  detailed 
engravings.  $3.00 

STEAM  PIPES1 


STEAM  PIPES:  THEIR  DESIGN  AND  CONSTRUC- 
TION. By  WM.  H.  BOOTH.  The  work  is  well  illustrated  in  regard 
to  pipe  joints,  expansion  off  sets,  flexible  joints,  and  self-contained 
sliding  joints  for  taking  up  the  expansion  of  long  pipes.  In  fact, 
the  chapters  on  the  flow  of  Steam  and  expansion  of  pipes  are  most 
valuable  to  all  steam  fitters  and  users.  The  pressure  strength  of 
pipes  and  method  of  hanging  them  is  well  treated  and  illustrated. 
Valves  and  by-passes  are  fully  illustrated  and  described,  as  are 
also  flange  joints  and  their  proper  proportions.  Exhaust  heads 
and  separators.  One  of  the  most  valuable  chapters  is  that  on 
superheated  steam  and  the  saving  of  steam  by  insulation  with 
the  various  kinds  of  felting  and  other  materials,  with  comparison 
tables  of  the  loss  of  heat  in  thermal  units  from  naked  and  felted 
steam  pipes.  Contains  187  pages.  S2.00 

STEEL 


AMERICAN  STEEL,  WORKER.  By  E.  R.  MARKHAM. 
The  standard  work  on  hardening,  tempering  and  annealing  steel 
of  all  kinds.  A  practical  book  for  the  machinist,  tool  maker  or 
superintendent.  Shows  just  how  to  secure  best  results  in  any 
case  that  comes  along.  How  to  make  and  use  furnaces  and  case 
harden;  how  to  handle  high-speed  steel  and  how  to  temper  for  all 
classes  of  work.  92.50 

HARDENING,  TEMPERING,  ANNEALING,  AND 
FORGING  OF  STEEL.  By  J.  V.  WOODWORTH.  A  new  book 
containing  special  directions  for  the  successful  hardening  and 
tempering  of  all  steel  tools.  Milling  cutters,  taps,  thread  dies, 
reamers,  both  solid  and  shell,  hollow  mills,  punches  and  dies, 
and  all  kinds  of  sheet-metal  working  tools,  shear  blades,  saws, 
fine  cutlery  and  metal-cutting  tools  of  all  descriptions,  as  well 
as  for  all  implements  of  steel  both  large  and  small,  the  simplest, 
and  most  satisfactory  hardening  and  tempering  processes  are 
presented.  The  uses  to  which  the  leading  brands  of  steel  may  be 
adapted  are  concisely  presented,  and  their  treatment  for  work- 
ing under  different  conditions  explained,  as  are  also  the  special 
methods  for  the  hardening  and  tempering  of  special  brands. 
320  pages,  250  illustrations.  83.50 


HENLEY'S  TWENTIETH  CENTURY  BOOK  OF  RE- 
CEIPTS, FORMULAS  AND  PROCESSES.  Edited  by  GARD- 
NER D.  Hiscox.  The  most  valuable  techno-chemical  Receipt 
book  published,  giving,  among  other  practical  receipts,  methods 
of  annealing,  coloring,  tempering,  welding,  plating,  polishing 
and  cleaning  steel.  See  page  24  for  full  description  of  this  book. 

83.00 

WATCH   MAKING 


HENLEY'S  TWENTIETH  CENTURY  BOOK  OF  RE- 
CEIPTS, FORMULAS  AND  PROCESSES.  Edited  by 
GARDNER  D.  Hiscox.  Contains  upwards  of  10,000  practical 
formulas  including  many  watchmakers'  formulas.  83.00 

WATCHMAKER'S  HANDBOOK.  By  CLAUDIUS  SAUNIER. 
No  work  issued  can  compare  with  this  book  for  clearness  and 
completeness.  It  contains  498  pages  and  is  intended  as  a  work- 
shop companion  for  those  engaged  in  Watchmaking  and  allied 
Mechanical  Arts.  Nearly  250  engravings  and  fourteen  plates 
are  included.  83.00 

WIRELESS  TELEPHONES 


WIRELESS  TELEPHONES  AND  HOW  THEY  WORK. 

By  JAMES  ERSKINE-MURRAY.  This  work  is  free  from  elaborate 
details  and  aims  at  giving  a  clear  survey  of  the  way  in  which 
Wireless  Telephones  work.  It  is  intended  for  amateur  workers 
and  for  those  whose  knowledge  of  Electricity  is  slight.  Chap- 
ters contained:  How  We  Hear — Historical — The  Conversion  of 
Sound  into  Electric  Waves — Wireless  Transmission — The  Pro- 
duction of  Alternating  Currents  of  High  Frequency — How  the 
Electric  Waves  are  Radiated  and  Received — The  Receiving 
Instruments — Detectors — Achievements  and  Expectations — 
Glossary  of  Technical  Words.  Cloth.  81.00 


Henley's  Twentieth  Century 

Book  of 

Recipes,  Formulas 
and  Processes 

Edited  by  GARDNER  D.  HISCOX,  M.E. 
Price  $3. 00  Cloth  Binding  $4. 00  Half  Morocco  Binding 

Contains  over  10,000  Selected  Scientific,  Chemical, 

Technological  and  Practical  Recipes  and 

Processes,  including  Hundreds  of 

So-Called  Trade  Secrets 

for  Every  Business 

THIS  book  of  800  pages  is  the  most  complete  Book  of 
Recipes  ever  published,  giving  thousands  of  recipes 
for  the  manufacture  of  valuable  articles  for  every-day 
use.  Hints,  Helps,  Practical  Ideas  and  Secret  Processes 
are  revealed  within  its  pages.  It  covers  every  branch  of 
the  useful  arts  and  tells  thousands  of  ways  of  making 
money  and  is  just  the  book  everyone  should  have  at  his 
command. 

The  pages  are  filled  with  matters  of  intense  interest  and 
immeasurable  practical  value  to  the  Photographer,  the 
Perfumer,  the  Painter,  the  Manufacturer  of  Glues,  Pastes, 
Cements  and  Mucilages,  the  Physician,  the  Druggist,  the 
Electrician,  the  Brewer,  the  Engineer,  the  Foundryman, 
the  Machinist,  the  Potter,  the  Tanner,  the  Confectioner, 
the  Chiropodist,  the  Manufacturer  of  Chemical  Novelties 
and  Toilet  Preparations,  the  Dyer,  the  Electroplater, 
the  Enameler,  the  Engraver,  the  Provisioner,  the  Glass 
Worker,  the  Goldbeater,  the  Watchmaker  and  Jeweler, 
the  Ink  Manufacturer,  the  Optician,  the  Farmer,  the  Dairy- 
man, the  Paper  Maker,  the  Metal  Worker, the  Soap  Maker, 
the  Veterinary  Surgeon,  and  the  Technologist  in  general. 

A  book  to  which  you  may  turn  with  confidence  that  you 
will  find  what  you  are  looking  for.  A  mine  of  informa- 
tion up-to-date  in  every  respect.  Contains  an  immense 
number  of  formulas  that  every  one  ought  to  have  that  are 
not  found  in  any  other  work. 


VC  49010 


(,72524 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


